Diploma Course Catalogue

w.e.
f Academic Year 2009-10 ‘E’ Scheme

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : ELECTRONICS / MECHANICAL/ CIVIL/ COMPUTER/ ELECTRICAL / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GROUPS
COURSE CODE : EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/CO/CM/IF/EE/EP/CH/CT/PS/CD/ED/EI/CV/MH/FE/IU/MI
DURATION OF COURSE: 6 SEMESTERS for EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/CO/CM/IF/EE/EP/CH/CT/PS ( 8 SEMESTERS for CD / ED /
EI / CV / MH / MI / FE / IU ) WITH EFFECT FROM 2009 - 10
SEMESTER : FIRST DURATION : 16 WEEKS
PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : E
TEACHING
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SR. Abbre SUB SCHEME
SUBJECT TITLE
NO. viation CODE PAPER TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) SW
TH TU PR
HRS MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN (16001)
1 Basic Physics PHY 12001 03 -- 02 03 100 40 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
2 Basic Chemistry CHY 12002 03 -- 02 03 100 40 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
3 Basic Mathematics BMS 12003 04 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
4 English ENG 12004 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
5 Engineering Graphics EGG 12005 02 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 50@ 20
6 Computer Fundamentals CMF 12006 -- -- 04 -- -- -- 50*# 20 -- -- 25@ 10
Basic Workshop Practice (Civil Group) WPC 12007 01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
50
Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical
Group)
WPE 12008 01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics
7 Group)
WPX 12009 01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical
WPM 12010 01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
& Chemical Group)
Basic Workshop Practice (Computer
WPI 12011 01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Group)
TOTAL 16 01 18 -- 400 -- 200 -- -- -- 125 -- 50
Student Contact Hours Per Week: 35 Hrs.
Theory and practical periods of 60 minutes each.
Total Marks : 775
@ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, * On Line Examination, No Theory Examination.
Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, ,OR-Oral, TW- Termwork, SW- Sessional Work
Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work
(SW).
Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms
Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code as mentioned.
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 1

w.e.f Academic Year 2009-10 ‘E’ Scheme
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering / Technology.

Course Code : AE/CD/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CV/DE/ED/EE/EI/EJ/EN/EP/ET/EV/EX/
FC/FE/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/MH/MI/MU/PC/PG/PN/PS/PT
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Physics
Subject Code : 12001
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

PAPER
TH TU PR TH PR OR TW TOTAL
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 50@ -- -- 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
RATIONALE:
Engineering is entirely meant for comfort of mankind. It includes varieties of disciplines
like Mechanical Engg., Electrical Engg., Civil Engg., Electronics Engg., Computer Engg., etc. The
overall growth of these disciplines is based on developments in fundamental sciences and their
conceptual learning too.
For sustainable socio-economic development of the country, comprehensive research
techniques in science and engineering are required. Regarding any problem to identify, understand
and solve, the decision based on scientific facts and results is must.
Engineering, being the science of measurement and design, has been offspring of Physics
that plays the primary role in all professional disciplines of engineering. The different streams of
Physics like Optics, Acoustics, Dynamics, Semiconductor Physics, Surface Physics, Nuclear
physics, Energy Studies, Materials Science, etc provide Fundamental Facts, Principles, Laws,
and Proper Sequence of Events to streamline Engineering knowledge.
OBJECTIVES:
Student will be able to:
• Measure given dimensions by using appropriate instruments accurately.
• Select proper measuring instrument on the basis of range, least count & precision required
for measurement.
• Select proper material for intended purpose by studying properties of materials.
• Identify good & bad conductors of heat.
• Analyze relation among pressure, volume and temperature of gas & to interpret the results
• Identify the effect of interference between light waves.
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 2 12001
• Identify properties of laser light and photoelectric effect for engineering applications.
• Identify, analyze, discriminate and interpret logical sequence of field problems with the
study of physics.
Learning Structure:
Enable to understand principles, laws, and concepts of Physics from

nature and implement them to identify, analyze, discriminate, and
Applications interpret the logical sequence of events which further form basis for
study of different Engineering work.
Principles Properties of Characteristics

of Properties light of photo
Properties of matter
measurem of heat Characteristics of electricity & X-
ents sound wave ray
Procedures
Techniqu
Boyle’s Identification
e of using Elasticity Surface
Viscosity law, Diverge of
measurin – Y by tension- Resona
- Stoke’s coefficient nce of Characteristics
g Searl’s capillary nce
law of linear laser of photo
instrumen method action
expansion electricity
ts
Principle
Gas Laws,
Interference,
Identify errors Gas Electromagnetic
Population
in equation, spectrum, work
Elasticity, Viscosity, inversion,
measurements, Specific function,
Surface tension stimulated
concepts of SI Heat, Threshold
emission,
units Thermal frequency
sound
conductivity
Fact
Principle
of super
Good & bad
Standards of Hooke’s Law, Capillarity, position, Photo electric
conductors
measurements Newton’s law Laser cell
of heat
Longitudi
nal wave

CONTENTS: Theory
CHAPTER CONTENT HOURS MARKS

UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS
1.1 Need of measurement and unit in engineering and
science, definition of unit , requirements of standard
unit, systems of units-CGS,MKS and SI,
fundamental and derived quantities and their units
1.2 Least count and range of instrument, least count of
1. vernier caliper, micrometer screw gauge and 04 08
sphereometer,
1.3 Definition of accuracy, precision and error,
estisimation of errors -absolute error, relative error
and percentage error, rules and identification of
significant figures.
(Numericals on percentage error and significant figures)
GENERAL PROPERTIES OF MATTER
2.1 Elasticity
Deforming force, restoring force, elastic and plastic body,
stress and strain with their types. elastic limit, Hooke’s law,
Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, modulus of rigidity and
05 10
relation between them (no derivation), stress strain diagram.
behavior of wire under continuously increasing load, yield
point, ultimate stress, breaking stress, factor of safety.
(Numericals on stress, strain and Young’s modulus)
2.2 Surface Tension.

Molecular force, cohesive and adhesive force, Molecular
range , sphere of influence, Laplace’s molecular theory,
Definition of surface tension and its S.I.unit,angle of contact,
capillary action with examples, shape of meniscus for water
2. 05 10
and mercury, relation between surface tension , capillary rise
and radius of capillary ( no derivation),effect of impurity and
temperature on surface tension
(Numericals on relation between surface tension,
capillary rise and radius)
2.3 Viscosity
Fluid friction, viscous force, Definition of viscosity, velocity
gradient, Newton’s law of viscosity, coefficient of viscosity
and its S.I. unit, streamline and turbulent flow with
examples, critical velocity, Reynolds’s number and its
significance, free fall of spherical body through viscous 05 10
medium (no derivation), up thrust force, terminal velocity,
Stokes law (statement and formula).
(Numericals on coefficient of viscosity, Reynolds
number and Stoke’s formula)


HEAT
3.1 Transmission of heat and expansion of solids
Three modes of transmission of heat -conduction,
convection and radiation, good and bad conductor of heat
with examples, law of thermal conductivity, coefficient of
thermal conductivity and its S.I. unit, Definition of linear, 04 08
aerial and cubical expansion and relation between them.(no
derivation)
(Numericals on law of thermal conductivity, and coefficients
3 of expansions)
3.2 Gas laws and specific heats of gases
Boyle’s law, Charle’s law, Gay Lussac’s law, absolute zero
temperature, Kelvin scale of temperature, general gas
equation (statement only), specific and universal gas
constant, Two specific heats of gas and relation between 04 08
them(no derivation),Isothermal and adiabatic expansion of
gas.
(Numericals on gas laws and specific heats)
LIGHT, LASER and SOUND
4.1 Properties of light
Reflection, refraction, snell’s law, physical significance of
refractive index, definition of dispersion, polarization and
diffraction of light along with ray diagram, principle of 04 10
superposition of waves, interference of light, constructive
and destructive interference.
(Numericals on refractive index)
4.2 LASER
Properties of laser, spontaneous and stimulated emission,
population inversion, optical pumping, construction and 04 08
4 working of He-Ne laser.
4.3 Sound
Definition of wave motion, amplitude, period, frequency,
and wavelength, relation between velocity, frequency and
wavelength , equation of progressive wave ( no derivation),
longitudinal and transverse wave, definition of stationary
wave , node and antinode, forced and free vibrations, 05 10
definition of resonance with examples, formula for velocity
of sound with end correction (no derivation)
( Numericals on relation v = nλ and resonance)


MODERN PHYSICS.
5.1 Photo electricity
Concept of photon, Plank’s hypothesis, properties of
photon, photo electric effect, Characteristics of photoelectric
effect, work function, Einstein’s photoelectric equation( no
04 10
derivation), photoelectric cell-construction ,working and
applications.
(Numericals on Energy of photon, work function,
5 photoelectric equation)
5.2 X-rays
Introduction to x-rays, types of x-ray spectra-continuous and
characteristics, production of x-rays using Coolidge tube,
minimum wavelength of x-rays, properties of x-rays, 04 08
engineering, medical and scientific applications.
(Numericals on minimum wavelength of x-rays)

TOTAL 48 100
Practical:
Skills to be developed
1) Intellectual skills-
Proper selection of measuring instruments on the basis of range, least count,
precision and accuracy required for measurement.
Analyze properties of matter & their use for the selection of material.
To verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under different conditions.
To read and interpret the graph.
To interpret the results from observations and calculations.
To use these results for parallel problems.
2) Motor skills-
Proper handling of instruments.
Measuring physical quantities accurately.
To observe the phenomenon and to list the observations in proper tabular form.
To adopt proper procedure while performing the experiment.
To plot the graphs.
List of Experiments:
1. To know your Physics Laboratory.
2. To use Vernier Caliper for the measurement of dimensions of given object.
3. To use Micrometer Screw Gauge for the measurement of dimensions (Length,
Thickness, Diameter) of given object.
4. To verify Hooke’s Law by Searle’s method and to calculate Young’s modulus of
elasticity of steel wire.
5. To study capillarity phenomenon and to verify that the height of liquid in capillary is
inversely proportional to the radius of capillary.
6. To determine coefficient of viscosity of given fluid (Glycerin) using Stoke’s Method.

7. To calculate the Linear Thermal coefficient of expansion for copper by using Pullinger’s
apparatus.
8. To Verify Boyle’s law and to find out atmospheric pressure in the laboratory using
graph.
9. To determine the velocity of sound by using resonance tube.
10. To verify characteristics of photoelectric cell.
11. Use of Thermocouple as a thermometer for the measurement of unknown
temperature(Boiling Point of Water)
12. To determine the divergence of He-Ne laser beam.
Reference Books:
Sr.
Name of book Author Publisher & Address
No.
Tata McGraw- Hill raw- Hill
1. Physics-I V. Rajendran
publication, New Delhi
Tata McGraw- Hill raw- Hill
2. Applied physics Arthur Beiser
Publication, New Delhi
Dhanpat Rai Publication,
3. Engineering Physics by R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta
New Delhi.
Fundamentals of Resnick ,Halliday & Walker
4. Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
Physics

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology

Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Chemistry

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 50@ -- -- 150
NOTE:
RATIONALE:
Chemistry is a basic science subject which is essential to all engineering courses. It gives
knowledge of engineering materials, their properties, related applications & selection of materials
for engineering applications.
Due to technological progress there are hazardous effects on environment & human life.
The core knowledge of environmental effects will bring awareness in students about the
precautions & preventions to be taken to reduce the ill effects.
This subject will generate curiosity of carrying out further development in engineering
fields.
OBJECTIVES: The student will be able to:
1. Draw the orbital configuration of different elements.

2. Represent the formation of molecules schematically.
3. Describe the mechanism of electrolysis.
4. Identify the properties of metals & alloys related to engineering applications.
5. Identify the properties of non metallic materials, related to engineering applications.
6. Compare the effects of pollutants on environments & to suggest preventive measures &
safety.

LEARNING STRUCTURE:
Application Apply the Knowledge in Selecting Metals, Alloys, Non Metals in

Engineering Applications & Use the Knowledge of Environmental Effects
for Preventive Measures & Control.
Application of Metals, Alloys & Measure the Level of

Procedure Non Metals with their Basic & Pollutants & Suggest the
Specific Properties. Control Methods
Concepts Properties of Properties of Effect of Pollutants

Metals Nonmetals
Metals & Alloys Non Metallic Materials Environmental

Facts Effects

Content: Theory
Chapter
Name of the Topic Hours Marks
No.
Atomic Structure
Definition of Atom, Fundamental Particles of Atom – their
Mass, Charge, Location, Definition of Atomic no, Atomic
Mass no., Isotopes & Isobars, & their distinction with suitable
examples, Bohr’s Theory, Definition, Shape of the orbitals &
distinction between Orbits & Orbitals, Hund’s Rule, Filling Up
01 08 16
of the Orbitals by Aufbau’s Principle (till Atomic no. 30),
Definition & types of valency (Electrovalency & Covalency),
Octet Rule, Duplet Rule, Formation of Electrovalent &
Covalent Compounds e.g. Nacl, CaCl2, MgO, AlCl3, CO2,
H2O, Cl2, NH3, C2H4, N2, C2H2. Distinction between
electrovalent & covalent compounds.
Electrochemistry
Definition & differentiation of Atom, Ion. Definition of
Ionisation & Electrolytic dissociation, Arrhenius Theory of
Ionisation,Degree of Ionisation & factors affecting degree of
ionization. Significance of the terms involved in Electrolysis-
Such as Conductors, Insulators , Dielectrics, Electrolyte, Non
Electrolyte, Electrolysis, Electrolytic Cell, Electrodes.
Mechanism of Electrolysis – Primary & Secondary Reactions
at Cathode & Anode, concept of electrode potential such as
02 reduction potential & oxidation potential. Electrochemical 09 22
Series for Cations & Anions, Electrolysis of CuSO4 Solution
by using Cu Electrode & Platinum Electrode, Electrolysis of
NaCl solution & fused NaCl by using carbon electrode,
Faraday’s first & second law of Electrolysis & Numericals,
Electrochemical Cells & Batteries, Definition, types such as
Primary & Secondary Cells & their examples.Construction,
Working & Applications of Dry Cell & Lead – Acid Storage
Cell, Applications of Electrolysis such as Electroplating &
Electro refining, Electrometallurgy & Electrotyping
Metals & Alloys
3.1 Metals (Marks:12)
Occurrence of Metals, Definition of Metallurgy, Mineral, Ore,
Gangue, Flux & Slag, Mechanical Properties of metals such as
Hardness, Toughness, Ductility, Malleability, Tensile strength,
Machinability, Weldability, Forging, Soldering, Castability.
Stages of Extraction of Metals from its Ores in detail i.e.
Crushing, Concentration, Reduction, Refining. Physical
03 Properties & Applications of some commonly used metals 11 20
such as Fe, Cu, Al, Cr, Ni, Sn, Pb, Zn, Co, Ag, W.
3.2 Alloys (Marks: 08)
Definition of Alloy, Purposes of Making alloy. Preparation
Methods, Classification of Alloys such as Ferrous & Non
Ferrous & their examples. Composition, Properties &
Applications of Alnico, Duralumin, Dutch Metal, German
Silver / Nickel Silver, Gun Metal, Monel metal, Wood’s Metal,
Babbittmetal.
Non Metallic Materials

4.1 Plastics (Marks: 06)
Definition of Plastic, Formation of Plastic by Addition &
Condensation Polymerisation by giving e.g. of Polyethylene &
Backelite plastic Respectively, Types of Plastic,
Thermosoftening & Thermosetting Plastic, with Definition,
Distinction & e.g., Compounding of Plastics – Resins, Fillers,
Plasticizers, Acceleraters, Pigments & their examples,
Engineering Applications of Plastic based on their properties.
4.2 Rubber (Marks: 06)
04 07 18
Natural Rubber: Its Processing, Drawbacks of Natural Rubber,
Vulcanisation of Rubber with Chemical Reaction.
Synthetic Rubber: Definition, & e.g, Distinction Between
natural & synthetic rubber. Properties of rubber such as
elasticity, tack, abrasion resistant,stress & strain and related
engg.application.
4.3 Thermal Insulating Materials(Marks: 06)
Definition & Characteristics of Thermal insulators.
Preparation, Properties & Applications of Thermocole &
glasswool. Properties & Applications of Asbestos, Cork.
Environmental Effects (Awareness Level)
5.1 Pollution & Air pollution (Marks 10)
Definition of pollution & pollutant, Causes of Pollution,
Types of Pollution - Air & Water Pollution.
Air Pollution
Definition, Types of Air pollutants their Sources & Effects,
Such as Gases, Particulates, , Radio Active Gases, Control of
Air Pollution, Air Pollution due to Internal Combustion Engine
& Its Control Methods, Deforestation their effects & control
05 13 24
measures. Causes , Effects & control measures of Ozone
Depletion & Green House Effects.
5.2 Water Pollution & Wastes (Marks 14)
Definition, Causes & Methods of Preventing Water Pollution,
Types of Waste such as Domestic Waste, Industrial Waste,
their Physical & Biological Characteristics, Concept &
significance of BOD, COD, Biomedical Waste & E – Waste,
their Origin, Effects & Control Measures.
Preventive Environmental Management (PEM) Activities.
Total 48 100
Practical:
Intellectual Skills: 1. Analyse given solution

2. Interpret the results
Motor Skills : 1. Observe Chemical Reactions

2. Measure the quantities Accurately
3. Handle the apparatus carefully
List of Experiments:
01 – 07 Qualitative Analysis of Seven Solutions, Containing One Basic & One Acidic
Radical Listed below
Basic Radicals:
Pb+2, Cu+2, Al+3, Fe+2, Fe+3, Cr+3, Zn+2, Ni+2, Ca+2, Ba+2, Mg+2, K+, NH4+.
Acidic Radicals:
Cl–, Br–, I–, CO3–2, SO4–2, NO3–.
08 To Determine E.C.E. of Cu by Using CuSO4 Solution & Copper Electrode
09 To Determine the % of Fe in the Given Ferrous Alloy by KMnO4 Method.
10 To Prepare a Chart Showing Application of Metals like Fe, Cu, Al, Cr, Ni,
Sn, Pb, Co.
11 To Prepare Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (Backelite)
12 To Determine Carbon Monoxide Content in Emission from Petrol Vehicle.
13 To Determine Dissolved Oxygen in a Water Sample.
Learning Resources:
Reference Books:
Sr.
Author Name of the book Publisher
No.
01 Jain & Jain Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai and Sons
02 S. S. Dara Engineering Chemistry S. Chand Publication
03 B. K. Sharma Industrial Chemistry Goel Publication
Environmental Chemistry &
04 S. S. Dara S. Chand Publication
Pollution Control
05 Vedprakash Mehta Polytechnic Chemistry Jain brothers


Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Mathematics

PAPER
HRS
04 01 -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
Notes:
This subject is common for all courses.
For smooth implementation and uniformity, the schedule for tutorial is given
separately.
RATIONALE:
The subject is classified under basic sciences and intends to teach students basic facts,
concepts and principles of mathematics as a tool to analyze Engineering problems. Mathematics lay
down the foundation for understanding core technology subjects.
OBJECTIVE:
This subject helps the students to develop logical thinking, which is useful in
comprehending the principles of all other subjects. Analytical and systematic approach towards any
problem is developed through learning of this subject. Mathematics being a versatile subject can be
used at every stage of human life.

Learning Structure:
To understand the techniques and methods for solving Engg.

Application Problems, such as simultaneous equations involved in vibrations,
elec. ckts. Laws of friction, projections, Lami’s theorem, Stress-strain
curves etc. Work done, moment of force about a point and line.
To explain use of To explain To explain formulae To explain

Cramer’s rule, use of from co-ordinate algebra of
matrix inversion, formulae geometry for finding vectors, dot
Procedure partial fraction of from distance between two & cross
proper and trigonometry points, Equation of products,
improper fractions, for solving straight line, condition of finding
Binomial theorem engineering parallel and workdone,
for positive and problem. perpendicular lines. moment of
negative index. Equation of circle. force
Cramer’s Rule, Algebra Trigonometric Distance Laws of

of matrices, Inverse of a ratios of any angle, formula, section parallelogr
Concept matrix, cases of finding their relations, formula, am,
partial fractions, trigonometric . centroid, area of triangle.
permutation- Ratios of allied, triangle, Scalar and
combination, Binomial compound and different forms vector
expansion for positive multiple angles, of equation of product
and negative index. inverse trig. Ratios. straight line and
Sine, cosine rules. circle.
Definitions of Angle, positive and Co-ordinate Definition

determinant, matrix, negative angle, of a point, of vector,
Facts polynomial, polynomial measurement of an slope and magnitude
fractions, definition of angle, definition of intercept of a of a vector
permutation and trig. Ratios, line. Centre
combination. fundamental and radius of
identities. a circle.

Contents: Theory
Chapter Hours Marks

ALGEBRA
1.1 Logarithms:
1.1.1 Definition of logarithm (Natural and
03 06
Common logarithm.)
1.1.2 Laws of logarithm
1.1.3 Examples based on 1.1.1 to 1.1.2
1.2 Partial Fraction
1.2.1 Definition of polynomial fraction proper & improper
fractions and definition of partial fractions.
1.2.2 To Resolve proper fraction into partial fraction with
denominator containing non repeated linear factors, 04 08
repeated linear factors and irreducible non repeated
quadratic factors.
1.2.3 To resolve improper fraction into partial fraction.
1.3 Determinant and matrices

Determinant --------------------------- 04 Marks
1.3.1 Definition and expansion of determinants of order
2 and 3.
1. 1.3.2 Cramer’s rule to solve simultaneous equations in
2 and 3 unknowns.
Matrices--------------------------------- 16 Marks
1.3.3 Definition of a matrix of order m X n and types of
matrices. 13 20
1.3.4 Algebra of matrices such as equality, addition,
Subtraction, scalar multiplication and multiplication.
1.3.5 Transpose of a matrix.
1.3.6 Minor, cofactor of an element of a matrix, adjoint of
matrix and inverse of matrix by adjoint method.
1.3.7 Solution of simultaneous equations containing 2 and 3
unknowns by matrix inversion method.
1.4 Binomial Theorem

1.4.1 Definition of factorial notation, definition of
permutation and combinations with formula.
1.4.2 Binomial theorem for positive index.
04 06
1.4.3 General term.
1.4.4 Binomial theorem for negative index.
1.4.5 Approximate value (only formula)

TRIGONOMETRY.
2.1 Trigonometric Ratios:
2.1.1 Trigonometric ratios of any angle
2.1.2 Relation between degree and radian. 03 04
2.1.3 Fundamental identities.
2.1.4 Examples based on Fundamental Identities
2.2 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED,
COMPOUND, MULTIPLE & SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES
2 (Questions based on numerical computations, which can also 08 12
be done by calculators, need not be asked particularly for allied
angles ).
2.3 FACTORIZATION AND DEFACTORIZATION
03 04
FORMULAE
2.4 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
2.4.1 Definition of inverse trigonometric, ratios, Principal
values of inverse trigonometric ratios. 03 04
2.4.2 Relation between inverse trigonometric ratios.
COORDINATE GEOMETRY
3.1 POINT AND DISTANCES
3.1.1 Distance formula, Section formula, midpoint, centriod of
04 08
triangle.
3.1.2 Area of triangle and condition of collinearity.
3.2 STRAIGHT LINE
3.2.1 Slope and intercept of straight line.
3.2.2 Equation of straight line in
slope point form, slope-intercept form, two-point form,
two-intercept form, normal form. General equation of
3
line. 08 12
3.2.3 Angle between two straight lines condition of parallel and
perpendicular lines.
3.2.4 Intersection of two lines.
3.2.5 Length of perpendicular from a point on the line and
perpendicular distance between parallel lines.
3.3 CIRCLE
3.3.1 Equation of circle in standard form, centre – radius
04 08
form, diameter form, two – intercept form.
3.3.2 General equation of circle, its centre and radius.
VECTORS
4.1 Definition of vector, position vector, Algebra of vectors
(Equality, addition, subtraction and scalar multiplication) 04 04
4 4.2 Dot (Scalar) product with properties.
4.3 Vector (Cross) product with properties.
4.4 Applications of Vectors
03 04
4.4.1 Work done and moment of force about a point & line
TOTAL 64 100

LEARNING RESOURCES:
Sr. No. Title Authors Publications

1 Mathematics for polytechnic S. P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Griha
2 Trigonometry S. L. Loney S. Chand Publication
H. S. Hall & S. R. Metric edition, Book
3 Higher Algebra
Knight Palace, New Delhi
4 College Algebra Frc.G. Valles Charotar Publication
Schuam series, McGraw
5 Matrices Ayres
hill
Higher Engineering Khanna publications New
6 B. S. Grewal
Mathematics Dehli
7 Engineering Mathematics S. S. Sastry Prentice Hall of India
Tutorial:
Tutorial Topic on which tutorial is to be conducted

1 Logarithm
2 Partial fractions
3 Determinants
4 Matrices
5 Solution of simultaneous equation by Matrix inversion method.
6 Binomial theorem
7 Trigonometry- fundamental identities-revision only
8 Trigonometry-allied, compound and multiple angles
9 Trigonometry-factorization and defactorization formulae.
10 Trigonometry-inverse trigonometric ratios.
11 Point and distances
12 Straight line
13 Circle.
14. Vectors
15. Vectors’ applications
Note:
Maximum 5 questions are to be given in each tutorial, in which two 2 marks questions
(based on basic concept and formulae with one/two step calculations) and three 4 marks questions
are expected.

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.

Course Code : AA/AE/CD/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CV/DC/DE/ED/EE/EI/EJ/EN/EP/ET/EV/
EX/FC/FE/GT/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/MH/MI/ML/MU/PC/PG/PN/PS/PT/SC/
TC/TX
Semester : First
Subject Title : English

PAPER
HRS.
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
RATIONALE:
The snap study conducted for the role of technicians in industry revealed that diploma pass
outs lack in grammatically correct written and oral communication. In order to develop the abilities
in students a text has been introduced. The practical have been incorporated to provide practice to
the students to develop writing skills. Further exercises have been included for improving oral
communication.
OBJECTIVES:
1. Comprehend the given passage
2. Answer correctly the questions on seen and unseen passages
3. Increase the vocabulary
4. Apply rules of grammar for correct writing

Learning Structure:
Application To enable students to comprehend the meaning of new words, use grammar to write
correct answers to the questions and develop paragraphs
Technique of Technique of Procedure for Technique of

providing application of writing different refereeing to
responses to grammar types of dictionary and
Procedure
short and long paragraphs Thesaurus
questions
Principles of Principles of
Principles of identification forming text for
formation of of various developing
Principles sentences aspects of paragraph
grammar
Concept of Concept of Concept of

Concepts comprehending transformation classifying types
the text of sentences of paragraphs
Part of speech:
Facts Content of the Tenses, Verbs Topic Sentences Dictionary
text etc. Thesaurus

CONTENTS: Theory
Name of Topic Hours Marks

PART I - TEXT
• Comprehension – Responding to the questions from text (Spectrum)
• Vocabulary - Understanding meaning of new words from text 22 44
• Identifying parts of speech from the text.
PART II - Application of grammar

• Verbs
• Tenses
Do as directed (active /passive, Direct/indirect,
16 28
affirmative/negative/assertive, interrogative, question tag, remove too,
use of article, preposition, conjunctions, interjections, punctuation)
o Correct the errors from the sentences.
PART III - Paragraph writing

• Types of paragraphs (Narrative, Descriptive, Technical) 05 16
• Unseen Passage for Comprehension.
PART IV - Vocabulary building

• Synonyms
• Antonyms
05 12
• Homophones
• Use of Contextual words in a given paragraph.
Total 48 100
The text ( Spectrum ) consists of 10 Articles/Lessons out of which only eight articles/lessons
will be considered and taught as a part of the Curriculum. The below mentioned articles,
(two) have been deleted/scraped off from the curriculum.
Lesson No. 02 – What is Life? By J.B.S.Haldane
Lesson No. 06 – Role of Technology at Women’s Work.
The term work will consist of 08 Assignments:
Skills to be developed in practicals:
Intellectual Skills:
1 Skills of speaking correct English.
2 Searching information.
3 Reporting skills.
Motor Skills:
1 Use of appropriate body language.

2 Use of appropriate phonetics.

List of Assignments:
01 Building of Vocabulary (04 Hours)

25 words from the glossary given at the end of each chapter, to be used to
make sentences.
02 Applied Grammar ( 02 Hours)

Identify the various parts of speech and insert correct parts of speech in the
sentences given by the teachers.
03 Punctuation ( 02 Hours )
Punctuate 20 sentences given by the teachers.
04 Tenses ( 04 Hours )
List 12 tenses and give two examples for each tense.
05 Dialogue Writing ( 04 Hours )

Write at least two dialogues on different situations. ( Conversation between two
friends, conversation between two politicians etc. )
06 Identifying the Errors ( 02 Hours )

Identify the errors in the sentences given by the teachers. ( 20 sentences )
07 Idioms and Phrases ( 02 hours)

Use of Idioms and Phrases in sentences. ( 20Examples)
08 Biography ( 04 Hours)
Write a short biography on your favorite role model approximately. ( 250 – 300
words with pictures)
ACTIVITIES TO BE CONDUCTED DURING PRACTICALS

Student should perform role-plays on the situations given by the teachers.
01
( 04 Hrs)
Student should listen to spoken English cassettes.
02 ( e.g. V. Sasikumar &Dhamija 2nd edition (04 Hrs) or Lingua Phone L-21
Multimedia (Desirable)
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Title Author Publisher
No.
01 Spectrum – A Text Book on English ---- MSBTE
Contemporary English grammar,

02 David Green Macmillan
structures and composition
03 English for practical Purposes Z. N. Patil et el Macmillan

04 English grammar and composition R. C. Jain Macmillan

Editor –
05 English at Workplace Macmillan
Mukti Sanyal
06 Thesaurus Rodgers Oriental Longman
07 Dictionary Oxford Oxford University
08 Dictionary Longman Oriental Longman
Web Sites for Reference:
Sr.
Website Address
No.
01 www.edufind.com
02 www.english_the_easy_eay.com
03 www.englishclub.com
04 www.english_grammar_lessons.com
05 www.wikipedia.org/wiki/english_grammar


FE/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/MH/MI/MU/PG/PS/PT
Semester : First
Subject Title : Engineering Graphics

PAPER
HRS
02 -- 04* -- -- 50# -- 50@ 100
* - 1 hr per week for Computer Aided Drafting
Notes: - 1) Students should use the A3 size sketchbook for class works.
2) Use approximately 570mm×380mm size drawing sheet for term work.
RATIONALE:
Engineering Graphics is the language of engineers. The concepts of Engineering Graphics

are used to develop, express the ideas, and conveying the instructions which are used to carry out
jobs in the field Engineering. The course illustrates the techniques of graphics in actual practice.
This preliminary course aims at building a foundation for the further course in drawing and other
allied subjects.
OBJECTIVES:
The student should be able to:-
1) Draw different engineering curves and know their applications.
2) Draw orthographic projections of different objects.
3) Visualize three dimensional objects and draw Isometric Projections.
4) Use the techniques and able to interpret the drawing in Engineering field.
5) Use computer aided drafting packages.
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 23 12005

Learning Structure:-
To acquire the skill of visualizing, interpreting and

Problem drawing the curves, orthographic projections, and
isometric views.
Read, understand, visualize, interpret and draw

Procedure engineering curves, orthographic projections and
isometric view. Prepare drawing using AutoCAD.
Orthographic projection by 1st angle method,

Principles Isometric projections, sectional views, diagonal
scale, plain scale, dimensioning techniques and
computer aided drawing.
Reference planes (HP, VP), projections, isometric

Concept axes & scale, locus of points, convention of lines,
polygon, dimensioning, engineering drawing IS
Code SP-46
Facts Various objects, geometric entities, line, arc circle,

computer, drawing instruments.
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 24 12005

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of Topic Hours

Drawing Instruments and their uses
1.1 Letters and numbers (single stroke vertical)
1.2 Convention of lines and their applications.
1. 1.3 Scale (reduced, enlarged & full size) plain scale and diagonal scale. 05
1.4 Sheet layout.
1.5 Introduction to AutoCAD (Basic draw and modify Command).
1.6 Geometrical constructions.
Engineering curves & Loci of Points.
1.2 To draw an ellipse by
2.1.1 Directrix and focus method
2.1.2 Arcs of circle method.
2.1.3 Concentric circles method.
2.2 To draw a parabola by:
2.2.2 Rectangle method
2.3 To draw a hyperbola by:
2. 09
2.3.2 passing through given points with reference to asymptotes
2.3.3 Transverse Axis and focus method.
2.4 To draw involutes of circle & polygon (up to hexagon)
2.5 To draw a cycloid, epicycloid, hypocycloid
2.6 To draw Helix & spiral.
2.7 Loci of Points:
2.7.1 Loci of points with given conditions and examples related to simple
mechanisms.
Orthographic projections
3.1 Introduction to Orthographic projections.
3. 3.2 Conversion of pictorial view into Orthographic Views (First Angle 06
Projection Method Only)
3.3 Dimensioning technique as per SP-46
Isometric projection
4.1 Isometric scale
4.2 Conversion of orthographic views into isometric View / projection
4. (Simple objects) 05
Projection of Straight Lines and Planes.
(First Angle Projection Method only)
5.1 Lines inclined to one reference plane only and limited to both ends in
one quadrant.
5.2 Projection of simple planes of circular, square, rectangular, rhombus,
05 07
pentagonal, and hexagonal, inclined to one reference plane and
perpendicular to the other.
Total 32
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 25 12005

PRACTICALS:
Skills to be developed
List of Practicals
Intellectual skills Motor Skills
1.Introduction to graphics 1.To develop ability to solve 1.To develop ability to
- (1 Sheet) problems on geometrical draw the geometrical
Draw the following using constructions. constructions by
AutoCAD computer. Using
1.1 Rectangle with given AutoCAD
dimensions
1.2 Circle with given dimensions
and hatch
1.3 Pentagon with line command
1.4 Hexagon with given
dimensions
1.5 Draw one figure containing
circle tangent, arc and
dimensioning.
2. Engineering curves & 1) To develop ability to 1. To develop ability to

Loci of points differentiate between conic draw different types of
- (1 Sheet) and curves. curves.
i) Three different curves are to 2) To develop ability to
be draw using any one identify the type of locus from
method. the nature of surface and the
ii) Draw locus of point on any position of generating circle.
one mechanism 3) Able to interpret the given
mechanisms and locus of
points.
3. Orthographic 1) Develop ability to interpret 1. Develop ability to draw
projections first angle projection method. orthographic projections
- (Total 2 Sheets) 2) To interpret and able to by first angle projection
Two objects by first angle solve problem on orthographic method
projection method - (1 Sheet) projection of given object.
Redraw the same sheet using

AutoCAD - (1 Sheet)
4. Isometric projection 1) Develop ability to 1. Develop ability to draw
- (Total 2 sheets) differentiate between isometric isometric views and
Two objects one by true scale and view and isometric isometric projections
another by isometric scale. projections. from given orthographic
(simple objects) - (1 sheet) 2) To differentiate between views of an object using
Redraw the same sheet using Isometric scale and true scale. computer.
AutoCAD - (1 sheet)
5. Projections of line and 1) To develop ability to 1) Able to draw
planes. - (1 Sheet) differentiate between true Orthographic Projections
Two problems on Projection of length and apparent length. of line and planes.
lines and two problems on 2) To interpret the position
Projection of Planes. lines and plane with reference
plane.
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 26 12005

List of Practice Oriented Projects: -

1) To draw layout of visited Industry, College using AutoCAD
2) To draw orthographic projection of given machine element using AutoCAD
Learning Resources: -
A) Books: -
Sr.
Author Title Publication
No
1 N. D. Bhatt Engineering Drawing Charotar Publishing House
2 Engineering Drawing and Graphics +
K. Venugopal New Age Publication
AutoCAD
3 R. K. Dhawan Engineering Drawing S. Chand Co.
4 P. J. Shah Engineering Drawing ----
Dhanpat Rai
5 K. R. Mohan Engineering Graphics
and Publication Co.
B) Video Cassettes / CD’s

1. Instructional / Learning CD developed by ARTADDICT.
C) IS Code
SP – 46. Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges.
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 27 12005


FE/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/MH/MI/MU/PG/PS/PT/SC/TC/TX
Semester : First
Subject Title : Computer Fundamentals

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 4 -- -- 50* # -- 25@ 75
* On line examination
RATIONALE:
Computer plays an important role in human lives. The primary purpose of using a computer
is to make life easier. It is a gateway to a wonderful world of information and various applications.
Computers have established an indispensable part in a business, academics, defense, budgeting,
research, engineering, medicine, space. This subject introduces the fundamentals of computer
system focusing various hardware and software components. It also provides biblical worldview
regarding computer ethics by means of Internet.
OBJECTIVES:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand a computer system that has hardware and software components, which
controls and makes them useful.
2. Understand the operating system as the interface to the computer system.
3. Use the basic functions of an operating system.
4. Set the parameter required for effective use of hardware combined with and application
software’s
5. Compare major OS like Linux and MS-Windows
6. Use file mangers, word processors, spreadsheets, presentation software’s and Internet.
7. Have hands on experience on operating system and different application software
8. Use the Internet to send mail and surf the World Wide Web.

Learning Structure:
Preparing various office documents

Application Internet surfing, Familiarize with various hardware components, application of
computer system in various domains
Understanding basic principles of computer system and hardware components

Principles
Window Preparing
Understand Internet
the hardware components &manipulating browsing
Concepts and selection Documents with
& software & surfing
components techniques Word, spreadsheets,
and presentations
Information, Basic hardware Components, Peripheral Devices

Facts

CONTENTS: Theory
Note: Contents of theory are to be taught in Practical Period
Chapter Name of the Topic

Fundamentals Of Computer
Introduction
Components of PC
The system Unit
Front part of system Unit
1 Back part of system Unit
CPU
Memory of computer
Monitor
Mouse, Keyboard, Disk, Printer, Scanner, Modem,
Video, Sound cards, Speakers
Introduction To Windows 2000/Xp
Working with window
Desktop
Components of window
Menu bar option
Starting window
2
Getting familiar with desktop
Moving from one window to another
Reverting windows to its previous size
Opening task bar buttons into a windows
Creating shortcut of program
Quitting windows
GUI Based Editing, Spreadsheets, Tables & Presentation
Application Using MS Office 2000 & Open Office.Org
Menus
Opening of menus, Toolbars: standard toolbars, formatting toolbars
& closing of menus Quitting Document, Editing & designing your document
3
Spreadsheets
Working & Manipulating data with Excel
Changing the layout
Working with simple graphs & Presentation
Working With PowerPoint and Presentation
Introduction To Internet
What is Internet
Equipment Required for Internet connection
4 Sending &receiving Emails
Browsing the WWW
Creating own Email Account
Internet chatting
Usage of Computer System in various Domains
Computer application in
Offices, books publication, data analysis ,accounting , investment, inventory control,
5
graphics, database management, Instrumentation, Airline and railway ticket
reservation, robotics, artificial intelligence, military, banks, design and research work,
real-time, point of sale terminals, financial transaction terminals.

Chapter Name of the Topic

Information technology for benefits of community
Impact of computer on society
Social responsibilities
6 Applications of IT
Impact of IT
Ethics and information technology
Future with information technology
Sr. No List of Practicals

Working with Windows 2000 desktop ,start icon, taskbar, Recycle Bin, My Computer
1. icon ,The Recycle Bin and deleted files
Creating shortcuts on the desktop
The Windows 2000 accessories
WordPad – editing an existing document
2.
Use of Paint – drawing tools
The Calculator, Clock
The Windows Explorer window, concept of drives, folders and files?
3. Folder selection techniques, Switching drives, Folder creation
Moving or copying files, Renaming, Deleting files ,and folders
Printing
Installing a printer driver
Setting up a printer
4.
Default and installed printers
Controlling print queues
Viewing installed fonts
The clipboard and ‘drag and drop’
Basic clipboard concepts
Linking vs. embedding
5. Moving through a Word document menu bar and drop down menus toolbars
6. Entering text into a Word 2000 document, selection techniques Deleting text
7. Font formatting keyboard shortcuts
* Paragraph formatting
8.
Bullets and numbering
* Page formatting What is page formatting? Page margins Page size and orientation
9.
Page breaks, Headers and footers
10. Introducing tables and columns
11. Printing within Word 2000 Print setup Printing options Print preview
* Development of application using mail merge
12. Mail merging addresses for envelopes
Printing an addressed envelope and letter
13. Creating and using macros in a document
* Creating and opening workbooks
14.
Entering data
Navigating in the worksheet
Selecting items within Excel 2000
15.
Inserting and deleting cells, rows and column
Moving between worksheets, saving worksheet, workbook
16. Formatting and customizing data
17. Formulas, functions and named ranges
18. Creating, manipulating & changing the chart type
Printing, Page setup, Margins

19.
Sheet printing options, Printing a worksheet
* Preparing presentations with Microsoft Power Point.
20.
Slides and presentations, Opening an existing presentation , Saving a presentation
Using the AutoContent wizard ,Starting the AutoContent wizard
Selecting a presentation type within the AutoContent wizard
21.
Presentation type
Presentation titles, footers and slide number
* Creating a simple text slide
Selecting a slide layout
Manipulating slide information within normal and outline view
Formatting and proofing text
Pictures and backgrounds
22. drawing toolbar
AutoShapes
Using clipart
Selecting objects
Grouping and un-grouping objects
The format painter
* Creating and running a slide show
Navigating through a slide show
23. Slide show transitions
Slide show timings
Animation effects
* Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 & the Internet
Connecting to the Internet
24. The Internet Explorer program window
The on-line web tutorial Using hyper links
Responding to an email link on a web page
Searching the Internet
Searching the web via Microsoft Internet Explorer
25. Searching the Internet using Web Crawler
Searching the Internet using Yahoo
Commonly used search engines
Favorites, security & customizing Explorer
26. Organizing Favorite web sites
Customizing options – general, security, contents, connection, programs, advanced
* Using the Address Book
Adding a new contact
27. Creating a mailing group
Addressing a message
Finding an e-mail address
Using electronic mail
Starting Outlook Express
Using the Outlook Express window
28.
Changing the window layout
Reading file attachment
Taking action on message-deleting, forwarding, replying

* Email & newsgroups

Creating and sending emails
Attached files
29.
Receiving emails
Locating and subscribing to newsgroups
Posting a message to a newsgroup
Chatting on internet
30. Understating Microsoft chat environment
Chat toolbar
Note : Term work will include printout of Exercises of practicals marked with asterisks ( * )
Learning Resources
Books:
Sr.
Author Title Edition Publisher
No.
Comdex
01 Vikas Gupta First Dreamtech
Computer Course Kit
Information Technology 7 Th
02 Henry Lucas Tata Mc-Graw Hills
for management
Computer Fundamentals
New Age International
03 B.Ram Architecture and Revised 3rd
Publisher
Organisation

Course Name : Civil Engineering Group

Course Code : CE/CR/CS/CV
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Civil)

PAPER
HRS
01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
Rationale:
Civil diploma technician is expected to know basic workshop practice like, Gas Welding
gas cutting. Fitting, Drilling, Tapping, plumbing and sheet metal processes. The students are
required to identify operate and control various machines. The students are required to select and
use various tools and equipments for welding, fitting, tapping drilling, plumbing and sheet Metal
operations.
Objectives:
At the end of this course, the student will able to
• Know basic workshop processes.
• Read and interpret job drawings.
• Identify, select and use various marking, measuring, and holding, striking and cutting tools
& equipments wood working and sheet metal shops.
• Operate, control different machines and equipments.
• Select proper welding rods and fluxes.
• Inspect the job for specified dimensions
• Produce jobs as per specified dimensions.
• Adopt safety practices while working on various machines.

LEARNING STRUCTURE:-
Use different wood working Use different Sheet metal

processes to produce articles processes to produce articles
Application like chair, table, chaupang etc. like metal can, boxes,
To operate and control measuring jar, funnel etc. To
machines and tools used in operate and control machines
these processes. and tools used in these
processes.
Logical sequence of operation, in

Logical sequence of operation
making sheet metal jobs like
in making wooden joints like
marking, bending, cutting
marking, planning, chiseling,
Procedure shearing, lancing riveting etc
assembly, polishing etc
Wood working principle, planning, Sheet metal working principle,

sawing, grooving, chiseling cutting, bending, creasing,
process. Principle of wood shearing operations.
Principle working machine and other Principles of soldering and
machines and tools for the above brazing operation
processes
Concept of woodworking, Concept of sheet metal

different wooden joints and working, different sheet metal
Concepts joints, operations, riveting and
polishing
brazing
Hack saw, Try square, Chisel, Jack planes, Mallet, Files, V-block, Vice,
Facts hammer, Wood working machine, Circle cutting machine.

CONTENTS:
Sr.No. Details of Theory Contents Period

CARPENTRY SHOP
1. Introduction.
01 2. Various types of woods. 03
3. Different types of tools, machines and accessories.
WELDING SHOP
1. Introduction
2. types of welding, ARC welding, Gas welding, Gas Cutting.
3. welding of dissimilar materials, Selection of welding rod material
02 Size of welding rod and work piece. 04
4. different types of flame.
5. Elementary symbolic representation,
6. Safety precautions in welding safety equipments and its use in welding
processes.
FITTING SHOP
1. Introduction
2. Various marking, measuring, cutting, holding and striking tools.
03 3. Different fitting operation like chipping, filing, right angle, marking, 04
drilling, tapping etc.
4. Working Principle of Drilling machine, Tapping dies its use.
5. Safety precautions and safety equipments.
PLUMBING SHOP
1. Introduction.
04 03
3. Different G.I. pipes, PVC pipes, flexible pipes used in practice.
4. G. I. pipes and PVC pipes fittings and accessories, Adhesive solvents-
chemical action, Piping layout.
SHEET METAL SHOP
1. Introduction
2. Various types of tools, equipments and accessories.
05 02
3. Different types of operations in sheet metal shop.
4. Soldering and riveting.
5. Safety precautions.
Total 16
Skill to be developed:
1. Ability to read job drawing
2. Ability to identify and select proper material, tools, equipments and machine.
3. Ability to select proper parameters (like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of lubricants) in
machine.
Motor Skills:
1. Ability to set tools, work piece, and machines for desired operations.
2. Ability to complete job as per job drawing in allotted time.
3. Ability to use safety equipment and follow safety procedures during operations.
4. Ability to inspect the job for confirming desired dimensions and shape.
5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience
Notes: 1] The instructor shall give demonstration to the students by preparing a

specimen job as per the job drawing.
2] The workshop diary shall be maintained by each student duly signed by
instructor of respective shop
Sr. No. Details Of Practical Contents
WOOD WORKING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different wood working tools / machines.
• Demonstration of different wood working processes, like plaining, marking,
01 chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc.
• One simple job involving any one joint like mortise and tenon dovetail, bridle,
half lap etc.
WELDING SHOP :
• Demonstration of different welding tools / machines.
02 • Demonstration on Arc Welding, Gas Welding, gas cutting and rebuilding of
broken parts with welding.
• One simple job involving butt and lap joint.
FITTING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different fitting tools and drilling machines and power tools
• Demonstration of different operations like chipping, filing, drilling, tapping,
03
cutting etc.
• One simple fitting job involving practice of chipping, filing, drilling, tapping,
cutting etc.
PLUMBING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different plumbing tools
• Demonstration of different operations in plumbing, observing different pipe
04 joints and pipe accessories. Different samples of PVC pipes and PVC pipe
fittings.
• One job on simple pipe joint with nipple coupling for standard pipe. Pipe
threading using standard die sets.
SHEET METAL SHOP:
• Demonstration of different sheet metal tools / machines.
05 • Demonstration of different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, bending,
edging, end curling, lancing , soldering and riveting.
• One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting.
Books:
• S.K. Hajara Chaudhary- Workshop Technology-Media Promotors and Publishers,New
Delhi
• B.S. Raghuwanshi- Workshop Technology- Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi
• R K Jain- Production Technology- Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
• H.S.Bawa- Workshop Technology- Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,New Delhi
• Kent’s Mechanical Engineering Hand book- John Wiley and Sons, New York
Video Cassettes and CDs:

• Electronics Trade & technology Development Corporation.(A Govt. of India undertaking)
Akbar Hotel Annex, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi- 110 021
Learning Materials Transparencies, CBT Packages developed by N.I.T.T.E.R. Bhopal.

Course Name : Electrical Engineering/ Electrical Power System.

Course Code : EE/EP
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical)

PAPERS
HRS.
01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
Note: 1. Theory related to the practical will be taught during the practical periods
RATIONALE:
For a diploma folder in Electrical Engineering, it is essential to know some basic workshop
skills. In the world of work students are required to supervise maintenance of equipment, where he
needs the knowledge of basic workshop skills such as Welding, Soldering, Sheet Metal Working,
Drilling, Tapping etc.
OBJECTIVES:
The student will be able to
1. Use the knowledge of sheet metal working and welding for preparing panels, switch boxes
etc.
2. Use various drills for electrical wiring and installation
3. Make joints for various types of wirings such as casing capping, Batten wiring and
mounting of accessories

Learning Structure:
Student will be able to use the knowledge and practices in

Applications performing practicals of higher level subject and also in the world
of work as maintenance or erection engineer
Butt and Seam Sheet metal working Drilling,

Welding, Welding such as bending, cutting, tapping,
transformer setting, curling by using turning,
Procedures use of flux and Bending and Cutting jointing,
electrodes, machine,soldering for revetting
adjustment of gas panels, boxes etc.
flames
Spot, Butt and Seam Welding and Soldering

Concepts for metal Joints. Bending, Curling of metal
sheets
Welding Transformer, Welding Rod, Flux , Safety

Facts screen, Bench Vice, files, surface plate, try square,
drilling /tapping machine

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of the Topic Hours

WELDING SHOP :
1. Introduction
3. welding of dissimilar materials, Selection of welding rod
material Size of welding rod and work piece. 04
1.
4. Different types of flame.
6. Safety precautions in welding safety equipments and its use in
welding processes.
SHEET METAL SHOP.
1. Introduction
2. 3. Different types of operations in sheet metal shop. 04
4. Soldering and rivetting.
TURNING SHOP
1. Introduction
2. Various marking, measuring, cutting, holding and striking
tools.
3.
4. Drilling and Tapping 04
5. Turning: Plain, taper
6. Threading and Knurling
PLUMBING SHOP
1. Introduction.
4 3. Different types of PVC pipes, flexible pipes used in practice. 04
4. PVC pipes fittings and accessories, Adhesive solvents-
chemical action,
5. Piping layout.
Total 16
Practical: Skills to be developed:
1. Intellectual Skills:
a) Ability to read job drawings.
b) Ability to identify and select proper material, tools and equipments and
machines.
c) Ability to select proper parameters ( like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of
lubricants ) in machine.
2. Motor Skills :
a) Ability to set tools, work piece, and machines for desired operations.
b) Ability to complete job as per job drawing in allotted time.
c) Ability to use safety equipment and follow safety procedures during operations.
d) Ability to inspect the job for confirming desired dimensions and shape.
e) Ability to acquire hands-on experience.
Sr. No DETAILS OF PRACTICAL CONTENTS

WELDING SHOP
• Any one composite job from involving butt joint lap joint welding process, from
the following like Grill, door, window frame, Corner flower stand chair , table
frame (square pipe 25 mm) cooler frame (folding type), Kitchan Trolley,
Centering Plate, supporting frames
01 Note:1] One job of standard size (Saleable/marketable article shall be preferred)

2] Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work .
3] Job allotted should comprise of 6-8 hours of actual working operations.
4] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor required for their job from
the drawing.
PLUMBING SHOP
02 • Demonstration of PVC pipe joint with various fittings.
• Exercise for students on preparing actual pipeline layout for PVC pipe.
Preparing actual drawing and bill of material.
SHEET METAL SHOP

• One composite job of Water-draining Channel, display boards, Panel Board,
Switch Box, Glass Panelling items etc.
03 Note:1]One job of standard size(Saleable/marketable article shall be preferred)
2] Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work.
3] Job allotted should comprise of 4-6 hours of actual working ions.
4] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost required
for their job from the drawing.
TURNING SHOP
Note:1] One job related to Plane and Taper turning, threading and knurling
2] One job related to Drilling and tapping
04 3] Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work.
4]Job allotted should comprise of 6-8 hours of actual working
5] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost for their
job from the drawing.
Demonstration of power tools and practice of utility items.

• Demonstration of advance power tools, pneumatic tools, electrical wiring tools
05 and accessories.
• Tools for Cutting and drilling,

Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr. Name of the Auther Name of the Book Publisher

No.
S.K. Hajara Media Promotors and
01 Workshop Technology
Chaudhary Publishers,New Delhi
Dhanpat Rai and
02 B.S. Raghuwanshi Workshop Technology
Sons, New Delhi
Khanna Publishers,
03 R K Jain Production Technology
New Delhi
Tata McGraw Hill
04 H.S.Bawa Workshop Technology
Publishers,New Delhi
Kent’s Mechanical Engineering John Wiley and Sons,
05 --
Hand book New York
Video Cassettes / CDS

• Learning Materials Transparencies, CBT Packages developed by NITTER Bhopal.

Course Name : Electronics Engineering Group

Course Code : DE/ED/EI/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/IU/MU
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics Group)
Teaching & Examination Scheme:

PAPER
HRS
1 -- 4 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
RATIONAL:
Electronics diploma technician is expected to know basic workshop practice like Wood
working, Sheet metal and Fitting. The students are required to identify, operate and control various
machines. The students are required to select and use various tools and equipments related to Wood
working and sheet metal processes.
OBJECTIVES:
1. Read and interpret the drawing.
2. Draw sketch for given job.
3. Use manufacturers Catalog to prepare estimation of material required.
4. Use specification tables.
5. Decide Sequence of procedure.

LEARNING STRUCTURE:

Application like cabinets, boxes, switch like sheet metal box, chassis
board. To operate and for mounting components. To
control machines and tools operate and control machines
used in these processes. and tools used in these
processes.
Logical sequence of
operation in making wooden Logical sequence of operation,
Procedure joints like marking, planning, in making sheet metal jobs like
chiseling, assembly, polishing marking , bending, cutting
etc shearing, lancing riveting etc
Sheet metal working

principle, cutting, bending,
Wood working principle, creasing, shearing operations.
Principle plaining, sawing, grooving, Principles of soldering and
chiseling process. brazing operation,
Concept of woodworking, Concept of sheet metal

Concepts working, different sheet metal
different wooden joints and
polishing joints, operations, riveting and
brazing

Contents: Theory
Sr.No. Topic Period
CARPENTRY SHOP
1. Introduction.
01 05
2. Various types of woods.
FITTING SHOP:
1. Introduction
SHEET METAL SHOP.
1. Introduction
03 3. Different types of operations in sheet metal shop. 06
Total 16
Skills to be developed developed:
1. Ability to read job drawing.
3. Ability to select proper parameters ( like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of lubricants ) in
machine.
Motor Skills:
5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience.

Note: Details of on example job for each shop is given below:

Sr.
Details Of Practical Contents
No.
WOOD WORKING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different wood working processes, like planning, marking,
01
chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc.
• One simple job of preparing switch board or any other similar job
FITTING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different fitting tools and drilling machines and power
tools
02
cutting etc.
• One simple fitting job involving practice of filing, drilling, tapping, cutting
etc. Such as Transistor Heat Sink or any other similar job
SHEET METAL SHOP:

• Demonstration of different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting,
03 bending, edging, end curling, lancing , soldering and riveting.
• One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and rivetting.
Such as Battery Eliminator Box or any other similar job
1) SHEET METAL WORK : BATTERY ELIMINATOR BOX
CHASSIS
MATERIAL : C R C A sheet 22/24 SWG

* TOOLS & EQUIPMENT: SEQUENCE OF

OPERATIONS :
1) Steel Rule 1) Development

2) Try square 2) Marking
3) Scriber 3) Checking
4) Spring Divider / Center Punch 4) Cutting
5) Files 5) Debuting
6) Shearing Machine / ship 6) Corner cutting
7) Drilling Machine 7) Drilling
8) Mallet 8) Punching
9) Hammer 9) Bending
10) Chisels 10) Topping
11) Hollow or solid punch 11) Numbering
12) Hand Drill M/c 12) Finishing
13) Drills in various sizes 13) Soldering / Brazing
14) Taps M3 & tap wrench
15) Bending M/c
16) Bench vice
17) Use various stakes
18) Number Punch
19) Blow lamp
20) Soldering iron
2) Fitting Work: Transistor Heat Sink
MAT : ALUMINIUM FLAT SIZE : 50 X 65 X 10 mm
NOTE : ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM

TOLERANCE : ± 0.3 mm
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
1) Steel Rule / Vernier caliper 1) Marking

2) Try square 2) Checking
3) Scriber 3) Cutting
4) Bench Vice 4) Square ness fitting (90’)
5) Surface plate / with magnet block 5) Saw cutting
6) Files, flat, square, Niddles 6) Chiseling / chipping
7) Marking Gauge 7) Slot filing
8) Marking Block / Height Gauge 8) Drill Marking
9) Hacksaw frame 9) Drilling
10) Center Punch 10) Tapping
11) Hammer 11) Finishing
12) Chisels Hat 12) Numbering
13) Table Drill Machine (Bench)
14) Drills
15) Tap & Tap wrenches
16) Number Punch
3) Carpentry Work: Switch Box
MATE
RIAL
: TEAK WOOD AND SUNMICA, COMMERCIAL PLYWOOD
SIZE : 1) 40 X 260 X 10 mm 02 Nos.

2) 40 X 310 X 10 mm 02 Nos.
3) Sun-mica – 250 X 300 mm X 0.5 mm 01 Nos.
4) Plywood – 250 X 300 mm X 5 mm 01 Nos.
5) Fevicol
6) French Polish

TOOLS & EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
1) Steel Rule 1) Measuring

2) Try square 2) Planning
3) Marking Gauge 3) Marking
4) Jack Plane 4) Cutting
5) Hand Saw 5) Chiseling
6) Carpentry Vice 6) Corner joint with nail
7) Wooden Mallet / Hammer 7) Sun mica Pasting (Fevicolor similar
adhesive)
8) Firmer Chisel 8) Marking for slot cutting
9) Jig Saw Machine 9) Jig Saw cutting
10) Marfa file 10) Numbering
11) Numbering 11) Polishing
Books:
Sr. No. Name of the Auther Name of the Book Publisher

Media Promotors and
01 S.K. Hajara Chaudhary Workshop Technology Publishers,New Delhi
Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New

Delhi
03 R K Jain Production Technology Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
Tata McGraw Hill
Kent’s Mechanical John Wiley and Sons, New
05 --
Engineering Hand book York
Video Cassettes/ CDS

Learning Materials Transparencies, CBT Packages developed by NITTER Bhopal

Course Name : Mechanical Engineering

Course Code : AE/CH/FE/ME/MH/MI/PG/PT
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical & Chemical Group)
Teaching & Examination Scheme

PAPER
HRS
01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
@ - Internal Assessment
Rationale:
Mechanical and Chemical diploma technician is expected to know basic workshop practice like
Wood working, Sheet metal. The students are required to identify, operate and control various
machines. The students are required to select and use various tools and equipments related to
Wood working and sheet metal processes.
Objectives:
The student will able to
• Read and interpret job drawing.
• Identify, select and use various marking, measuring, holding, striking and cutting tools &
equipments.

LEARNING STRUCTURE:

Application like chair, table, chaupang etc. like metal can, boxes,
To operate and control measuring jar, funnel etc. To
machines and tools used in operate and control machines
these processes. and tools used in these
processes.
Logical sequence of operation

Logical sequence of operation,
in making wooden joints like in making sheet metal jobs like
Procedure marking, planning, chiseling,
marking , bending, cutting
assembly, polishing etc shearing, lancing riveting etc
Wood working principle, Sheet metal working principle,

planning, sawing, grooving, cutting, bending, creasing,
chiseling process. Principle of shearing operations.
Principle wood working machine and other Principles of soldering and
machines and tools for the above brazing operation,
processes
Concept of sheet metal

Concept of woodworking, working, different sheet metal
Concepts different wooden joints and joints, operations, riveting and
polishing brazing

CONTENTS:
Sr.No. Details Of Theory Contents Period
CARPENTRY SHOP
1. Introduction.
01 03
2. Various types of woods.
WELDING SHOP :
1. Introduction
3. welding of dissimilar materials, Selection of welding rod material Size of
02 welding rod and work piece. 04
4. different types of flame.
6. Safety precautions in welding safety equipments and its use in welding
processes.
FITTING SHOP:
1. Introduction
PLUMBING SHOP:
1. Introduction.
04 03
3. Different G.I. pipes, PVC pipes, flexible pipes used in practice.
4. G. I. pipes and PVC pipes fittings and accessories, Adhesive solvents-
chemical action, Piping layout.
SHEET METAL SHOP.
1. Introduction
05 3. Different types of operations in sheet metal shop. 02
Total 16
1. Ability to read job drawing
3. Ability to select proper parameters (like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of lubricants)
in machine.
Motor Skills:
5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience.
List of Practical:
SR. NO. Details of Practical Contets

WOOD WORKING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different wood working processes, like plaining, marking,
01 chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc.
• One simple job involving any one joint like mortise and tenon dovetail, bridle,
half lap etc.
WELDING SHOP :
• Demonstration of different welding tools / machines.
• Demonstration on Arc Welding, Gas Welding, gas cutting and rebuilding of
02
broken parts with welding.
• One simple job involving butt and lap joint.
FITTING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different fitting tools and drilling machines and power tools.
03 cutting etc.
• One simple fitting job involving practice of chipping, filing, drilling, tapping,
cutting etc.
PLUMBING SHOP:
• Demonstration of different plumbing tools
• Demonstration of different operations in plumbing, observing different pipe
joints and pipe accessories. Different samples of PVC pipes and PVC pipe
04
fittings.
• One job on simple pipe joint with nipple coupling for standard pipe. Pipe
threading using standard die sets.
SHEET METAL SHOP:

• Demonstration of different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, bending,
05
edging, end curling, lancing, soldering and riveting.
• One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting.


Books:
• S.K. Hajara Chaudhary- Workshop Technology-Media Promotors and Publishers, New
Delhi
• B.S. Raghuwanshi- Workshop Technology- Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi
• R K Jain- Production Technology- Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
• H.S.Bawa- Workshop Technology- Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,New Delhi
• Kent’s Mechanical Engineering Hand book- John Wiley and Sons, New York
• Electronics Trade & technology Development Corporation.(A Govt. of India undertaking)
Akbar Hotel Annex, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi- 110 021
• Learning Materials Transparencies, CBT Packages developed by N.I.T.T.E.R. Bhopal.

Course Name : Computer Engineering Group

Course Code : CD/CM/CO/IF
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Computer)

PAPER
HRS
01 -- 04 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
RATIONALE:
This subject is essential for creating awareness of computers for the students. It gives
handling experience of computers to the students. It introduces basic components of computers and
connecting them to the system.
Since the dirt can affect reliability and Performance of various components, cleaning of
components become one of the essential activity of basic maintenance. This subject demonstrates
steps in cleaning and handling various components, handling problems with component
connections. This subject gives the basic knowledge required for Pc architecture and maintenance.
Objectives:
After studying this subject, the student will be able to -
• Understand basic components of computers.
• Connect peripheral devices.
• Clean various devices like Keyboard, mouse, printers, motherboard.
• Park and eject the papers over the printer.
• Write Data on the CD.
• Scan documents and images.
• Understand front panel and back panel connections.
• Connection of Pen drives and DVD's

LEARNING STRUCTURE
Identify components of computer system, Internal parts, Connecting peripheral

Applications
devices, Make front panel and back panel connections, Know Cleaning Devices,
Make settings of peripheral devices.
Connection of Connection of Cleaning Make settings of

Procedure Internal peripheral devices to peripheral different devices
component different ports devices
Principles
& Identify, Connectivity and availability of different components
Concepts
Internal
Facts Input Devices Output components Cables and
Devices connectors

CONTENTS: Theory
Sr. No Topic/Subtopic Hours

Introduction to Various External Peripheral Devices
1.1 Different types of keyboards
1.2 Different types of Mouse
1.3 Different types of Scanners
1. 1.4 Different types of Modems 04
1.5 Different types of printers
1.6 CD writers, speakers, CD read /write drive
1.7 Microphones, LCD projectors, Pen drives, DVD drive
1.8 Different types of Monitors
Introduction to Various Internal Devices
2.1 Different makes of hard disks
2.2 Different types of network Interface cards
2.3 Different types of cables such as data cables, printer cables ,network
cables ,power cables etc.
2. 05
2.4 Different types of floppy disk
2.5 Motherboard connection
2.6 Graphics Card connection
2.7 Network Interface card connection
Physical Connections of different peripheral Devices

3.1 Connection of Mouse to different ports
3.2 Connection of keyboards to different ports
3.3 Connection of Monitors
3.4 Connection of Printers
3.5 Different switch settings of printers
3. 07
3.6 Printer's self test
3.7 Jumper settings of hard disks
3.8 Attaching FDD,HDD and CD drives
3.9 Attaching Pen Drives and DVDs
3.10 Attaching Scanners
Total 16
ASSIGNMENTS:
1. Observe all the peripheral devices available in the lab. Describe them in detail.
2. Demonstration of system configuration using CMOS setup.
3. Study of different ports such as serial, parallel, PS/2,NIC ports.
4. Assignment on how to write data on CDs
5. Observe different printer settings on different types of printers available in your lab.
Write down the function of each switch.
6. Demonstration of printer's self test.
7. Assignment on connection of speakers and microphones.
8. Assignment on different types of cables in your lab.
9. Assignment on cleaning procedures of Mouse, Keyboard and motherboard.
10. Assignment on how to connect scanner and scan document and pictures on the
scanner available in your lab.
11. Assignment on making jumper settings on hard disk.

12. Assignment on different types of cards such as graphics card, LAN card, multimedia
cards etc.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Author Title Publisher
No.
Mr. David Stone &
01 Troubleshooting Your PC Prentice Hall India
Alfred Poor
02 David Groth A+ Complete BPB Publication
03 Balasubramaniam Computer Installation snd servicing Tata McGraw Hill
Reference Manuals of PC
04 Manuals --
troubleshooting and maintenance


COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL ENGINEERING GROUP
COURSE CODE : ME / PG / PT / AE / MH / FE / MI / PS
DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS for ME/PG/PT/AE/PS ( 8 SEMESTERS for MH/MI/FE ) WITH EFFECT FROM 2009-10
SEMESTER : SECOND DURATION : 16 WEEKS
TEACHING EXAMINATION SCHEME
SR. Abbrev SUB SCHEME SW
SUBJECT TITLE PAPER TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9)
NO. iation CODE (16002)
TH TU PR HRS. Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 Communication Skills CMS 12012 02 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
2 Engineering Mathematics EMS 12013 03 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
3 Applied Science (Mechanical) ASM 12014 04 -- 04 03 100 40 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
4 Engineering Mechanics EGM 12015 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
50
5 Engineering Drawing EDG 12016 01 -- 04 04 100 40 -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
6 Workshop Practice WPC 12017 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
7 Development of Life Skills-I DLS 12018 01 -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
8 Professional Practices-II PPS 12019 -- -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
TOTAL 14 01 20 -- 500 -- 50 -- 50 -- 225 -- 50
THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH.
Total Marks : 875
@ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination.
Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Termwork, SW- Sessional Work
¾ Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as
sessional work (SW).
¾ Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms.
¾ Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology

Course Code : CE/CR/CS/ME/EE/EP/EJ/EN/ET/EX/DE/IE/IS/IC/EV/MU/CO/CM/
IF/CV/MH/FE/IU/CD/ED/EI
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Communication Skills
Teaching and examination scheme:
PAPER
HRS
02 -- 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
¾ Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
¾ Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to
be entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
The Students have been already been exposed to the Language Skills pertaining to
English, leading to a better understanding of English & use of grammar, developing a base
for the language. Now with a view to achieve some mastery over the language & to develop
Communication Skills, which is the main objective of this subject, the basic concepts of
communication, Non-verbal and written skills have been Introduced.
Objectives:
The Students will be able to:
1) Understand and use the basic concepts of communication and principles of
effective communication in an organized set up and social context.
2) Give a positive feedback in various situations, to use appropriate body language &
to avoid barriers for effective communication.
3) Write the various types of letters, reports and office drafting with the appropriate
format.

Learning Structure:
Application To enable the students to communicate effectively by using the concept of

communication, appropriate non-verbal and writing skills
Techniques of Principles governing Techniques of

Procedures communicating in the appropriate use of effective writing
organizational and non-verbal skills
social context
Principle of Principles of Principle of drafting

comprehending the appropriation and coherent, logical &
Principles basics of contextualization of simple sentences.
communication the use of body
language
Concept of formal, Concept of body Designing the message

informal, verbal, non- language
Principles verbal types of
communication
Concept of formal, Theory of non-verbal Formats of letters,

informal, verbal, non- skills (Body language) Reports, office
Facts verbal types of drafting
communication

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of the Topic Hours Marks

Introduction to communication:
1.1 Definition, communication cycle.,
1.2 The elements of Communication: sender- message – channel-
Receiver –Feedback.
01 04 14
1.3 Concept of Communication Process.
1.4 Stages in the process: defining the context, knowing the audience,
designing the message, encoding, selecting proper channels,
transmitting, receiving, decoding and giving feedback. (Case lets.)
Types of communication
2.1 Formal Communication.
2.2 Formal: Types – a) Vertical Communication.
b) Horizontal Communication.
2.3 Informal: Types – a) Diagonal Communication. 04 08
02
2.4 Verbal Vs Non-Verbal Communication.
2.5 Verbal: Types-a) Oral Communication.
b) Written Communication.
2.6 Non-Verbal: Types- a) Body Language. b) Graphic Language.
Principles of Effective Communication :
3.1 Principles of Effective Communication. (One example each.)
3.2 Communication barriers & how to overcome them.
03 3.3 Developing effective messages: Thinking about purpose, knowing 04 16
the audience, structuring the message, selecting proper channels,
minimizing barriers & facilitating feedback.
(Examples: Writing articles for newspapers, magazines.)
Non verbal- graphic communication:
4.1 Non- verbal codes: A- Kinesecs , B- Proxemics , C – Haptics
D-Vocalics , E- Physical appearance. F -Chronemics ,
G –Artifacts. (One example each.) Marks: 08
04 08 22
4.2 Aspects of Body Language. Types of Body Language. (One
example each.) Marks: 06
4.3 Interpreting visuals & illustrating with visuals like tables, charts &
graphs. Marks: 08
Formal written skills :
5.1 Office Drafting: Circular, Notice, and Memo. Marks: 06
5.2 Job Application with resume. Marks: 08
5.3 Business correspondence: Enquiry, Order letter, Complaint letter,
and Adjustment letter. Marks: 06
5.4 Report writing: Accident report, Fall in production, Progress
Report,, Investigation Report. Marks: 08
05 12 40
5.5 Defining, Describing Objects &Giving Instructions. Marks: 04
5.5.1 Defining Objects- Appearance, It’s Use.
5.5.2 Describing Objects- Purpose, Components, Functions,
Applications.
5.5.3 Giving Instructions- Precise, Directive, Imagistic Statements of
a futuristic stance.
Total 32 100

Assignments:
1. Communication Cycle (With the Help of Diagram) + Any two communication

situations to be represented with the help of Communication Cycle. (Use Pictures)
2. Communication Situations (List of 5 Communication situations stating the type of
communication viz; Vertical, Horizontal, Diagonal.
3. Barriers That Hinder a Particular Communication Situation. (State the type of barrier,
and how to overcome them). (04 Caselets)
4. Writing articles (two) in keeping with the parameters of developing effective
messages.
(Collect samples from newspapers, articles, Internet and pate them in the assignment.)
5. Business Letters: a) Job Application with Resume.
b) Enquiry Letter.
c) Order Letter.
d) Complaint Letter.
6. Non-Verbal Communication:
a) Body Language.: Five Illustrations of appropriate use of Body Language used on the
part of student in formal and Informal setups. (Example- formal setup- classroom
b) Graphic Language: Five Illustrations of the use of Signs, Symbols, Colours, Maps,
Graphs, Charts in day to day life.
7. Presentation Skills: Select topic (current issues) and ask students to give a class
presentation as per the principles of effective communication and paste these topics as
an assignment in the file.
8. Non-Verbal Codes: Kinesics, Physical Appearance, Haptics. (Collect five pictures per
group of five students on the above mentioned non-verbal codes, analyse and discuss
them in the class. Ask the students to paste these pictures along with explanation in
their individual files.
GUIDELINES: Teachers can make use of group discussions, class presentations, role plays,
simulations, caselets, listen and repeat drills with the help of cassettes etc to give a hand on
experience for students.
Students should maintain the Institute Files to write all the eight assignments with aprper
Index and get it duly certified.

Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
Text book of Communication
01 MSBTE, Mumbai. MSBTE, Mumbai.
Skills.
Effective Technical Tata McGraw Hill
02 M.Ashraf Rizvi
Communication Companies.
Krushna Mohan, Meera
03 Developing Communication Skills Macmillan
Banerji
04 Joyeeta Bhattacharya Communication Skills. Reliable Series
Every ones guide to effective

05 Jayakaran Apple Publishing.
writing.
06 Website: www.mindtools.com/page8.html-99k
07 Website: www.khake.com/page66htm/-72k
08 Website: www.BM Consultant India.Com
09 Website: www.letstak.co.in
10 Website: www.inc.com/guides/growth/23032.html-45k


Course Code : CE/ME/IE/EJ/DE/ET/EX/EE/EP/MU/EV/IS/CO/CM/IF/PG/PT/AE/
CV/MH/FE/CD/ED/EI
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Engineering Mathematics
Subject Code: 12013
Teaching and examination Scheme

PAPER
HRS
03 01 -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
¾ Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
Rationale:
In 21st century man has developed new disciplines like Information Technology
Genetic Engineering, Biotechnology etc. on the basis of Mathematics. Thus the study of
mathematics is necessary to develop in the student the skills essential for these new
disciplines. The subject is extension of basic mathematics of First Semester and stepping into
the prerequisites to learn applied mathematics. Engineering Mathematics lay down the
foundation to understand and express principles and laws involved in other technological
subjects.
Objective: The student will be able to

Acquire knowledge of Mathematical terms, concepts, principles and different
methods. Develop the ability to apply mathematical methods to solve technical problems, to
execute management, plans with precision. Acquire sufficient mathematical techniques
necessary for daily and practical problems.

Learning Structure:
Relationship Use of derivatives Analysis of To understand

between in applications. experimental data various physical
two Slope of a curve for drawing valid quantities.
quantities conclusions and Understanding
Application:
that vary, decision-making signal processing,
continuity process. laws of impedance
of curves fluid flow,
electricity.
To explain To explain To explain Explain geometric

value of methods for measures of meaning of deri.,
function & finding derivative central tendency max,& mini, rates,
Procedure: types of fun. of different and dispersion radius of
Methods to function. Second addition and curvature. algebra
evaluate order derivative. multiplication of complex
limits of numbers Euler’s
different forms, hyperbolic
functions. function.
Dependent Derivatives of Classification of Slope of the curve,

and Standard data, frequency, increasing
independent functions. Rules mean, mode and decreasing
variables. of Differentiation median. Sample functions. Real
Concept: Standard space, event and imaginary
formulae for occurrence of parts of complex
Limits. event & types. no. Euler’s
Theorems exponential forms.
on Limit
Concept of Definition of Concept of data, First order and

interval, derivative and frequency second order
neighborhood notation, order of distribution, derivatives.
of a point, derivative attribute and Number system.
Facts: Definition of variant. Imaginary unit.
function and
limit.
Meaning of
XÆ a

Contents: Theory
Note:
1. Chapters 1 to 5 are common for all branches.
2. Chapter 6-For Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and Electronics groups
3. Chapter 7 & 8-For Computer Engineering Group.

Function and Limit
1.1 Function
1.1.1 Definitions of variable, constant, intervals such as open,
01
closed, semi-open etc. 04 08
1.1.2 Definition of Function, value of a function and types of
functions, Simple Examples..
Limits
2.1 Definition of neighborhood, concept and definition limit.
02 2.2 Limits of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential and 08 16
logarithmic functions with simple examples
Derivatives
3.1 Definition of Derivatives, notations.
3.2 Derivatives of Standard Functions
3.3 Rules of Differentiation. (Without proof). Such as
Derivatives of Sum or difference, scalar multiplication,
Product and quotient.
03 3.4 Derivatives of composite function (Chain rule) 14 24
3.5 Derivatives of inverse and inverse trigonometric functions.
3.6 Derivatives of Implicit Function
3.7 Logarithmic differentiation
3.8 Derivatives of parametric Functions.
3.9 Derivatives of one function w.r.t another function
3.10 Second order Differentiation.
Applications Of Derivative
4.1.1 Geometrical meaning of Derivative,
4 4.1.2 Maxima and minima 06 12
4.1.3 Radius of Curvature
Statistics
5.1 Measures of Central tendency (mean, median, mode) for
ungrouped and grouped frequency distribution. Marks 08
5.2 Graphical representation (Histogram and Ogive Curves) to
05 find mode and median Marks 06 10 24
5.3 Measures of Dispersion such as range, mean deviation,
Standard Deviation, Variance and coefficient of variation.
Comparison of two sets of observations. Marks 10
NOTE: Chapter 6 is for Civil, Electrical, Electronics and Mechanical Groups

Complex number
6.1 Definition of Complex number. Cartesian, polar,
06 06 16
Exponential forms of Complex number.
6.2 Algebra of Complex number(Equality, addition,

Subtraction, Multiplication and Division)

6.3 De-Moivre’s theorem (without proof) Examples based on it,
roots of complex numbers, roots of unity
6.4 Euler’s form of Circular functions, hyperbolic functions and
relations between circular &hyperbolic functions
Note: Chapter 7 and 8 is for Computer Engineering Group Only
Numerical Solution of Algebraic Equations
07 Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method and Newton- 03 08
Raphson method
Numerical Solution of Simultaneous Equations
08 Gauss elimination method 03 08
Iterative methods-Gauss Seidal and Jacobi’s method
Total 48 100
Tutorial
Note: Tutorials are to be used to get enough practice for solving problems. It is suggested
that in each tutorial at least five problems to be solved.
Tutorial No. Topic on which tutorial is to be conducted

1 Function
2 Limits
3 Derivative
4 Derivative
5 Derivative
6 Statistics
7 Statistics
8 Statistics
9 Application of derivative/numerical Solution of algebraic equations
10 Application of derivative/numerical Solution of algebraic equations
11 Complex Numbers/Numerical Solution of Simultaneous Equations
12 Complex Numbers/Numerical Solution of Simultaneous Equations
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Title Authors Publications
No
Pune Vidyarthi Griha
1 Mathematics for Polytechnic S.P. Deshpande
Prakashan, Pune.
2 Calculus :Single Variable Robert T Smith Tata McGraw Hill
Advanced Engineering S. Chand Publication, New
3 Dass H. K.
Mathematics Delhi
Fundamentals of Mathematical S. Chand Publications
4 S.C Gupta and Kapoor
Statistics New Delhi.
Higher Engineering Khanna Publication, New
5 B.S Grewal
Mathematics Delhi
6 Applied mathematics P. N. Wartikar
Prakashan, Pune.

Course Name : Mechanical Engineering Group

Course Code : ME/PG/PT/AE/MH/FE
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Applied Science (Mechanical Group)
PAPER
HRS
04 -- 04 03 100 50@ -- -- 150
Note: 1. Two periods each for theory and Practical will be used for Applied Physics and
Applied Chemistry respectively
2. Theory paper will have two parts one for Applied Physics and one for Applied
Chemistry. Each will have same weightage of 50 marks.
3. Practical Marks will be divided equally between Applied Physics and Applied
Chemistry
NOTE:
Part A: Applied Physics (12014)
Rationale:
Physics provides foundation for core technology subjects. Understanding of any
subject is entirely depending on logical thinking and hierarchy of knowledge component. As
Physics is considered as basic science its principles, laws, hypothesis, concepts, ideas are
playing important role in reinforcing the knowledge of technology.
Deep thought is given while selecting topics in physics. They are different for
different groups. This will provide sound background for self-development in future to cope
up with new innovations. Topics are relevant to particular program and student will be
motivated to learn and can enjoy the course of Physics as if it is one of the subjects of their
own stream.
In correlation with above cited thought teacher should put deliberate efforts to procure
the focus of the subject so that tertiary level will be covering both science and technology.
This will be gateway for development of reasoning capacity of student and understanding of
new technology as well.
Objectives:
The Student will be able to:
1. Differentiate kinetic and kinematics and solve the problems on kinematics and kinetics.
2. Graphically represent rectilinear motion, S.H.M. and use for solving engineering
problems.
3. Understand the concept of ultrasonics.
4. Use N.D.T. in quality assurance and saving of man power, machining, materials,

5. Use principles of illumination for enhancing work efficiency

6. Analyze variation of sound intensity with respect to distance.
7. Identify different factors affecting acoustical planning of buildings
8. Identify different factors affecting indoor lighting.
9. Able to understand new technological aspect like Nano-technology
Learning Structure:
Enable to understand principles, laws, and concepts of Physics from nature and
Application implement them to identify, analyze, discriminate, and interpret the logical sequence
of events which further form basis for study of different Engineering work.
Acoustics and
Procedure Kinematics Kinetics N.D.T. Photometry Nanotechnology
Observing
and Observing Preparation Bunsen’s
interpreting and solving of N.D.T. photometer Nano structured
Principle graphs and problems method and material
solving Resonance
problems
Basic Ultrasonic,
Laws of principles of Pitch and
Concept Equations of motion and working and quality of Nanometer
motion conservation probing sound,
of medium used Luminous
momentum for N.D.T. intensity,
illumination,
Sound, Light
Fact Displacement, Force, Different and Nano particle
velocity, momentum, testing Photometric Nanoscale
acceleration impulse methods equation

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of The Topic Hours Marks

1. Kinematics
1.1 Rectilinear Motion
Equations of Motions-v=u+a t, s=ut+1/2at2, V2=u2+2as(no
derivation.), Distance traveled by particle in nth second,
Velocity Time Diagrams-uniform velocity, uniform 04 06
acceleration and uniform retardation, equations of motion for
motion under gravity.
[ Numericals on equations of motion, V-T diagram,
01 motion under gravity]
1.2 Angular Motion
Definition of angular displacement, angular velocity,
angular acceleration, Relation between angular velocity and
linear velocity, Definition of S.H.M. and S.H.M. as
projection of uniform circular motion on any one diameter, 05 08
Equation of S.H.M. and Graphical representation of
displacement ,velocity, acceleration of particle
[ Numericals on ω,α and S.H.M.]
2. Kinetics
2.1 Definitions of momentum, impulse, impulsive force,

02 Statements of Newton’s laws of motion with equations, 04 06
Applications of laws of motion—Recoil of gun, Motion of
two connected bodies by light inextensible string passing
over smooth pulley, Motion of lift.
[Numericals on impulse, recoil velocity and motion of lift.]
Ultrasonic and Non –destructive testing of Materials.
3.1 Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic waves-Definition and range, Production of
02 04
ultrasonic waves by Piezoelectric and magnetostriction
method.
03 3.2 Non –destructive testing of Materials

Testing methods of materials -Destructive and
Nondestructive, Advantages and Limitations of N.D.T.,
Different NDT methods used in industries, selection of 05 08
NDT methods, Liquid penetrant and ultrasonic testing
methods – principle, procedure and applications.
[No Numericals]

Acoustics and Indoor Lighting of Buildings

4.1 Acoustics
Acoustics –concept and definition, Intensity and loudness of
sound, echo, Reverberation , Standard reverberation time ,
Sabine’s formula ,Conditions for good acoustics, Factors 05 08
affecting Acoustical planning of auditorium-- reverberation
time, creep, echelon effect and noise, Different ways of
controlling these factors.
[Numericals on Sabine’s formula]
04 4.2 Indoor lighting
Definition of luminous intensity, intensity of illumination
with their SI units, Inverse square law of Photometric
equation, Bunsen’s photometer— ray diagram, working and
04 06
applications, Need of indoor lighting ,Indoor lighting
schemes and Factors affecting Indoor Lighting.
[Numericals on inverse square law of photometry and
illumination]
Introduction to nanotechnology
Definition of nanoscale, nanometer, nanoparticle, Definition
05 and example of nanostructured materials, applications of 03 04
nanotechnology – electronics, automobiles, medical, textile,
cosmetics, environmental, space and defence.
Total 32 50
Practical:
Skills to be developed:
Intellectual skills:
Proper selection of measuring instruments on the basis of range, least count,

precision and accuracy required for measurement.
To verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under different
conditions.
To read and interpret the graph.
To interpret the results from observations and calculations.
To use these results for parallel problems.
Motor skills:
Proper handling of instruments.

Measuring physical quantities accurately.
To observe the phenomenon and to list the observations in proper tabular
form.
To adopt proper procedure while performing the experiment.
List of Experiment:
1. To represent simple harmonic motion with the help of vertical oscillation of spring
and to determine spring constant (K) (Stiffness Constant).

2. To determine time period of oscillation of compound bar pendulum and calculate

acceleration due to gravity (g).
3. To compare luminous intensities of two luminous bodies by using Bunsen’s
photometer.
4. To calculate coefficient of absorption for acoustical materials.
5. To determine Joule’s constant (J) by electric method.
6. To Verify Ampere’s rule using Oersted’s Experiment and find variation of
intensity of magnetic field with Current and Distance.
7. To determine frequency of sound by using sonometer.
8. To calculate refractive index of material of prism using spectrometer device.
9. To determine coefficient of thermal conductivity of good conductor by using
Searle’s method.
10. To detect surface cracks in the working piece by using liquid penetration method
(LPT).
11. To determine the moments of inertia ( I α and I β ) of the given irregular body and
to determine the rigidity modulus of the material of the given suspension wire by
setting up a torsional pendulum.
12. To determine wavelength of Sodium light by using Newton’s rings.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
01 V. Rajendran Physics-I Tata McGraw- Hill
02 Arthur Beiser Applied physics Tata McGraw- Hill
03 R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta Engineering Physics Dhanpatrai and Sons.
04 Resnic,Halliday,walker Fundamentals of Physics Wiley publications
Nanotechnology-
04 Dr. S. K. Kulkarni Capital publishing company
principles and practices
Web Sites :
1) hyper-physics.com
2) physics.org
3) physics.about.com
4) physicscllasroom.com
Part B: Applied Chemistry (12014)

This syllabus of chemistry for Mechanical / Production / Automobile Students
is classified Under the Category of Applied Science. It is intended to teach students the
appropriate use of engineering materials, their protection & lubrication processes in
different working conditions of machines.
Objectives:
The student will be able to:
1. Suggest the appropriate use of metals, alloys & non metallic materials in
engineering.
2. Applying the Knowledge to Protect Metallic & Non Metallic Surfaces
3. Select Lubricants for Smooth Running of Machines.

Learning Structure:
1. Appropriate Use of Metal, Alloy & Non Metal in Engineering.

Application
2. Protection of Metallic & Non-Metallic Surfaces.
3. Use of appropriateLubricants for Smooth Running of Machines.
Procedure
Applications of Metals, Identification of 1. Electroplating Selection of

Alloys & Non – Metals in Cause of 2. Electrorefining Lubricants as per
Engineering. Corrosion & Its 3. Electrometallurgy Working
Protection. Conditions of
Machines.
Electrolysis Lubrication
Methods of
Metallurgy Alloying
Effect of
Environment
on Metals Ionisation Friction
Concept
Mechanical Basic
Properties of Properties of
Metals Non-Metals
Corrosion Lubricants
Electrochemistry
Fact Metals, Alloys & Non - Metals

Contents: Theory
Electrochemistry
Conductivity of Electrolytes – Concept of Ohms Law, Specific
Conductivity, Specific resistance, Equivalent Conductivity &
01 Molar Conductivity, Variation of Specific & Equivalent 02 04
Conductance with dilution, Definition of cell constant , Concept of
pH & pOH & numericals, Applications of pH, Buffer Solutions.
Non Metallic Engineering Materials

(Plastic, Rubber, Insulators, Refractories, Composite Material,
Ceramics)
Engineering Plastic:
Special Characteristics & Engineering Applications of
polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, Kevlar, Backelite, Epoxy
resins, Polycarbonates (Like Lexan, Merlan), Polyurethanes
(Like Perlon – U), Silicon grease, Polyacetals, Teflon,
Reinforced plastic, Thermocole, reclaimed rubber, Silicon
02 rubber. 07 12
Ceramics:
Definition, Properties & Engineering Applications, Types –
Structural Ceramics, Facing Material, Refractories, Fine
Ceramics, Special Ceramics.
Refractories:
Definition, Properties, Applications & Uses of Fire Clay,
Bricks, Silica Bricks.
Composite Materials:
Definition, Properties, Advantages, Applications & Examples.
Metals & Alloys
Metals – Metallurgy of Iron :
Terms Involved in Metallurgy, Indian Resources of Fe, Important
Ores of Iron , Extraction process , Smelting in Blast Furnace,
Chemical Reactions in Blast Furnace, Products of Blast Furnace,
their Composition, Application, Commercial Forms of Iron, (Pig
Iron / Cast Iron, Wrought or Malleable Steel), their Composition,
Properties & Applications, Types of Casting (Chilled Casting,
Centrifugal Casting & Malleable Casting), Heat Treatment of Cast
Iron & Steel.
03 11 14
Alloys – Definition, Types of alloy ,
Ferrous Alloys –
Steel, Composition, Properties & Applications of Plain Carbon
Steel (Low Carbon, Medium Carbon, High Carbon & Very Hard
Steel) & Alloy Steels, (Heat Resisting, Shock Resisting, Magnetic,
Stainless, Tool Steel & HSS), Effect of Various Alloying Elements
(Cr, W, V, Ni, Mn, Mo, Si) etc. on Steel.
Non-Ferrous Alloys –
Copper Alloy – Brass, Bronze, Nickel Silver or German Silver,
their Composition, Properties & Applications.

Aluminium Alloy – Duralumin,

Solders – Soft Solder, Brazing Alloy, Tinamann’s Solder,
Nickel Alloy – Nichrome Metal,
Low Melting Alloys – Rose Metal.
Corrosion
Definition, Types, Atmospheric or Chemical Corrosion,
Mechanism, Factors Affecting Atmospheric, Corrosion &
Immersed Corrosion or Electrochemical Corrosion, Mechanism,
Protection of Metals by Purification of Metals, Alloy Formation,
Cathode Protection, Controlling the External Conditions &
Application of Protective Coatings like metal coating by
Galvanising, Tinning, Metal Spraying, Sherardizing,
04 Electroplating, Metal Clodding, Cementation or Diffusion 08 12
Method, their Definition, Procedure, Uses, Advantages &
Disadvantages, Examples of Non Corrosive Materials, Protection
of Corrosion by the application of Organic Coating Like Paint,
Lacquer, Enamels, Emulsion Paints, Special Paints, their
Properties & Uses.
Special Paints – Heat Resistant, Cellulose Paint, Coaltar Paint,

Antifouling Paint their constituents & applications.
Lubricant
Lubricant- Definition, Classification with examples, Functions of
lubricant, Lubrication Mechanism by Fluid Film, Boundary,
Extreme Pressure, Physical Characteristics of Lubricants Such as
05 Viscosity, Viscosity Index, Oilness, Volatility, Flash & Fire Point, 04 08
Cloud & Pour Point, Chemical Characteristics such as Acid Value
or Neutralization Number, Emulsification, Saponification Value,
Selection of Lubricants for Various Types of Machineries.
Total 32 50
Practical:
1. Select proper equipment and instruments

2. Interpret results
Motor Skills:
1. Accuracy in measurement
2. Careful use of equipment

List of Practical:
01 To know your chemistry laboratory.

To determine neutralization point of acetic acid (weak acid) and ammonium hydroxide acid
02
(weak base). To calculated normality and strength of acetic acid.
To determine the equivalent point of precipitation titration of BaCl2 with H 2SO 4 using
03
conductivity meter. To find the normality and strength of BaCl2 solution.
04 To verify Faraday’s second law of electrolysis.
05 To determine pH of given solution by using pH paper, universal indicator and pH meter.
To determine the strength of given hydrochloric acid solution by titrating it against sodium
06
hydroxide solution by using pH meter.
07 To determine percentage of copper from brass iodometrically.
08 To determine thinner content in Oil paint.
09 To determine acid value of given lubricant.
10 To determine viscosity of given oil by using Ostwald’s viscometer.
11 To determine the saponification value of given lubricant oil.
Laboratory based mini projects

12 To collect different oil lubricants and test them for viscosity and acid value. To observe the
suitability of oil lubricants on the basis of their properties.
13 To observe the process of corrosion of given aluminium strip in acidic and basic medium
and find relation between decrease in weight due to corrosion and time.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Author Name of the book Publisher
No.
01 Jain & Jain Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai and Sons
02 S. S. Dara Engineering Chemistry S. Chand Publication
03 B. K. Sharma Industrial Chemistry Goel Publication

Environmental Chemistry
04 S. S. Dara S. Chand Publication
& Pollution Control
05 Vedprakash Mehta Polytechnic chemistry Jain Brothers

Course Name : Civil, Mechanical and Electrical Group

Course Code : CE/CS/CR/ME/PT/PG/AE/EE/EP/MH/FE/CV
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Engineering Mechanics

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 --- --- 25@ 125
NOTE:
¾ Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to
Rationale:
The Subject is grouped under basic engineering courses, which helps the students to
understand facts, concepts, principles and techniques of scientific investigation in the field of
Civil Engineering. The subject describes analysis of structure and mechanisms, principles
which are commonly used in Civil Engineering Structures and also used in the machines and
measuring instruments.
Objectives:
The students will able to:

1. Resolve the forces
2. Find the resultant of given force system
3. Find the reactions of beam
4. Find the center of gravity of composite solids.
5. Find M.A., V.R., Efficiency and establish law of machine

Learning Structure:
Applications Analysis of engineering structures, Reactions of beams, Lifting

machines, Screw jack
Methods to find Velocity Ratio,

component of Moment of a Support Mechanical
Procedure force and force couple Reaction of advantages,
resultant of Beam efficiency
forces
Principle of
transmissibility, Varignon’s Lami’s
Principles Law of Theorem Theorem, Law of Machine
parallelogram of Centroid
forces
Component Equilibrium Simple

Concept and Moment and center Friction Machines
Resultant of gravity
Fact Force, Body, Weight, Length, Time

Contents: Theory

Force
1.1 Fundamentals: - Definitions of mechanics, Engineering
Mechanics, statics, dynamics, kinematics, kinetics,
body, rigid body, mass, weight, length, time, scalar
and vector, S.I. units.
1.2 Force: - Definition of a force, S.I. unit of a force,
representation of a force by vector and by Bow’s
notation method.
1.3 Force system: - Definition, classification of force system
according to plane and line of action Characteristics of
a force, effects of a force, principle of transmissibility.
1.4 Resolution of a force: Definition, Method of resolution,
Types of Component of a force - Perpendicular
component and Non-perpendicular component.
01 1.5 Moment of a force: - Definition, measurement of 12 24
moment of a force, S. I. Unit, geometrical meaning of
moment of a force, classification of moments
according to direction of rotation, sign convention, law
of moments, Varignon’s theorem of moment and it’s
use. Couple – definition, S.I. unit, measurement of a
couple, properties of couple.
1.6 Composition of Forces: - Definition, Resultant force,
methods of composition of forces,
I - Analytical method – (i) Trigonometric method (law of
parallelogram of forces) (ii) Algebraic method (method of
resolution) for calculation of resultant for all force systems.
II - Graphical method: - Introduction, space diagram, vector
diagram, polar diagram, and funicular polygon. Resultant
of concurrent, non-concurrent and parallel force system.
Equilibrium:
2.1 Definition, conditions of equilibrium- analytical and
graphical conditions of equilibrium for concurrent,
parallel force system, non-concurrent non parallel force
system, free body and free body diagram.
2.2 Lami’s Theorem – statement and explanation, Application
of Lami’s theorem for solving various engineering
problems having two unknowns only.
2.3 Equilibrant – Definition, relation between resultant and
02 10 20
equilibrant, equilibrant of concurrent and non-concurrent
force system.
2.4 Beams – Definition, Types of beams (cantilever, simply
supported, overhanging, fixed, continuous), Types of end
supports (simple support, hinged, roller, fixed),
classification of loads(point load, inclined point load,
uniformly distributed load), Reactions of a simply
supported and over hanging beam by analytical and
graphical method.

Friction:
3.1 Definition of friction, force of friction, limiting frictional
force, coefficient of friction, angle of friction, angle of
repose, relation among angle of friction, angle of repose
and coefficient of friction. Cone of friction, types of
friction, laws of friction, advantages and disadvantages of
03 friction. 08 20
3.2 Equilibrium of bodies on level plane – external force
applied horizontal and inclined (Pull & Push)
3.3 Equilibrium of bodies on inclined plane – external forces
is applied parallel to the plane.
3.4 Ladder friction.
Centroid and Centre Of Gravity:

4.1 Centroid: Definition of centroid. moment of an area
about an axis. centroid of basic geometrical figures such
as square, rectangle, triangle, circle, semicircle and quarter
circle. Centroid of composite geometrical figures.
04 08 16
4.2 Centre of gravity: Definition, centre of gravity of simple
solids such as cylinder, sphere, hemisphere, cone, cube,
and rectangular block. centre of gravity of composite
solids.(No hollow solids shall be considered)
Simple Machines:
5.1 Definitions of simple machine & compound machine ,
load , effort , mechanical advantage , velocity ratio ,
input of a machine ,output of a
machine ,efficiency of a machine , relation among
mechanical advantage , velocity ratio and efficiency of a
machine. Ideal machine, ideal effort and ideal load,
friction in machines, effort lost in friction and load lost
in friction.
05 5.2 Law of machine, maximum mechanical advantage and 10 20
maximum efficiency of a machine, reversibility of a
machine, condition for reversibility of a machine (no
derivation) and self-locking machine.
5.3 Study of simple machines: Simple axle and wheel,
differential axle and wheel, Weston’s differential pulley
block, single purchase crab, double purchase crab, worm
and worm wheel, geared pulley block, screw jack, Two
sheave & Three sheave pulley block.
Total 48 100
Practical:
Intellectual Skill:
1. Calculate the forces on given structure
2. Interpret the results

Motor Skills:
1. Handle the equipment carefully
2. Draw graph
The term work consists of any five experiments from Group A & any three experiments from
group B and graphical solution of Group C.
Group A:
1) To verify law of polygon of forces.
2) To verify law of moments.
3) To verification of Lami’s theorem.
4) To determine the forces in members of a jib crane.
5) Comparison of coefficient of friction of various pair of surfaces and
determination of angle of repose.
6) To verify equilibrium of parallel forces – simply supported beam reactions.
7) Experimental location of center of gravity of plane plate of uniform thickness.
Group B: To find MA, VR, Efficiency, Ideal Effort, Effort lost in friction for various loads
and establish law of machine and calculate maximum efficiency.
Also check the reversibility of a machine
1) Worm and worm wheel or Differential axle and wheel
2) Weston’s differential pulley block or Geared pulley block
3) Single purchase crab or Double purchase crab
4) Simple screw jack.
5) Two sheave and three sheave pulley block
Group C: Graphical solutions on graph paper of the following:
1) Concurrent force system : Two problems
2) Parallel force system : Two problems
3) Reactions of a beam having vertical point loads & UDL :Two problems
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
01 Beer – Johnson Engineering Mechanics Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi
02 Basu Engineering Mechanics Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi
03 R. S. Khurmi Applied Mechanics Dhanpat Rai & sons, Delhi
Dhade, Jamdar & Fundamental of Applied Pune Vidhyarthi Gruh
04
Walawalkar Mechanics Prakashion, Pune


Course code : ME/PG/PT/AE/MH/FE
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Engineering Drawing
Subject code : 12016

PAPER
HRS.
01 -- 04 04 100 -- --- 50@ 150
Notes: -
1. Students should use two separate A3 size sketchbooks, one for class work practice
and another for assignment.
2. Students should solve assignment on each topic.
3. Use approximately 570mm×380mm Size Drawing Sheet for Term Work.
NOTE:
Rationale:
Engineering drawing is the graphical language of engineers. It describes the scientific

facts, concepts, principles and techniques of drawing in any engineering field to express the
ideas, conveying the instructions, which are used to carry out jobs in engineering field. This
course aim for building a foundation for the further course in drawing and other allied
subjects.
Objectives:
The students shall be able to:
1. Understand the basic concepts of engineering drawing.
2. Visualize the objects.
3. Draw different views in different positions of objects.
4. Draw the different views of machine elements.

Learning Structure:
Application To acquire the skill in visualizing, interpreting and drawing the

projection of solids and section of solids.
Procedure Read, understand, visualize, interpret the problem and draw detail
drawing.
Projection of Solids, First Angle Projection Method, Developments of

Principles lateral surfaces. Projection of Planes, Lines. Dimensioning Techniques,
Free Hand Sketches of Machine Elements.
Axis of Solid, Apex, Slant Edge, Longer Edge, Generator, Section

Concepts Planes, Conversion of Lines, Locus, Tangent, Dimensions, Sketches
Various objects, Solids, Reference Plane (HP, VP)

Facts Projections, Machine Elements

Contents: Theory
Note: The teachers should use some of the practical hours for teaching basic theory
during practicals as required.

Sectional Views.
1.1 Types of sections
1. 1.2 Conversion of pictorial view into sectional orthographic 03 16
views (First Angle Projection Method only)
Missing Views.
2.1 Draw missing view from the given Orthographic views -
2. simple components (First Angle Projection Method only) 01 08
Isometric Projection
3.1 Conversion of Orthographic Views into Isometric
3. view/projection (Including rectangular, cylindrical objects, 03 16
representation of slots on sloping as well as plane surfaces)
Projections of Solids.
4.1 Projections of Prism, Pyramid, Cone, Cylinder, Tetrahedron,
4. 02 12
Cube with their axes inclined to one reference plane and
parallel to other.
Sections of Solids.
5.1 Solids: -Prism, Pyramid, Cone, Cylinder, Tetrahedron, Cube.
5.2 Cone, Pyramid and Tetrahedron resting on their base on
Horizontal Plane.
5.3 Prism, Cylinder: -a)Axis parallel to both the reference plane 03 16
5.
b) Resting on their base on HP.
5.4 Section plane inclined to one reference plane and
perpendicular to other.
Developments of Surfaces.
6.1 Developments of Lateral surfaces of cube, prisms, cylinder,
6. pyramids, cone and their applications such as tray, funnel, 02 16
Chimney, pipe bends etc.
Free Hand Sketches

7. 7.1 Free hand sketches of nuts, bolts, rivets, threads, split pin, 02 16
foundation bolts, keys and couplings.
Total 16 100

Practical:
Skills to be Developed
List of Practical
Intellectual skill Motor Skill
1.Sectional View 1)To interpret sectional Develop ability to
- (Total 2 Sheets) views of given object. draw sectional views
Two objects by First Angle Projection Using computer.
Method – (1 Sheet)
Redraw the same sheet using CAD

- (1 Sheet)
2. Isometric projection 1) Develop ability to Develop ability to
- (Total 2 sheets) differentiate between draw isometric views
Two objects one by true scale and isometric view and isometric and isometric
another by isometric scale projections. projections from given
- (1 sheet) 2) To differentiate between orthographic views of
Draw one sheet having two problems Isometric scale and true an object using
in each sheet using CAD - ( Plot any scale. computer.
one)
3. Missing Views 1) To interpret the missing 1) To develop ability

Two problems by first angle view from given to draw missing view
projection method - (1 Sheet) orthographic views. from given
orthographic views.
1) To interpret the different 1) To draw projections

4. Projection of solids
positions of solids with of different solids
Two problems on two different solids,
reference planes. when axis is inclined
one by axis of solid inclined to HP
2) To develop ability to or perpendicular to
and parallel to VP and another
differentiate between true one of the reference
problem by axis of solid inclined to
length of axis and apparent plane.
VP and parallel to HP. - (1 Sheet)
length of axis.
3) To develop ability to
differentiate between true
shape and apparent shape of
solids.
5. Section of solids 1) To develop ability
1) To differentiate between
Two problems on different solids. to draw sectional
true shape and apparent
One problem, section plane inclined orthographic views of
shape of section.
to HP and perpendicular to VP and in given solids, when it is
2) To interpret the positions
another problem, section plane cut by section plane in
of section plane with
inclined to VP and Perpendicular to different position with
reference planes.
HP. reference planes.
- (1 Sheet) 2) Ability to draw true
shape of section.

1) Ability to draw the

6. Development of surfaces
1) Able to interpret the development of
Any two problems on development of
development of surfaces of surfaces of different
surfaces of different objects.
different solids. objects in different
- (1 Sheet)
shapes.
1) To differentiate between
7. Free Hand Sketches
scale drawing and free hand 1) Develop ability to
Any six figures on different topics.
drawing. draw orthographic
- (1 Sheet)
2) To differentiate between views of different
various parts of machine like machine elements.
nuts, bolts, screws, different
threads, couplings etc.
List of Practice Oriented Projects:
To find out the total sheet metal required for a given object.
Learning Resources:
A. Books: -
Sr. No Author Title Publication
1 N. D. Bhatt Engineering Drawing Charotkar Publishing House
2 R. K. Dhawan Engineering Drawing S. Chand Co.
3 P. J. Shah Engineering Drawing --
4 N. D. Bhatt Machine Drawing Charotkar Publishing House

Engineering Drawing
5 K. Venugopal New Age Publication
and Graphics + AutoCAD
6 K. R. Mohan Engineering Graphics Dhanpat Rai and Publication Co.
7 R. K. Dhawan Machine Drawing S. Chand Co.
B. Video Cassettes / CD’s

1. Instructional / Learning CD developed by ARTADDICT.
C. IS Codes:
SP – 46. Engineering Drawing practice for schools and colleges.


Course Code : ME/PT/AE/MH/FE
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Workshop Practice

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Mechanical diploma technician is expected to know basic workshop practice like, Gas
Welding gas cutting. Fitting, Drilling, Tapping, plumbing and hot working processes. The
students are required to identify operate and control various machines. The students are
required to select and use various tools and equipments for welding, fitting, tapping drilling,
plumbing and forging operations.
Objectives:
The student will able to:

• Read and interpret job drawings.
• Identify, select and use various marking, measuring, and holding, striking and
cutting tools & equipments wood working and sheet metal shops.
• Select proper welding rods and fluxes.

Learning Structure:
Use different hot working

operations to produce
Select and use forged articles like circular
Use of different welding / different pipe
fitting processes to produce ring, peg ,chisel by
joints and fittings adopting and developing
Application articles like shoe stand corner to produce piping
piece by adopting and safety attitude
system
developing safety attitude.
Welding transformer Selection of proper

setting, use of flux and tools accessories / Selecting proper tools,
electrodes, adjustment of pipes (G.I./PVC) adjustment of stroke of
Procedure gas flames, chipping, fittings, power hammer Logical
drilling, tapping and filing Preparing/reading sequencing of
piping layout operations.
Principle of arc welding, Principle of pipe Principle of hot working,

gas welding for threading, principle of shape forming in hot
Principle preparing various joints. chemical adhesion, condition, principle of
Working principle of controlled heating in
drilling / tapping furnace operation of power
machine hammer
Concept of welding Various pipe joints, Concept of forging.

Different welding Pipe threading. PVC joining parts by applying
Concept joints, drilling and solvents pressures. Concepts of
tapping and cutting power hammer, setting
parameter down operation
Welding Transformer, G.I.Pipes, PVC

Welding Rod, Flux, Safety pipe pipe fittings, Red hot metal, Sledge
screen, Bench vice, files, Pipe fitting hammer, Anvil, swage
Facts
surface plate, try square, symbols, block, tongs; Power
drilling /tapping machine Adhesive solvents Hammer


CONTENTS: Subject practical content as shown in the table below:
1. Ability to read job drawings.
2. Ability to identify and select proper material, tools and equipments and machines.
3. Ability to select proper parameters ( like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of
lubricants ) in machine.
Motor Skills:
5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience
Sr. Details of Practical Contents

No.
CARPENTERY SHOP:
• Any one composite job from the following involving different joint, turning
and planning, surface finishing by emery paper, varnishing etc. like square
stool, tea table, center table, chaurang, table lamp bed sofa-set, book rack.
Cabinet, notice board, shows cases, tables chairs etc.
01
Note:1] One job of standard size (Saleable article shall be preferred)
3] Job allotted should comprise of 6-8 hours of actual working
4] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost for their job from
the drawing.
WELDING SHOP
• Any one composite job from involving butt joint lap joint welding process,
from the following like Grill, door, window frame, waste paper basket,
02 Chappel stand, Corner flower stand chair , table frame (square pipe 25 mm)
cooler frame (folding type)

Note: 1] One job of standard size (Saleable/marketable article shall be preferred)

2] Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work .
3] Job allotted should comprise of 6-8 hours of actual working operations.
4] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor required for their job
from the drawing.
SMITHY SHOP
• Demonstration of different forging tools and Power Hammer.
• Demonstration of different forging processes, likes shaping, caulking
fullering, setting down operations etc.
• One job like hook peg, flat chisel or any hardware item.
03 • Note: 1]One job of standard size ( Saleable/marketable article shall
be preferred)
2] Job allotted should comprise of 4-6 hours of actual working
operations.
3] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor required for
their job from the drawing.
PLUMBING SHOP
• Demonstration of PVC pipe joint with various fittings.
• Exercise for students on preparing actual pipeline layout for G.I. Pipe or PVC
pipe. Preparing actual drawing and bill of material.
04
Note:1] One job of standard size (Saleable/marketable article shall be preferred)
3] Job allotted should comprise of 6-8 hours of actual workin
4] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost for their job from
the drawing.
SHEET METAL SHOP

• One composite job from the following:
Letter box, Trunk, Grain Container, Water-heater Container, Bucket, Waste
Paper Basket, Cooler Tray, Water-draining Channel, etc. (including soldering
and riveting)
05
Note: 1] One job of standard size (Saleable/marketable article shall be
preferred)
3] Job allotted should comprise of 4-6 hours of actual working ions.
4] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost required
for their job from the drawing.

Demonstration of power tools and practice of utility items.

• Demonstration of advance power tools, pneumatic tools, electrical wiring
tools and accessories.
• Making of electrical switchboard with 2 sockets and piano buttons and with
06 electrical wiring.
• Any other item as per the requirement of college/Deptt./
(Note: Utility item are not to be assessed
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
Media Promotors and
S.K. Hajara
01 Workshop Technology Publishers,New Delhi
Chaudhary
Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
Delhi
03 R K Jain Production Technology Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
Tata McGraw Hill

Kent’s Mechanical John Wiley and Sons, New
05 --
Engineering Hand book York
Video Cassettes / CDS

• Learning Materials Transparencies, CBT Packages developed by NITTER Bhopal.


Course Code : AE/CD/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CV/DE/ED/EE/EI/EJ/EN/EP/ET/EV/
EX/FE/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/MH/MI/MU/PG/PS/PT/AA/DC/PN/SC/TC/TR/TX
Semester : SECOND
Subject Title : Development of Life Skills-I

PAPER
HRS
01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25# 25@ 50
Rationale:
In today’s competitive world, the nature of organizations is changing at very rapid

speed. In this situation the responsibility of diploma holder is not unique. He will be a part of
a team in the organization. As such the individual skills are not sufficient to work at his best.
This subject will develop the student as an effective member of the team. It will
develop the abilities and skills to perform at highest degree of quality as an individual as well
as a member of core group or team. Such skills will enhance his capabilities in the field of
searching, assimilating information, managing the given task, handling people effectively,
solving challenging problems. The Subject Is Classified Under Human Science.
Objectives: The students will be able to:
1. Develop reading skills

2. Use techniques of acquisition of information from various sources
3. Draw the notes from the text for better learning.
4. Apply the techniques of enhancing the memory power.
5. Develop assertive skills.
6. Prepare report on industrial visit.
7. Apply techniques of effective time management.
8. Set the goal for personal development.
9. Enhance creativity skills.
10. Develop good habits to overcome stress.
11. Face problems with confidence.
MSBTE – Updated on 07/11/2009 35 12018

LEARNING STRUCTURE:
Applications Self Development , Interpersonal Skills , Problem

Solving, Decision making, Conflict resolution, Task Time Matrix,
Completion Meditation and
Yoga, SWOT
analysis, Goal
setting,
Interview
Techniques,
Leadership styles,
Reading Skills, Conflict
Notes taking, Resolution
Information seeking Communication strategies,
Procedure methods, Report methods, Group Discussion,
Learning Presentation Skills
Writing, Task Presentation
techniques,
Planning organizing methods,
Study habits
and execution Selection of
Aids
Time management,
Stress Mgt., Principles
of Body language, Self
motivation, Human
Information Psychology,
generation, Principles of Principles of Leadership Principles
storage and learning effective Group Dynamics
Principle distribution &Listening communication
system ,
Task
management
COGNITION, Communication,
PERCEPTION, Transmission,
Information, RESPONSE, Receiver,
Sources , Types of EMOTION, Feedback, Media
Concept Time, Stress,
Information, FEEDBACK
Health, ethics,
Information AND
Motivation,
Search ACQUISITION
Information Personality
Assimilation Development
Work Place as a KNOWLEDGE

Facts System WORKER
MSBTE – Updated on 07/11/2009 36 12018

Contents: Theory
Topic No Contents Hours

Importance of DGS,
1 01
Introduction to subject, importance in present context ,application
Information Search
Information source –Primary, secondary, tertiary Print and non - print ,
documentary, Electronic Information center, Library , exhibition,
2 02
Government Departments. Internet Information search – Process of
searching, collection of data -questionnaire , taking Interview ,
observation method.
Written communication
3 METHOD OF NOTE TAKING 01
Report writing –Concept, types and format.
Self Analysis
Understanding self—
4 02
Attitude, aptitude, assertiveness, self esteem,
Confidence buildings. Concept of motivation.
Self Development
Stress Management –Concept, causes, effects , remedies to void/minimize
stress.
Health Management – Importance, dietary guidelines and exercises.
5 Time management- Importance, Process of time planning, Urgent Vs 07
importance, Factors leading to time loss and ways to handle it ,Tips for
effective time management.
EMOTION-CONCEPT, TYPES, CONTROLLING, EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE.
CREATIVITY-CONCEPT, FACTORS ENHANCING CREATIVITY.
GOAL SETTING – CONCEPT, SETTING SMART GOAL.
Study habits
Ways to enhance memory and concentration.
6 Developing reading skill. 03
Organisation of knowledge,
Model and methods of learning.
Total 16
LIST OF ASSIGNMENTS:
The Term Work Will Consist Of Following Assignments.
1) Self Awareness.
2) Techniques of developing positive attitude.
3) Learning, Memory and Concentration.
4) To understand the concept of study techniques and participate in a panel discussion on it.
5) To understand the concept of motivation and emotional intelligence.
6) Goal Setting.
7) Information search in library.
8) Information search through internet.
9) Time Management.
10) Health and stress Management
11) Assertiveness and confidence building
12) Creativity
MSBTE – Updated on 07/11/2009 37 12018

NOTE:- THESE ARE THE SUGGESTED ASSIGNMENT FOR GUIDE LINES TO THE
SUBJECT TEACHER. HOWEVER THE SUBJECT TEACHERS CAN SELECT, DESIGN
ANY ASSIGNMENT RELEVANT TO THE TOPIC, KEEPING IN MIND THE OBJECTIVES
OF THIS SUBJECT.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Author Title of the book Publisher
No
1 Marshall Cooks Adams Time Management Viva Books
Basic Managerial Skills for Pretice Hall of India, Pvt
2 E.H. Mc Grath , S.J.
All Ltd
Sudha Publications Pvt.
3 Allen Pease Body Language
Ltd.
Creativity and problem
4 Lowe and Phil Kogan Page (I) P Ltd
solving
Decision making & Problem
5 Adair, J Orient Longman
Solving
6 Bishop, Sue Develop Your Assertiveness Kogan Page India
7 Marion E Haynes Make Every Minute Count Kogan page India
8 Pearson Education Asia Organizational Behavior Tata McGraw Hill
Michael Hatton
9 Presentation Skills ISTE New Delhi
( Canada – India Project)
Stress Management Through
10 -- Sterling Publisher Pvt Ltd.
Yoga and Meditation
Richard Hale ,Peter Target setting and Goal
11 Kogan page India
Whilom Achievement
11 Chakravarty, Ajanta Time management Rupa and Company
12 Harding ham .A Working in Teams Orient Longman
Internet Assistance:
1) http://www.mindtools.com
2) http://www.stress.org
3) http://www.ethics.com
4) http://www.coopcomm.org/workbook.htm
5) http://www.mapfornonprofits.org/
6) http://www.learningmeditition.com http://bbc.co.uk/learning/courses/
7) http://eqi.org/
8) http://www.abacon.com/commstudies/interpersonal/indisclosure.html
9) http://www.mapnp.org/library/ethics/ethxgde.htm
10) http://www.mapnp.org/library/grp_cnfl/grp_cnfl.htm
11) http://members.aol.com/nonverbal2/diction1.htm
12) http://www.thomasarmstron.com/multiple_intelligences.htm
13) http://snow.utoronto.ca/Learn2/modules.html
14) http://www.quickmba.com/strategy/swot/
MSBTE – Updated on 07/11/2009 38 12018


Course Code : ME/PG/PT/AE/ MH/FE
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Professional Practices-II

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 02 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Most of the diploma holders jin industries. Due to globalization and competition in
the industrial and service sectors the selection for the job is based on campus interviews or
competitive tests.
While selecting candidates a normal practice adopted is to see general confidence,

ability to communicate and attitude, in addition to basic technological concepts.
The purpose of introducing professional practices is to provide opportunity to students

to undergo activities which will enable them to develop confidence. Industrial visits, expert
lectures, seminars on technical topics and group discussion are planned in a semester so that
there will be increased participation of students in learning process.
Objectives:
The Student will be able to:

1. Acquire information from different sources.
2. Prepare notes for given topic.
3. Present given topic in a seminar.
4. Interact with peers to share thoughts.
5. Prepare a report on industrial visit, expert lecture.

Learning Structure:
Application Use systems approach for writing report on Industrial visits and make a
summary of expert lectures.
Technique of effective
Procedure Method of presenting listening and preparing a
report on industrial visit summary
Concept Concept of observation Principles of listening
Facts Industry Visit Expert Lectures

Sr. No. Activities Hours

Industrial Visits:
Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same should be
submitted by the individual student, to form part of the term work.
Visits to any two of the following :
01 10
i) Nearby Petrol Pump.(fuel, oil, product specifications)
ii) Automobile Service Station (Observation of Components /
aggregates)
iii) Engineering Workshop(Layout, Machines)
iv) Dairy Plant / Water Treatment Plant
Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert / Student Seminars based on
information search to be organized from any THREE of the following
areas :
i) Pollution control.
ii) Non destructive testing.
iii) Acoustics.
02 iv) Illumination / Lighting system.
06
v) Fire Fighting / Safety Precautions and First aids.
vi) Vedic Mathematics.
vii) Computer Networking and Security.
viii) Topics related to Social Awareness such as – Traffic Control
System, Career opportunities, Communication in Industry,
Yoga Meditation, Aids awareness and health awareness.
Group Discussion :
The students should discuss in a group of six to eight students and write a
brief report on the same as a part of term work. Two topics for group
discussions may be selected by the faculty members. Some of the
03 suggested topics are -
08
i) Sports
ii) Current news items
iii) Discipline and House Keeping
iv) Current topics related to mechanical engineering field.
Student Activities:
The students in a group of 3 to 4 will perform any one of the following
activities ( others similar activities may be considered
Activity :
04 i) Collect and study IS code for Engineering Drawing..
08
ii) Collecting information from Market: Nomenclatures and
specifications of engineering materials.
iii) Specifications of Lubricants.
iv) Draw orthographic projections of a given simple machine
element using and CAD software
Total 32

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION , MUMBAI

COURSE CODE : ME / MH / MI
DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS for ME / 8 SEMESTER for MH /MI WITH EFFECT FROM 2009-10
SEMESTER : THIRD DURATION : 16 WEEKS
FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME SCHEME : E
TEACHING
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SR. Abbrev SUBJECT SCHEME
SUBJECT TITLE
NO. iation CODE PAPER TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) SW
TH TU PR
HRS Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min (16003)
1 Applied Mathematics Ø AMS 12035 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
Mechanical Engineering
2 MED 12042 03 -- 04 04 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
Drawing Ø
3 Strength Of Materials Ø SOM 12043 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Mechanical Engineering
4 MEM 12044 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
Materials $
50
5 Electrical Engineering EEG 12045 03 -- 02 03 100 40 25@ 10 -- -- -- --
6 Manufacturing Technology MTE 12046 02 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10
Development of Life Skills- II
7 DLS 12041 01 -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
Ø
8 Professional Practices - III $ PPS 12047 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
TOTAL 18 -- 17 -- 500 -- 75 -- 50 -- 150 -- 50
Total Marks : 825
@ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $- common to ME / PT, Ø - common to ME / PT / AE / PG
Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Termwork, SW- Sessional Work
Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as
Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms.
Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

Course Name : Civil and Mechanical Engineering Group

Course Code : AE/CE/CS/CV/CR/PG/PT/ME/MH/MI/FE/CH/PS/PT
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Applied Mathematics

PAPER
HRS
03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to
Rationale:
The study of mathematics is necessary to develop in the student the skills essential
for studying new technological development. This subject introduces some applications of
engineering, through which the student can understand the link of Mathematics with
engineering principles.
Objective: The student will be able to:

1. Apply Mathematical term, concept, principles and different methods for studying
engineering subjects
2. Apply Mathematical methods to solve technical problems,
3. Execute management plans with precision.
4. Use Mathematical techniques necessary for daily and practical problems.

Learning Structure:
Apply the principles of Mathematics to solve problems in Civil and Mechanical

Application Field
Methods of finding Methods of Use of Methods for finding

integration definite solving Binomial, approximate roots by
integration and its differential Normal and using bisection,
properties. equation of first Poission Regula-falsi,
Procedure order and first distributions for Newton-raphson
degree. solving method, Gauss
different elimination, Jacobi
examples. and Gauss-seidal
methods
Integration of Order, degree of Probability of Higher order

Concept standard functions. differential repeated trials of algebraic equations.
Rules of integration. equation random Upper and lower
Integration by parts, experiment. triangular matrix,
partial fractions. iterative methods.
First order Integration. Permutation and Relation between

differentiation. Definition of combination. degree of equation
Facts Definition of differential Probability of an and roots. Relation
integration as equation event. between no. of
antiderivative. unknowns and
equations

CONTENTS: Theory
Chapter NAME OF TOPIC Hours Marks

Integration:
1.1 Definition of integration as anti-derivative. Integration of
standard function.
1.2 Rules of integration (Integrals of sum, difference, scalar
multiplication).
1.3 Methods of Integration. 10 18
1.3.1 Integration by substitution
1.3.2 Integration of rational functions.
1.3.3 Integration by partial fractions.
01 1.3.4 Integration by trigonometric transformation.
1.3.5 Integration by parts.
1.4 Definite Integration.
1.4.1 Definition of definite integral.
04 08
1.4.2 Properties of definite integral with simple
problems.
1.5 Applications of definite integrals.
1.5.1 Area under the curve. Area bounded by two curves,
1.5.2 Volume of revolution. 06 10
1.5.3 Centre of gravity of a rod, plane lamina.
Differential Equation
2.1 Definition of differential equation, order and degree of
differential equation. Formation of differential equation
for function containing single constant.
2.2 Solution of differential equations of first order and first 08 18
degree such as variable separable type, reducible to
02 Variable separable, Homogeneous, Non homogeneous,
Exact, Linear and Bernoulli equations.
2.3 Applications of Differential equations.

2.3.1 Rectilinear motion (motion under constant and variable
04 10
acceleration)
2.3.2 Simple Harmonic Motion
3.1 Probability:
3.1.1 Definition of random experiment, sample space, event
occurrence of event and types of events (impossible,
mutually exclusive, exhaustive, equally likely) 04 08
3.1.2 Definition of probability, addition and multiplication
03 theorems of probability.
3.2 Probability Distribution

3.2.1 Binomial distribution.
3.2.2 Poisson’s distribution. 04 12
3.2.3 Normal distribution
3.2.4 Simple examples corresponding to production process.

Numerical Methods
4.1 Solution of algebraic equations
Bisection method, Regulafalsi method and Newton – 04 08
Raphson method.
04
4.2 Solution of simultaneous equations containing 2 and 3
unknowns
04 08
Gauss elimination method.
Iterative methods- Gauss Seidal and Jacobi’s methods.
Total 48 100
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr. No. Title Authors Publications

01 Mathematics for polytechnic S. P. Deshpande
Prakashan, Pune
02 Calculus: Single variable Robert T. Smith Tata McGraw Hill
Advanced Mathematics for Schaum outline series
03 Murray R Spiegel
Engineers and Scientist McGraw Hill
Khanna Publication, New
04 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S. Grewal
Dehli
Introductory Methods of Prentice Hall Of India
06 S. S. Sastry
Numerical analysis New Dehli
Numerical methods for Engg. 4th
07 Chapra Tata McGraw Hill
ed.
Numerical methods for scientific
08 M. K. Jain & others Wiley Eastern Publication.
& engineering computations


Course Code : AE/PG/PT/ME/MH/MI
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Mechanical Engineering Drawing

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 04 04 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by
MSBTE.
Rationale:
A Mechanical Engineering Diploma holder, irrespective of his field of operation in an
industry, is expected to possess a thorough understanding of drawing, which includes clear
spatial visualization of objects and the proficiency in reading and interpreting a wide variety
of production drawings. Besides, he is also expected to possess certain degree of drafting
skills depending upon his job function, to perform his day to day activity i.e. communicating
and discussing ideas with his supervisors and passing instructions to his subordinates
unambiguously. This course envisages reinforcing and enhancing the knowledge and skill
acquired in the earlier two courses viz. Engineering Graphics & Engineering Drawing.
Objectives: The Student should be able to –

1. Interpret industrial drawings.
2. Interpret instructions related to manufacturing of components.
3. Use IS convention of representing various machine components.
4. Visualize the assembly of a given set of details of machine components.
5. Know the significance & use of tolerances of size, forms & positions.
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 6 12042

Learning Structure:
Preparation, reading & interpretation of drawings of various machine components &

Application assemblies., in relation to manufacturing and assembly processes.
Construction of Drawing Drawing Preparation of Production

Procedure Auxiliary curves of Conventional drawing, assembly
views Intersections Representation drawing using various
symbols & conventions
Projection of Intersection of Principles of Assembly &

object on Solids dismantling, exploded views
Principles Auxiliary Plane
Auxiliary Planes Sections of Representation of Functions of

Concepts like AVP & AIP Solids material & machine machine
components components,
limits, fits &
tolerances
Drawing Conventions, types of solids, Isometric & Orthographic Projections, Sectional

Facts Views, Fasteners
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 7 12042

Contents: Theory

Auxiliary views: - Study of auxiliary planes, Projection of objects
01 on auxiliary planes. Completing the regular views with the help of 08 12
given auxiliary views (Use first angle method of projection)
Intersection of solids:-
Curves of intersection of the surfaces of the solids in the
following cases
(a) Prism with prism, Cylinder with cylinder, Prism with
Cylinder
02 When (i) the axes are at 90° and intersecting 08 16
(ii) The axes are at 90° and Offset
(b) Cylinder with Cone
When axis of cylinder is parallel to both the reference planes
and cone resting on base on HP and with axis intersecting and
offset from axis of cylinder
Projection of straight lines & planes.
Line inclined to both the planes. Plane inclined to both the
03 planes limited to triangular, quadrilateral , pentagonal , 08 08
hexagonal and circular planes.
Conventional Representation:-
1. Standard convention using SP – 46 (1988)
(a) Materials C.I., M.S, Brass, Bronze, Aluminum, wood, Glass,
Concrete and Rubber
(b) Long and short break in pipe, rod and shaft.
(c) Ball and Roller bearing, pipe joints, cocks, valves, internal /
external threads.
04
(d) Various sections- Half, removed, revolved, offset, partial 04 12
and aligned sections.
(e) Knurling, serrated shafts, splined shafts, and chain wheels.
(f) Springs with square and flat ends, Gears, sprocket wheel
(g) Countersunk & counter bore.
(h) Tapers
Limits, Fits and Tolerances:-

1. Characteristics of surface roughness- Indication of
machining symbol showing direction of lay, roughness
grades, machining allowances, manufacturing methods.
2. Introduction to ISO system of tolerencing, dimensional
tolerances, elements of interchangeable system, hole &
05 04 12
shaft based system, limits, fits & allowances. Selection of
fit.
3. Geometrical tolerances, tolerances of form and position and
its geometric representation.
4. General welding symbols, sectional representation and
symbols used in Engineering practices
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 8 12042

Details to Assembly
1. Introduction-
2. Couplings – Universal couplings & Oldham’s Coupling
3. Bearing – Foot Step Bearing & Pedestal Bearing
06 4. Lathe tool Post 08 20
5. Machine vice & Pipe Vice
6. Screw Jack
7. Steam Stop Valve
Assembly to Details
1. Introduction –
2. Pedestal Bearing
3. Lathe Tail Stock
4. Drilling Jig
07 08 20
5. Piston & connecting rod
6. Gland and Stuffing box Assembly
7. Valve – Not more than eight parts
8. Fast & loose pulley
Total 48 100
Practical:
1. Understand interpenetration of soil.
2. Interpret limits, fits and tolerances on a given drawing.
3. Visualize assembly of components from given details.
4. Interpret Conventional symbols as per IS code SP46.
5. Identify different materials and their properties.
Motor Skills:
Draw front view and top view of solids Penetrating one with other.
1. Conventionally represent limit, fits and tolerances on a given drawing as per the
manufacturing processes.
2. Give surface roughness values and symbols on a part drawing..
3. Setting and use of different drawing equipments.
4. Record bill of materials in assembly drawing.
5. Use computer aided drafting package.
List of Practical:
(Use first angle method of projection)
1. Intersection of Solids
(i) One Sheet containing atleast two problems.
(ii) Atleast four problems for home assignment in sketch book.
2. Development of surfaces
Any two problems on development of surfaces of different objects. (one Sheet)
3. Auxiliary views
One sheet containing two problems
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 9 12042

At least two problems as home assignment in sketch book

4. Conventional Representation as per SP – 46 (1988) - one sheet
5. Limit, Fit, Tolerances and Machining Symbols – one sheet
6. Assembly to detailed drawings of components including conventional representation
of tolerances and surface finish symbols:
One sheet covering any one assembly and its details
At least two problems as home assignment in sketch book
7. Details to Assembly
Draw One sheet covering any one assembly and its details.
Solve at least two problems as home assignment in sketchbook.
8. Two problems on assembly drawings using any AutoCAD Package.
(Assembly containing maximum 6 to 7 components-minimum 12 hours)
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
01 N.D.Bhatt Machine Drawing Charotar Publication, Anand
Engineering Drawing
Code of practice for general
02 IS Code SP 46 (1988) Practice for School and
engineering drawing.
colleges
L.K.Narayanan,
New Age International
03 P.Kannaich, Production Drawing
Publication
K.VenkatReddy
04 P.S.Gill Machine Drawing S.K.Kataria and Sons
Engineering Graphics (For
05 M.L.Dabhade --
Topic on Auxiliary Views)
06 Sidheshwar Machine Drawing Tata McGraw Hill
MSBTE – Updated On 18/01/2010 10 12042


Course Code : ME/PG/PT/AE/MH/FE/MI/PS/PT
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Strength of Materials

PAPER
HRS.
03 -- 02 03 100 --- --- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by
MSBTE.
Rationale:
Strength of Material is a core technology subject. It aims at enabling the student to

understand & analyze various types of loads, stresses & strains along with main causes of
failure of machine parts. The subject is pre-requisite for understanding principles of machine
design. Understanding mechanical properties of materials will help in selecting the suitable
materials for various engineering applications.
Objectives:
The Student should be able to:
1. Understand the fundamentals of solid mechanics.

2. Acquire elementary knowledge of stresses, strains & material properties.
3. Understand & analyze the basic principles involved in the behavior of machine parts
under load in the context of designing it.
4. Understand & analyze the mechanical properties of the various materials.

Learning Structure:
Understand, analyze and apply the principles and concepts of strength of

Application
materials in designing various machine elements used frequently in machines
& Mechanisms
Analysis of stresses induced due Analysis of various machine

to direct, bending, twisting, elements under different load
Procedure dynamic load and their analysis conditions
Principle stress theory, strain Law of parallel and perpendicular

energy, Hooks law, Poisson’s axes theorem, torsional moment of
Principles ratio. resistance, section modulus, moment
of resistance.
Forces, Simple stresses and Elastic limit, Modulus of

strains, mechanical properties Rigidity, Elasticity &
Concepts of materials Stiffness
Shaft, Keys, Levers, Couplings, Joints, Power Screws, Pressure Vessels and
Facts Rivets

Contents: Theory

Mechanical Properties of Materials, Simple stresses &
Strains
1.1 Mechanical properties – Elasticity, Plasticity, Rigidity,
Ductility, Malleability, Toughness, Hardness,
Brittleness, Creep, Fatigue.
1.2 Concept & Definition of Simple stresses & strains Types
- tensile, compressive, Shear, single & double shear,
Punching shear, Thermal stresses, Hoop stresses &
corresponding strains. Hooke’s law, Young's modulus,
Modulus of Rigidity, Change in length of the bar having
01 12 24
uniform & stepped cross section stress-strain curves for
ductile & brittle materials.
1.3 Volumetric Strain, Bulk modulus, Poisson’s ratio. Bi-
axial & Tri-axial stresses & strains. Relationship among
E, G, & K.
1.4 Stresses & strains in bars of uniformly varying section
subjected to axial load at ends only, Composite sections
having same length
1.5 Temperature stresses & strains of uniform & composite
sections.
Bending Moment & Shear Force
2.1 Concept & definition of Shear force & bending moment.
Relation between rate of loading, shear force & bending
moment.
02 08 16
2.2 Shear force & bending moment diagrams for cantilevers,
simply supported beam & over hanging beam subjected
to point loads & Uniformly distributed load.
2.3 Location of point of contraflexure.
Moment of Inertia
3.1 Concept & definition of Moment of inertia, radius of
gyration. Parallel & perpendicular axes theorem. (No
derivation)
3.2 Moment of inertia of square, rectangular, circular,
03 semicircular, Triangular, Hollow square, Rectangular & 06 16
circular only.
3.3 MI of angle section, Channel section, Tee- section, I
section about centroidal axis & any other axis parallel to
centroidal axis.
3.4 Polar moment of inertia.

Bending stresses
4.1 Theory of simple bending, Assumptions in the theory of
bending, moment of resistance, section modulus &
neutral axis. Stress distribution diagram for Cantilever &
simply supported beam.
4.2 Equation of bending(No derivation)
04 06 12
4.3 Simple numeral problem.
4.4 Concept of direct & transverse shear stress.
4.5 Shear stress equation (No derivation)
4.6 Shear stress distribution diagrams Average shear stress
& Maximum shear stress for rectangular & circular
section.
Direct and Bending stresses
5.1 Concept of Axial load, eccentric load, direct stresses,
bending stresses, maximum & minimum stresses.
05 5.2 Stress distribution diagram. 08 16
5.3 Condition for no tension in the section.
5.4 Problems on the above concepts for machine parts such
as offset links, C-clamp, Bench vice, Drilling machine
frame etc.
Torsion
6.1 Concept of Pure Torsion, Assumptions in theory of pure
Torsion, Torsion equation for solid and hollow circular
06 shafts. 08 16
6.2 Power transmitted by a shaft.
6.3 Comparison between Solid and Hollow Shafts subjected
to pure torsion (no problem on composite and non
homogeneous shaft)
Total 48 100
Practical:
Intellectual Skill:
1. Identification of different parts of machine and their function
2. Interpretation failure patterns of different metal under different action
3. Extrapolating test result or observation during test
4. Testing different metals and comparison of experimental result
Motor Skill:
1. Sketch of standard specimen, arrangement for test on respective machines
2. Measurement of different parameters
3. Handling Instrument
4. Observing behavior of different metal during test.

List of Practical:
01 Study and demonstration of Universal Testing Machine & its attachments.

02 Study & demonstration of Extensometer.
03 Tension Test on mild steel, Aluminum & compression test on cast iron on Universal
Testing Machine.
04 Direct Shear Test of mild steel on Universal Testing Machine.
05 Brinell Hardness Test on Mild Steel.
06 Rockwell hardness Test on Hardened Steel.
07 Izod & Charpy - Impact tests of a standard specimen.
08 Torsion Test on Mild steel bar.
09 a) Assignments: Problems on shear force & bending moment diagrams to be drawn
on graph paper.
Learning Resources:
Books:
SN Author Title Publication
Andrew Pytel Addison-Wesley An imprint of
01 Fedrinand L. Strength of Material Addison Wesley Longman, Inc. Forth
Singer edition
02 B.K.Sarkar Strength of Material Tata McGraw hill New Delhi
A Text Book strength

03 Dr. R. K.Bansal Laxmi Publication New Delhi
of Material
Dhanpat Rai & Publication New
04 S Ramamrutham Strength of Material
Delhi
05 R.S.Khurmi Strength of Material S.Chand Company Ltd. Delhi

Course Name : Mechanical Engineering Group except Automobile Engineering

Course Code : ME/PT/PG/MH/MI
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Mechanical Engineering Materials

PAPER
HRS
03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Rationale:
Mechanical Engineering Materials is a core technology subject in Mechanical

Engineering Discipline. A Mechanical Engineering diploma holder deals with various
materials required for cutting tools, Dies, Gears, Bearings and many other applications.
Knowledge of selection of proper tool materials, heat treatments for specific materials,
ferrous and non- ferrous materials and their alloys for various engineering application, as well
as insulating, refractory and plastic materials as per the requirements is essential.
Objectives: Students should be able to:
1. know the properties of Engineering Materials like Metals, non-metals, ferrous metals
and non-ferrous metals
2. Interpret Iron –Iron Carbide phase equilibrium diagram to find temperatures for heat
treatment processes.
3. Select the proper materials for different applications like cutting tools, dies, gears &
other applications.
4. Understand various heat – treatment processes & its applications for various.
Components to improve its mechanical properties.
5. Understand powder metallurgy process and its applications.
6. Understand Non Destructive testing methods & its applications.

Learning Structure:
Understanding and getting familiarized with types, properties, application,

Application advantages, disadvantages and heat treatment of different Engineering
Materials. Select proper material for different applications
Annealing, Normalizing, Study of application, advantages /

Hardening such as Flame disadvantages of Ferrous, non
Procedure hardening, case hardening, Ferrous, non metals and
powder metallurgy composites
Principles of Metallurgical Principles such as Elasticity,

processes i.e. heat treatment Plasticity, hardness,
Principle and powder metallurgy Malleability, etc.
Equilibrium Diagram, Alloy Ferrous Metal, non-ferrous

Concept steels, Low carbon steels, metal, strength, brittleness,
hardening toughness, fatigue
Facts Atoms, Neutron, Matter, Liquid, Solid, Pure Metal, Alloys, Phase, Plastic


Engineering Materials and their Properties
1.1 Introduction, Classification and Application of Engineering

materials, I.S specification of materials like plain carbon steel,
Grey Cast iron, low alloy steels & bearing Materials.
1.
1.2 Properties of metals:-
Physical Properties – Structure, Density, Melting point. 06 12
Mechanical Properties –
Strength, elasticity, ductility, malleability, plasticity, toughness,
hardness, hardenability, brittleness, fatigue, thermal
conductivity,
electrical conductivity, thermal coefficient of linear expansion
1.3 Introduction to Corrosion, types of Corrosion, Corrosion

resisting materials.
Ferrous Metals and Alloys
2.1:-
Characteristics and application of ferrous metals
Phase equilibrium diagram for Iron and Iron Carbide.
Flow diagram for production of Iron and Steel, Classification,
composition and uses of cast iron, effect of sulphur, silicon and
phosphorous.
2. Classification, composition and application of low carbon steel,
medium carbon steel and high carbon steel with their chemical
composition.
Magnetic materials: - Properties & Applications of commonly
used magnetic materials (Permanent magnets and temporary
magnets).
14 26
2.2:-
Alloy Steels: - Low alloy steel, high alloy steel, tools steel &
stainless steel. Effect of various alloying elements such as –
Chromium, nickel, manganese, molybdenum, tungsten,
vanadium.
Tool Steels: - High speed Steels (HSS), Hot & cold Working
dies, shear, punches etc., properties & applications.
Special Cutting Tool Materials – Diamond, Stelites & Tungsten
Carbide
Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys

3.1 Properties, applications & chemical compositions of Copper
alloys (naval brass, muntz metal, Gun metal & bronzes),
Aluminium alloys (Y-alloy & duralumin) & bearing materials
like white metals, leaded bronzes & copper lead alloys.
3. 06 14
3.2 Desired properties of bearing materials.

Heat Treatment of Steels

4.1 Introduction to Heat treatment processes such as Annealing,
subcritical annealing, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering
(Austempering & Martempering) - Principle, Advantages,
4 limitations and applications.
4.2 Surface Hardening - Methods of surface hardening, i) case
hardening ii) Flame Hardening, iii) Induction Hardening, iv) 08 18
Nitriding, v) Carburizing - Principle, advantages, limitations
and applications
Non Metallic Materials

5.1 Polymeric Materials – Introduction to Polymers- types,
characteristics, properties and uses of Thermoplastics,
Thermosetting Plastics & Rubbers.
5.2 Thermoplastic Plastics - characteristics and uses of ABS,
Acrylics, Nylons and Vinyls
5.3 Thermosetting Plastics - Characteristics and uses of 07 16
polyesters,
Epoxies, Melamines & Bakelites.
5.4 Rubbers – Neoprene, Butadiene, Buna & Silicons –
5 Properties & applications.
5.5 Properties and applications of following Engineering
Materials – Ceramics, Abrasive, Adhesive and Insulating
materials such as Cork, Asbestos, Thermocole and Glass Wool
5.6 Introduction to Composite Materials – Laminated & Fibre
reinforced materials - Structure, Properties & Applications.
Powder Metallurgy & Nondestructive Testing

6.1 Advantages, limitations and applications of Powder
Metallurgy for engineering products.
6.2 Brief Description of Process of Powder Metallurgy –
Powder making, blending, compacting, sintering, infiltration &
impregnation.
6.3 Applications of Powder metallurgy for tungsten carbide tip 07 14
tools & porous bearing.
6 6.4 Importance of Non-destructive testing, Difference between
Destructive and Nondestructive testing.
6.5 Nondestructive testing methods - Radiography (X-Ray &
Gamma Ray), Ultrasonic crack detection, Dye penetrant test,
Magnaflux test – Comparison & applications.
TOTAL 48 100

Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr. Author Title Publication
No.
A Text Book of Material Dhanpat Rai and Sons
01 O.P.Khanna
Science and Metallurgy [1999]
Material Science And Everest Publishing House
02 Dr.V.D. Kodgire
Metallurgy [1990]
Material Science and S.K.Katari and Sons [2002
03 R.K.Rajput
Engineering reprint 2003]
S.K.Hazra and Material Science and Indian Book Distribution
04
Choudhari Processes Co. [1982]
Kenneth G. Budinski and Engineering Materials Pearson Education, New
05
Micheal K. Budinski Properties and Selection Delhi
06 ASME ASME Material Manuals --

Introduction to Physical Tata Mc Graw Hill edition
07 Sidney H. Avner
metallurgy (2 nd )


Course Code : ME/ MH / MI
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Electrical Engineering
Teaching and Examination Scheme: ‘E’ Scheme

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 25@ -- -- 125
NOTE:
Curriculum for first test and second test shall be approximately 40% and 60%
respectively. Question paper for test: Q1: 3 bits of 3 marks each, option ¾ , Q.2 :
3 bits of 4 marks each, option 2/3, Q3: 3 bits of 4 marks each or 2 bits of 8 marks
each, option 2/3 or ½.
Total of test marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
Rationale:
This subject is classified as Engg. Science subject, which intends to teach students
facts, concepts, principles & procedure of operating electrical machines, circuits & systems
and their applications. This subjects deals with measurements of electrical quantities to judge
the performance of electrical machines. This subject is important as most of the drives are
electrical drives and the knowledge of this subject helps in running and maintaining various
electrical machines and drives.
Objectives:
1. Identify the type of Electric supply system.
2. Use the tariff system & calculate energy requirements and cost of energy.
3. Identify different types motors, transformers and drives.
4. Select suitable drive as per the requirements.
5. Apply knowledge of Electric heating & welding for various operations in
manufacturing processes.
6. Supervise routine maintenance of electrical machines and supply systems.

Learning Structure:
Understand & apply the fundamentals of electrical engg. & electrical

Applications machines used in different systems & measure various electrical quantities.
Able to do routine maintenance.
To solve & find To connect meters Connect & operate different

different values read & calculate types of DC and AC and
of the circuit different values. Motors and Transformers.
Procedures parameters. Select the capacity and rating
of various electrical machines .
Types of supply systems, circuits & Identification of parts & construction

measuring instruments of DC and AC Motors and
Transformers
Concepts/
Principles
Principle of Principle of DC and AC machines and

Electromagnetism transformers motors
& supply system
1. AC Fundamentals
2. AC Motors
Facts 3. DC Motors
4. Transformers
5. Measuring Instruments

Contents: Theory

Introduction to Electrical power supply system Generation,
01 Transmission, Distribution & Utilization. AC supply & DC 02 02
supply
AC Fundamentals: Definitions; cycle, frequency, phase, period,
maximum value, average value, r.m.s. value. Concept of current,
02 03 10
voltage, power & energy in R, L, & C circuits.(Simple
Numericals)
Three phase supply: Star & Delta circuit, Line & Phase
03 relationship, power equation.(Simple Numericals.) 03 08
Measuring Instruments: Introduction to construction, operation
04 and use of AC & DC ammeter, voltmeter, Electrodynamic 04 06
Wattmeter, energy meter & digital multimeter, Clip on meter.
DC Motor: Construction and principle of operation. Speed torque
05 characteristics. Types, specifications & ratings and applications. 06 08
Types of insulation used.
A. C .Machines
Transformer: Construction and principle of operation. EMF
equation and transformation ratio. Load test, efficiency and 06 14
regulation. Specifications & rating. Auto transformer & 3 phase
transformer concept only. Applications of transformers.
AC motor: Construction and principle of operation of 3 phase
induction motor. Speed torque characteristics, slip, speed control
of Induction Motor by variable frequency drive( VFD)-working
principle and block diagram only, Reversal of rotation, starters-
Direct ON Line Starters and Star-Delta Starters-Working
principle, Construction , Circuit diagram and Applications.
Study the following motors with respect to specifications and
06 rating , Construction and applications. 06 12
1) Single phase motors
a) Capacitor start,
b) Capacitor start and run,
c) Shaded pole
2) Universal motor
3) Stepper motor
4) Servo motor
Alternator: Construction, principle of operation & applications.
Self and separate excitation.
03 06
Synchronous Motor- Construction, principle of operation,
methods of starting & applications
Utilisation of Electrical Energy
Industrial applications: Classification of drives, factors for 02 08
selection of motor for different drives, Enclosures & Mountings
Electric heating & welding: Working principle & types selection
07 02 06
of system, specifications & rating
Electrometallurgical & Electro Agro Systems: Concept &
02 06
principle used in electroplating, Electrical machines used in

electro-agro systems ( irrigation pumps)

Electric wiring & Illumination: Simple Electric Installations
with 2 sockets,2 fans, 2 lamps, fuses. Introduction to different
08 04 06
accessories like MCCB, ELCB, wires & cables. Different types of
lamps their specifications,
Electric safety, Tariff & Power conservation; Necessity of
Earthing, types safety tools, first aid measures, types of tariff, pf
09 05 08
improvement only methods, energy conservation & audit, fire
extinguishing methods adopted in electrical engineering.
Total 48 100
PRACTICALS:
Identify and select suitable electrical instruments for measurement.
1. Identify and give specifications of electrical motors and transformers.
2. Interpret wiring diagrams for various applications.
3. Identify safety equipments required.
4. Decide the procedure for setting experiments.
Motor skills:
1. Draw wiring diagram
2. Make wiring connections to connect electrical equipments and instruments.
3. Measure electrical power, earthing resistance and other electrical quantities.
4. Calibrate electrical instruments.
5. Use of safety devices while working.
6. Prepare energy consumption bill with present tariff structure.
A) List of Practical:
1) For a given resistive & inductive series & parallel circuit, select ammeter, voltmeter &
wattmeter. Make the connections and measure current, voltage and power drawn by the
circuit. Measure it by clip on meter & compare it.
2) For a given DC Shunt/Series motor, select suitable meters, make connections as per
diagram, check the connections and run the motor. Take the meter readings to draw
speed torque characteristics. Make suitable changes in the connections to reverse the
direction of rotation.
3) For the above given motor prepare a circuit to control its speed above
& below normal, plot its graph.
4) List specifications of given single phase transformer. Perform no load test on the
transformer to find transformation ratio.
5) Connect an electronic energy meter to a load, take reading & prepare energy consumption
bill with present tariff structure

6) Prepare actual wiring on a board to study and operate one lamp controlled by one switch,
staircase wiring, godown wiring using casing capping.
B) Field work:
7) Observe Electric wiring of main building in your campus list the accessories used and
draw a general layout
8) Observe earthing of your laboratory, measure its resistance & list its significance
C) Mini project:
9) Prepare a simple electric wiring circuit comprising of 2lamps, 2 sockets, 1 fan with a fuse
& check it.
10) Prepare trouble-shooting chart of above motors and identify the faults of a motor or a
transformer
Learning Resources:
Books:
01 E. Hughes Electrical Technology ELBS
02 H. Cotton Electrical Technology Pitman
Electrical Technology
03 B. L. Theraja S. Chand
Vol I To Iv

Course Name: Mechanical Engineering and Fabrication Technology & Erection

Engineering
Course Code : ME/MH/FE/MI
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Manufacturing Technology

PAPER
HRS
02 -- 04 -- -- 50# -- 25@ 75
Rationale:
Manufacturing Technology is a core technology subject for mechanical Engg. Course.

Manufacturing is the basic area for any mechanical engineering technician. The technician
should be introduced to the basic processes of manufacturing. This subject will help the
student to be familiarized with working principles and operations like forging, rolling,
extrusion, press working, lathe, drilling, milling, casting, welding, brazing and soldering etc
which are the basic manufacturing processes.
The basic knowledge of these processes will be helpful to select the most appropriate
process for getting the desired results in terms of getting the raw material converted to
finished product as per the requirements.
Objectives:
The student will able to
1. Know and identify basic manufacturing processes for manufacturing different
components.
2. Operate & control different machines and equipments.
3. Iinspect the job for specified dimensions.
4. Produce jobs as per specified dimensions.
5. Select the specific manufacturing process for getting the desired type of output.
6. Adopt safety practices while working on various machines.

Learning structure:
Application To select the appropriate process of manufacturing
Procedures Description of different manufacturing processes
Working principle of forging, rolling, extrusion, press

working, lathe, drilling, milling, casting, welding, brazing
and soldering.
Principles
Concept of forging, rolling, extrusion, press working, lathe,

Concepts drilling, milling , casting, welding, brazing and soldering.
Facts Study of forging, rolling, extrusion, press working, lathe,

drilling, milling , casting, welding, brazing and soldering.

Contents: Theory

Forging
1.1 Forging Processes – Drop forging, Upset forging, Die forging or
press forging.
1.2 Types of dies - Open Die, Closed Die(Single Impression and
Multi-impression)
01 03
Closed die Forging operations - Fullering, Edging, Bending,
Blocking, Finishing
1.3 Forgeable material and forgeability, Forging temperature, Grain
flow in forged parts, Types of Presses and hammers.
Rolling and Extrusion

2.1 Principles of rolling and extrusion.
2.2 Hot and cold rolling.
02 2.3 Types of rolling mills. 03
2.4 Different sections of rolled parts.
2.5 Methods of extrusion – Direct, Indirect, backward & impact
Extrusion, Hot extrusion, Cold extrusion
2.6 Advantages, disadvantages and applications.
Press working
3.1 Types of presses and Specifications.
3.2 Press working operations - Cutting, bending, drawing, punching,
03 blanking, notching, lancing 04
3.3 Die set components.- punch and die shoe, guide pin, bolster
plate, stripper, stock guide, feed stock, pilot.
3.4 Punch and die Clearances for blanking and piercing, effect of
clearance.
Lathe Operations
4.1 Types of lathes – light duty, Medium duty and heavy duty geared
lathe, CNC lathe.
04 4.2 Specifications. 03
4.3 Basic parts and their functions.
Operations and tools – Turning, parting off, Knurling, facing,
Boring, drilling, threading, step turning, taper turning.
Drilling
5.1 Classification.
05 5.2 Basic parts and their functions - Radial drilling machine. 02
5.3 Types of operations.
5.4 Specifications of drilling machine.
5.5 Types of drills and reamers
Milling
6.1 Classification.
06 6.2 Basic parts and their functions – column and knee type. 02
6.3 Types of operations
6.4 Types of milling cutters.

Casting
7.1 Patterns - Material used, types, Patterns allowances, Cores, Core
allowances.
7.2 Moulds - Mould materials, Types of sand, Mounding processes
Sand molding, Pit molding, machine molding. Shell molding.
07 7.3 Melting practice. Types of furnaces with specific application 08
Cupola furnace, Electric arc furnace.
7.4 Casting principle and operation
7.5 Special casting processes. viz die casting, centrifugal casting,
Investment casting.
7.6 Casting defects
Welding
8.1 Classification. 07
08 8.2 Gas welding techniques.
8.3 Types of welding flames.
8.4 Arc Welding – Principle, Equipment, Applications
8.5 Shielded metal arc welding.
8.6 Submerged arc welding.
8.7 TIG / MIG welding.
8.8 Resistance welding - Spot welding, Seam welding, Projection
welding
8.9 Welding defects.
8.10 Brazing and soldering: Types, Principles, Applications
Total 32
Notes:
1] The workshop instructors should prepare specimen job in each shop as demonstration
practice before the student (as per the drawing given bysubject teacher/ workshop
superintendent)
2] Theory behind practical is to be covered by the concerned subject teacher/ workshop
superintendent.
3] Workshop diary should be maintained by each student duly signed by respective shop
instructors
Practical:
Skills to be Developed:
1. Identify basic manufacturing processes.
2. Understand need of pattern allowances.
3. Identify joining methods for fabrication.
4. Specify press tool dies for given cutting/forming operations.

5. Understand various sand casting processes.

6. Understand types of pattern, materials of construction and identify casting defects.
Motor Skills:
1. Operate lathes, drilling, milling machines
2. Use welding machines and equipment
3. Set the tools, jobs and decide cutting parameters of machines
4. Make simple pattern out of wood/themocole
5. Inspect diamensions of jobs using measuring instruments
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1) Assignment on forging die nomenclature.

2) One turning job on lathe containing the operations like plain turning, step turning,
grooving, knurling, chamfering.
3) One composite welding job having two different joints. (Batch of four students per
job.)
4) One simple job on TIG / MIG welding setup or visit to TIG / MIG welding setup and
write report.
5) One composite job containing the operations like face milling, side and face milling
(slotting), drilling / tapping (drilled hole should be perpendicular to slotting
operation).
6) Making of one simple wooden Pattern (max. 4 students per group, each group
should make different type of pattern).
7) Making of one Thermo-Cole Pattern (max. 4 students per group, each group should
make different type of pattern).
Learning Resources:
Books:

S. K. Hajra Chaudary, Elements of workshop Technology Media Promoters and
Bose, Roy – Volume I & II Publishers limited
Processes and design for
D. L. Wakyl Prentice Hall
manufacturing
Production Technology - Volume
O. P. Khanna and Lal --
I & II
Workshop Technology - Volume I
W.A.J. Chapman --
, II & III
Introduction to Manufacturing McGraw Hills
Jhon A Schey
Processes International
M. Aduthan and A. B.
Manufacturing Technology New Age International
Gupta

Course Name : Mechanical Engineering and Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CS/CV/CR/PG/PT/ME/MH/MI/FE/CH/PS/PT/TC/DC
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Development of Life Skills-II

PAPER
HRS
01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25# 25@ 50
Rationale:
In today’s competitive world, the nature of organizations is changing at very rapid
speed. In this situation the responsibility of diploma holder is not unique. He will be a part of
a team in the organization. As such the individual skills are not sufficient to work at his best.
This subject will develop the student as an effective member of the team. It will
develop the abilities and skills to perform at highest degree of quality as an individual as well
as a member of core group or team. Such skills will enhance his capabilities in the field of
searching, assimilating information, managing the given task, handling people effectively,
solving challenging problems.
THE SUBJECT IS CLASSIFIED UNDER HUMAN SCIENCE.
Objectives: The students will be able to:
1. Developing working in teams

2. Apply problem solving skills for a given situation
3. Use effective presentation techniques
4. Apply techniques of effective time management
5. Apply task management techniques for given projects
6. Enhance leadership traits
7. Resolve conflict by appropriate method
8. Survive self in today’s competitive world
9. Face interview without fear
10. Follow moral and ethics
11. Convince people to avoid frustration
LEARNING STRUCTURE:

Applications Self Development , Interpersonal Skills , Problem Solving, Decision making, Conflict
resolution, Task Completion
Time Matrix, Meditation

and Yoga, SWOT analysis,
Goal setting,
Interview Techniques,
Leadership styles, Conflict
Reading Skills, Resolution strategies,
Notes taking, Group Discussion,
Information seeking Communication Presentation Skills,
methods, Report methods,
Procedure Learning
Writing, Task Presentation
Planning organizing techniques, methods,
and execution Study habits Selection of
Aids
Time management,
Stress Mgt., Principles
of Body language, Self
Information motivation, Human
generation, Principles Principles of Psychology, Leadership
storage and of effective Principles Group
distribution learning, communication Dynamics
Principle
system , Listening,
Task management
COGNITION, Communication,
PERCEPTION, Transmission,
Information, RESPONSE, Receiver, Feedback, Time, Stress,
Sources , Types of EMOTION, Media Health, ethics,
Concept Information, FEEDBACK AND
Motivation
Information Search ACQUISITION
Information Personality
Assimilation Development
Facts Work Place as a KNOWLEDGE

System WORKER

CONTENTS: Theory
Chapter Name of the Topic HOURS

SOCIAL SKILLS
1 Society, Social Structure, Develop Sympathy And Empathy. 01
2 Swot Analysis – Concept, How to make use of SWOT. 01

Inter personal Relation
3 Sources of conflict, Resolution of conflict , 02
Ways to enhance interpersonal relations.
Problem Solving
I)STEPS IN PROBLEM SOLVING,
1)Identify and clarify the problem,
2)Information gathering related to problem,
3)Evaluate the evidence,
4 02
4)Consider alternative solutions and their implications,
5)Choose and implement the best alternative,
6)Review
II)Problem solving technique.(any one technique may be considered)
1) Trial and error, 2) Brain storming, 3) Lateral thinking
Presentation Skills
Body language --
Dress like the audience
Posture, Gestures, Eye contact and facial expression.
5 STAGE FRIGHT, 03
Voice and language – Volume, Pitch, Inflection, Speed, Pause
Pronunciation, Articulation, Language,
Practice of speech.
Use of aids –OHP,LCD projector, white board
Group discussion and Interview technique –
Introduction to group discussion,
Ways to carry out group discussion,
6 Parameters— Contact, body language, analytical and logical thinking,
decision making 03
INTERVIEW TECHNIQUE
Necessity,
Tips for handling common questions.
Working in Teams
Understand and work within the dynamics of a groups.
Tips to work effectively in teams,
Establish good rapport, interest with others and work effectively with
7 them to meet common objectives, 02
Tips to provide and accept feedback in a constructive and considerate
way ,
Leadership in teams, Handling frustrations in group.

Task Management
Introduction,
8 Task identification, 02
Task planning ,organizing and execution,
Closing the task
TOTAL 16
CONTENTS: PRACTICAL -
List of Assignment: (Any Eight Assignment)
1) SWOT analysis:- Analyse yourself with respect to your strength and weaknesses,
opportunities and threats.Following points will be useful for doing SWOT.
a) Your past experiences,
b) Achievements,
c) Failures,
d) Feedback from others etc.
2) Undergo a test on reading skill/memory skill administered by your teacher.
3) Solve the puzzles.
4) Form a group of 5-10 students and do a work for social cause e.g. tree plantation, blood
donation, environment protection, camps on awareness like importance of cleanliness
in slump area, social activities like giving cloths to poor etc.( One activity per group)
5) Deliver a seminar for 10-12 minutes using presentation aids on the topic given by your
teacher.
6) Watch/listen an informative session on social activities. Make a report on topic of your
interest using audio/visual aids. Make a report on the programme.####
7) Conduct an interview of a personality and write a report on it.
8) Discuss a topic in a group and prepare minutes of discussion. Write thorough
description of the topic discussed
9) Arrange an exhibition, displaying flow-charts, posters, paper cutting, photographs etc
on the topic given by your teacher.
Note: - Please note that these are the suggested assignments on given contents/topic. These
assignments are the guide lines to the subject teachers. However the subject teachers are free
to design any assignment relevant to the topic. The term work will consist of any eight
assignments.
Mini Project on Task Management: Decide any task to be completed in a stipulated time
with the help of teacher. Write a report considering various steps in task management.

LEARNING RESOURCES:
BOOKS:
Sr.
Title of the book Author Publisher
No
1 Adams Time management Marshall Cooks Viva Books
2 Basic Managerial Skills for All E.H. Mc Grath , S.J. Pretice Hall of India
3 Body Language Allen Pease Sudha Publications Pvt. Ltd.
4 Creativity and problem solving Lowe and Phil Kogan Page (I) P Ltd
Decision making & Problem
5 by Adair, J Orient Longman
Solving
6 Develop Your Assertiveness Bishop , Sue Kogan Page India
7 Make Every Minute Count Marion E Haynes Kogan page India
Steven L McShane and
8 Organizational Behavior Tata McGraw Hill
Mary Ann Glinow
Pretice Hall of India, Pvt
9 Organizational Behavior Stephen P. Robbins
Ltd
Michael Hatton
10 Presentation Skills ( Canada – India ISTE New Delhi
Project)
Stress Management Through
11 -- Sterling Publisher Pvt Ltd
Yoga and Meditation
Target setting and Goal Richard Hale ,Peter
12 Kogan page India
Achievement Whilom
13 Time management Chakravarty, Ajanta Rupa and Company
14 Working in Teams Harding ham .A Orient Longman
INTERNET ASSISTANCE
1. http://www.mindtools.com
2. http://www.stress.org
3. http://www.ethics.com
4. http://www.coopcomm.org/workbook.htm
5. http://www.mapfornonprofits.org/
6. http://www.learningmeditition.com http://bbc.co.uk/learning/courses/
7. http://eqi.org/
8. http://www.abacon.com/commstudies/interpersonal/indisclosure.html
9. http://www.mapnp.org/library/ethics/ethxgde.htm
10. http://www.mapnp.org/library/grp_cnfl/grp_cnfl.htm
11. http://members.aol.com/nonverbal2/diction1.htm
12. http://www.thomasarmstron.com/multiple_intelligences.htm
13. http://snow.utoronto.ca/Learn2/modules.html
14. http://www.quickmba.com/strategy/swot/


Course Code : ME/MH/MI/FE/PS/PT
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Professional Practices-III

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 03 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Due to globalization and competition in the industrial and service sectors the selection
for the job is based on campus interviews or competitive tests.
Objectives:

Learning Structure:
Application Use learning to learn skills in presenting identified contents of curriculum
Use reading techniques and Prepare notes for presentation of

Procedure information search engines content in soft and hard copy
Principles of Effective and Principles of learning to learn,

efficient Reading and Body language,
Principle information search
Facts Contents of identified topics Self learner

Serial
Activities Hours
No.
Industrial Visits
submitted by the individual student, to form a part of the term work.
TWO industrial visits may be arranged in the following areas /
industries :
i) Manufacturing organizations for observing various
1 manufacturing processes including heat treatment 08
ii) Material testing laboratories in industries or reputed
organizations
iii) Auto workshop / Garage
iv) Plastic material processing unit
v) ST workshop / City transport workshop
Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert be organized from

ANY THREE of the following areas :
i) Use of a plastics in automobiles.
ii) Nonferrous Metals and alloys for engineering applications
iii) Surface Treatment Processes like electroplating, powder
coating etc.
iv) Selection of electric motors.
2 08
v) Computer aided drafting.
vi) Industrial hygiene.
vii) Composite Materials.
viii) Heat treatment processes.
ix) Ceramics
x) Safety Engineering and Waste elimination
Individual Assignments :
Any two from the list suggested
a) Process sequence of any two machine components.
b) Write material specifications for any two composite jobs.
c) Collection of samples of different plastic material or cutting
tools with properties , specifications and applications.
d) Preparing models using development of surfaces.
e) Assignments on bending moment , sheer forces , deflection of
beams and torsion chapters of strength of material.
3 f) Select different materials with specifications for at least 10 08
different machine components and list the important material
properties desirable.
g) Select 5 different carbon steels and alloy steels used in
mechanical engineering applications and specify heat treatment
processes employed for improving the properties. Also give brief
description of the heat treatment processes.
h) List the various properties and applications of following
materials – a. Ceramics b. fiber reinforcement plastics
c. thermo plastic plastics d. thermo setting plastics e. rubbers.

OR
Conduct ANY ONE of the following activities through active
participation of students and write report
i) Rally for energy conservation / tree plantation.
ii) Survey for local social problems such as mal nutrition,
unemployment, cleanliness, illiteracy etc.
iii) Conduct aptitude , general knowledge test , IQ test
iv) Arrange any one training in the following areas :
a) Yoga. B) Use of fire fighting equipment and First aid
Maintenance of Domestic appliances.
Modular courses ( Optional ) :
A course module should be designed in the following areas for max. 12
hrs.
Batch size – min. 15 students.
Course may be organized internally or with the help of external
4 organizations. 08
a) Forging Technology.
b) CAD-CAM related software.
c) Welding techniques.
d) Personality development.
e) Entrepreneurship development.
3-D Design using software

Computer screen, coordinate system and planes, definition of HP,VP,
reference planes How to create them in 2 nd/3rd environment. Selection
of drawing site & scale. Commands of creation of Line, coordinate
points, Axis, Poly lines, square, rectangle, polygon, sp line, circles,
ellipse, text, move, copy, offset, Mirror, Rotate, Trison, Extend, Break,
5 Chamfer, Fillet, Curves, Constraints fit tangency, perpendicularity, 16
dimensioning zine convention, material conventions and lettering. The

Student should draw – different orthographic Views (including
sections), Auxiliary views according to first/ Third angle method of
projection. (Minimum two sheets, each containing two problems) after
learning the contents as above.
Total 48


COURSE NAME : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS FOR ME AND 8 SEMESTERS FOR MH/MI WITH EFFECT FROM 2009-10
SEMESTER : FOURTH DURATION : 16 WEEKS
TEACHING
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SR. Abbrev SUB SCHEME
SUBJECT TITLE
NO. iation CODE PAPER TH(01) PR(04) OR(08) TW(09) SW
TH TU PR
HRS MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN (16004)
Theory of Machines &
1 TMM 12089 04 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Mechanisms Ø
Fundamentals of
2 FEL 12090 03 -- 02 03 100 40 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
Electronics $
3 Production Processes $ PPO 12091 02 -- 04 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
4 Thermal Engineering TEG 12092 04 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
Fluid Mechanics and 50
5 FMM 12093 04 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
Machinery $
6 Computer Programming Ø CPR 12094 01 -- 02 -- -- -- 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
Professional Practices - IV
7 PPR 12095 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
$
TOTAL 18 -- 17 -- 500 -- 100 -- 50 -- 150 -- 50
Total Marks : 850
@ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $- Common to ME/PT/MH/FE, Ø - Common to ME/PT/AE/MH/FE
Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Termwork, SW- Sessional Work.
Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as
Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms.
Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

w.e.f. Academic Year ‘E’ Scheme

Course Code : ME/PT/PG/AE/MH
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Theory of Machines and Mechanisms

PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Rationale:
It is a core Technology subject in Mechanical Engineering Discipline. Mechanical
Engineering Diploma Holders often come across various mechanisms in practice. He should
be able to analyze, identify and interpret various mechanisms and machines in day-to-day
life. In maintaining various machines, a diploma technician should have sound knowledge of
fundamentals of machine and mechanism. It will be helpful to technician to understand the
mechanisms from operational point of view in better way. This subject imparts the facts,
concepts, principles, procedure, kinematics and dynamics involved in different machine
elements and mechanisms like lever, gear, cam, follower, belt, flywheel, brake,
dynamometer, clutch, etc.
Detail knowledge of above-mentioned aspect with deep insight to the practical
applications develops a professional confidence in them to become successful Engineer.
Objectives:
1. Know different machine elements and mechanisms.
2. Understand Kinematics and Dynamics of different machines and mechanisms.
3. Select Suitable Drives and Mechanisms for a particular application.
4. Appreciate concept of balancing and Vibration.
5. Develop ability to come up with innovative ideas.

Learning Structure:
Select drives and devices for power transmission. To operate and

Application maintain machine and mechanism used in field of Automobile, machine
tool, workshop etc.
Analysis of Mechanism in Analysis of various drives

machines. Velocity and like belts, chains, gears.
Procedures acceleration diagrams, cam Analysis of various clutches,
profile. Analysis and operation of bearings, brake system.
Brake, Dynamometer, Governor,
etc
Conversion of Kinematic chain to Laws of Friction, law of

mechanism. Relative Velocity conservation of Energy,
and Acceleration in Mechanism, power transmission, uniform
Law of Inversions and Governor. wear and pressure theory,
Principles law of gearing.
Mechanism, Inversion, Kinematic Friction Wheel , velocity ratio,

link, pair, Kinematic chain, slip, creep, belt tension, gear
constrain motion, velocity and train, brake system
Concepts acceleration in mechanism,
displacement diagram, turning
moment, torque, vibration,
balancing.
Facts Cam, Follower, Belt, Chain, Gear, Flywheel, Governor, brake, clutch,
Dynamometers

Contents: Theory

Fundamentals and types of Mechanisms
Kinematics of Machines: - Definition of Kinematics,
Dynamics, Statics, Kinetics, Kinematic link, Kinematic
Pair and its types, constrained motion and its types,
Kinematic chain and its types, Mechanism, inversion,
machine and structure. (Marks- 6)
Inversions of Kinematic Chain. (Marks- 8)
• Inversion of four bar chain, coupled wheels of
Locomotive & Pentograph.
• Inversion of Single Slider Crank chain- Rotary
1. I.C. Engines mechanism, Whitworth quick 12 18
return mechanism, Crank and Slotted lever
quick return mechanism.
• Inversion of Double Slider Crank Chain Scotch
Yoke Mechanism & Oldham’s Coupling.
Common Mechanisms. (Marks- 4)
• Bicycle free wheel Sprocket mechanism.
• Geneva Mechanism.
• Ackerman’s Steering gear mechanism.
• Foot operated air pump mechanism.
Velocity and Acceleration in Mechanism

Concept of relative velocity and relative acceleration of a
point on link, angular velocity and angular acceleration,
inter- relation between linear and angular velocity and
acceleration.
Analytical method [no derivation] and Klein’s
2. construction to determine velocity and acceleration of 09 12
different links in single slider crank mechanism.
(Marks- 4)
2.2 Drawing of velocity and acceleration diagram of a
given configuration, diagrams of simple mechanisms.
Determination of velocity and acceleration of a point on
link by relative velocity method [Excluding coriollis
components of acceleration]. (Marks- 8)
Cams and Followers
3.1 (Marks- 4)
• Concept, definition and application of Cams and Followers.
3. • Classification of Cams and Followers. 08 12
• Different follower motions and their displacement diagrams
like uniform velocity, SHM, uniform acceleration and
Retardation.

3.2 Drawing of profile of radial cam with knife-edge and roller

follower with and without offset with reciprocating motion
(graphical method). (Marks- 8)
Power Transmission
(Marks- 8)
Belt Drives - flat belt, V– belt & its applications, material
for flat and V-belt, angle of lap, belt length. Slip and
creep. Determination of velocity ratio, ratio of tight side
and slack side tension, centrifugal tension and initial
tension, condition for maximum power transmission(
Simple numericals)
4. (Marks-12) 14 20
• Chain Drives – Advantages & Disadvantages, Selection
of Chain & Sprocket wheels, methods of lubrication.
• Gear Drives – Spur gear terminology, types of gears
and gear trains, their selection for different application,
train value & Velocity ratio for compound, reverted and
simple epicyclic gear train, methods of lubrication, Law
of gearing.
• Rope Drives – Types, applications, advantages &
limitations of Steel ropes.
Flywheel and Governors
(Marks- 12)
• Flywheel - Concept, function and application of
flywheel with the help of turning moment diagram for
5. single cylinder 4-Stroke I.C. Engine (no Numericals). 06 12
Coefficient of fluctuation of energy, coefficient of
fluctuation of speed and its significance.
• Governors - Types, concept, function and application &
Terminology of Governors.
• Comparison between Flywheel and Governor.
Brakes, Dynamometers, Clutches & Bearings
Brakes and Dyanometers (Marks- 12)
• Function of brakes and dynamometer, types of brakes
and Dynamometers, comparison between brakes and
dynamometer.
• Construction and working of i) shoe brake, ii) Band
6. Brake, iii) Internal expanding shoe brake iv) Disc Brake. 12 20
• Concept of Self Locking & Self energizing brakes.
• Numerical problems to find braking force and braking
torque for shoe & band brake.
• Construction and working of i) Rope Brake
Dynamometer, ii) Hydraulic Dynamometer, iii) Eddy
current Dynamometer.

Clutches and Bearing (Marks- 8)

• Clutches- Uniform pressure and Uniform Wear theories.
• Function of Clutch and its application, Construction and
working of i) Single plate clutch, ii) Multiplate clutch,
iii) Centrifugal Clutch iv)Cone clutch v) Diaphragm
clutch. (Simple numericals on single and Multiplate
clutch).
• Bearings – i) Simple Pivot, ii) Collar Bearing, iii)
Conical pivot. Torque & power lost in friction (no
derivation). Simple numericals
Balancing & Vibrations

(Marks- 6)
• Concept of balancing. Balancing of single rotating mass.
7. Graphical method for balancing of several masses 03 06
revolving in same plane.
• Concept and terminology used in vibration, causes of
vibrations in machines, their harmful effects and
remedies.
Total 64 100
Practical:
1. Understand working of free wheel mechanism of a bicycle, Geneva mechanism,
steering gear mechanism etc.
2. Determine velocity and acceleration of links in a given mechanism.
3. Analyse balancing of rotating masses in a single plane.
4. Interpret interrelationship between components of various braking mechanisms.
5. Understand concepts of vibrations in various machineries, their harmful effects
and remedies.
6. Compare various power transmission devices.
Motor Skills:
1. Drawing of velocity and acceleration diagrams.
2. Assembly and dismantling of brakes and clutches.
3. Drawing of cam profiles from a given data for i. C. Engine.
4. Drawing of velocity and acceleration diagram.
Note - The Term work shall consist of Journal / lab manual and A-3 size sketch book.
List of Practical:
1) Find the ratio of time of cutting stroke to the time of return stroke for quick return
mechanism of a shaper machine.
2) Sketch & describe working of bicycle free wheel sprocket mechanism.
3) Determination of velocity and acceleration by relative velocity method (four
problems).

4) Determination of velocity and acceleration of piston of an I.C. engine’s Slider

Crank mechanism by Klein’s construction, for different position of crank in
between 00 and 3600. Represent graphically velocity verses crank angle and
acceleration verses crank angle.
5) Draw the profile of radial cam for the given motion of follower. (At least four
problems)
6) Determine the radius of rotation of flyball for different speed of governor and
draw a graph between radius of rotation versus speed.
7) Dismantling and assembly of mechanically operated braking mechanism for two
wheelers.
8) Determination of power transmitted by any belt drive using any one
dynamometer.
9) Dismantling and assembly of multiplate clutch of two-wheeler.
10) Determine graphically balancing of several masses rotating in a single plane.
Learning Resources:
Books:
So.
No.
Eurasia publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2006
01 Khurmi Gupta Theory of Machines
edition
02 S.S.Rattan Theory of Machine McGraw Hill companies, II Edition
03 P.L.Ballaney Theory of Machines Khanna Publication
04 Timo Shenko Theory of Machines Wiley Eastern
05 Jagdishlal Theory of Machines Bombay Metro – Politan book ltd.

06 Ghosh - Mallik Theory of Machines Affilated East west press
07 Beven T. Theory of Machines CBS Publication
08 J.E.Shigley Theory of Machines Mc Graw Hill

Course Name : Mechanical and Production Engineering/Production Technology

Course Code : ME/PT/PG/MH/MI/FE
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Fundamentals of Electronics

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 50@ -- -- 150
Note:
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW)
Rationale:
This subject is classified under core technology group and forms an important course
of any branch of engineering. The course envisages identification and testing of components,
their principles of working and applications of various electronic devices and circuits in
analog and digital electronics.
Objectives:
The students will be able to: -
1. Identify and test different components.
2. Use principles of circuit operations and its applications.
3. Distinguish various elements in digital electronics.
4. Understand working of different types of power supplies.
5. Use test instruments.

Learning Structure:
Application Identify and test electronic devices, understand the electronic circuits and
their applications in analog and digital electronics
Assembly of components, Measurement of voltage, current, power,

Procedure
frequency using multimeter and CR0
Principle Ohm’ law, Kirchoff’s laws, Faraday’s law
Semiconductor theory, Boolean algebra, voltage, current, power,

Concept rectification, filter, amplification, oscillation, regulation
Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor, Transformer, Diode, Transistor, Integrated

Facts Circuits, Multimeter, CR0, Transducers

Contents: Theory

Electronic Devices
Comparison of conductor and insulators Intrinsic and
Extrinsic semiconductors. Introduction to electronic devices,
their symbols, principle of working and testing procedure -
Diode, Zener diode, Power diode, Varactor diode, Bipolar
1 Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor(FET) - 10 20
JFET & MOSFET, Uni-j unction Transistor(UJT), power
devices — DIAC,TRIAC, SCR, Photo devices-, LDR, Photo
diode, Photo transistor, LED & LED display ( 7 segment),
Liquid crystal display(LCD), opto — coupler, therm ister-
NTC, PTC
Power Supply
Circuit diagram and operation- Half wave, full wave &
bridge rectifier. Cornparison of efficiency and ripple f of
rectifiers Filters - L, C, L-C, n filter
Zener diode as voltage regulator in line and load regulation.
Regulator ICs 78XX series 723
Block diagram of power supply
Concept of unregulated power supply, regulated power
2 supply- line regulation & load regulation. 09 18
Principle of operation, block diagram and application of
shunt regulated power supply, series regulated power
supply, switch mode power supply (SMPS), 3 pin 1C
regulated, IC 723 adjustable power supply.
Block diagram of UPS, Concept of online and off line UPS.
Concept of constant current limiting and fold back current
limiting, concept of’ constant voltage source, constant
current source
Transistor
Transistor as a switch and amplifier, single stage transistor
amplifier CB, CE and CC configuration and their
applications, RC coupled and direct coupled amplifier, their
frequency response and application.
Power amplifier- class A, class B, class C, class AB, their
3 09 18
comparison on operating point, conduction cycle, efficiency,
application.(No circuits expected)
Oscillator - Requirement of oscillator circuit, Barkhauson’s
criteria of oscillator, circuit diagram and its application-.
Phase shift oscillator, Hartley oscillator, Colpitts oscillator,
Crystal oscillator.
OP Amp
Block diagram, configurations and use of op amp as -
Inverting, Non-inverting, Summing, Voltage to current
4 05 12
converter, current to voltage converter, differentiator,
Comparator, \Vien bridge oscillator, Schmitt’s trigger,
Instrument amplifier
5 Digital Electronics 09 18

Number system- Decimal, Binary, Hexadecimal, BCD,

Decimal to binary conversion, Decimal — Hexadecimal
conversion.
Study of logic gates, Symbol, truth table and IC numbers -
NOT, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, XOR, XNOR and NAND
as universal gate.
Flip Flops — Block diagram of flip flop, RS flip flop, D flip
flop ,Toggle , JK flip flop, Master Slave JK flip flop,
Clocked flip flop — level triggered and edge triggered ,
Application of flip flop — Frequency divider, Ring counter,
Shift register. Seven segment driving circuit, Encoder,
Decoder, Multiplexer, (2:1 A:_1_only)__Dc_multiplier.
(1_:2,1:4_only)
IC 555 -
Block diagram, Multi vibrator circuit diagram and working
for Mono stable, Bi stable and Astable Multivibrator,
Analog to Digital Converters, Digital to Analog converter
A..DCTypes:staircase ramp method,suceessive
approximation iuethod slope m slope method.
6 DAC Types:Binary weighted resistor method,R-2R ladder 06 14
network method.
Block diagram and. working of— Welding control circuits
— sequential timer Temperature control circuits using
SCR,FWR Speed control circuits
Level control circuit using variable capacitor and
potentiometer
Total 48 100
Practical: Skills to be developed:

1. Identification and selection of components.
2. Interpretation of circuits.
3. Understand working of various types of power supplies.
Motor skills:
1. Drawing of circuits.
2. Measurement of various parameters using multimeter.
3. Testing of components using LCR meter, IC tester.
4. Follow standard test procedure.
List of Practical:
1. Use of multimeter (analog and digital) for current, voltage and resistance
measurement (Use of colour code for resistors).
2. Study of front panel of CR0 and measurement of frequency and voltage.
3. I) Measurement of L, C, R on LCR meter II) Testing of an IC using IC tester

4. Testing of components like diode, FET, MOSFET, LED, SCR, diac, triac, Zener
diode ,inductor, capacitor using a multimeter
5. Line and load regulation of un-regulated power supply and regulated power supply.
6. To plot the frequency response of single stage RC coupled amplifier and calculate
band width.
7. Verification of Op-Amp as inverting and non inverting amplifier.
8. To generate a square wave by using Schmitt trigger.
9. Verify truth tables for logic gates- . NOT, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, XOR, XNOR
10. Construct a ring counter using JK flip-flop and verify count sequence.
11. Design a square wave oscillator for 100 Hz using IC 555.(Use astable
multivibrator).
12. Speed control of AC/DC motor by using SCR, UJT.
Note:
1) Teachers are expected to make students familiar with the Data Books and Operation
Manuals and also encourage them to visit related websites.
2) At least one practical from the above list be performed by using simulation software.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No
01 V.K. Mehta Principles of Electronics S. Chand & Company Ltd.
02 Paul Malvino Electronic Principles Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
Electronic Devices &
03 A. Mottershead Prentice Hall of India
Components’
04 R.P. Jam Modern Digital Electronics Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
05 Grob Bernard Basic Electronics Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
Paul B. ZBar, Albert P.
Basic Electronics - a Text
06 Malvino, Michael A. Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
Lab Manual
Miller
Industrial Electronics - a
07 Paul B. ZBar Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
Text Lab Manual


Course Code : ME/PT/PG/MH/MH/FE
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Production Processes
Teaching & Examination Scheme:

PAPER
HRS
02 -- 04 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Rationale:
Diploma technician often comes across various types of basic production processes.
He/ she is required to select, operate and control the appropriate processes for specific
applications. He/ she is also required to know about various cutting tools, latest
improvements in production processes, surface finishing processes and plastic processes.
Objectives:

1) Use the basic machine tools like lathe, drilling and milling.
2) Know about broaching machine and its applications.
3) Understand the importance of surface finish and related surface finishing methods.
4) Program and use basic on machines.
5) Understand and select the gear cutting processes.
6) Understand and select plastic moulding processes.

Learning Structure:
To understand the basic as well as advanced machine tools, gear cutting,

Applications surface finishing operations, tool and work holding devices and tool
nomenclature
To operate and To understand the To operate

understand various use of broaching various grinding
m/c tools like machine and m/cs and observe
Procedures milling, CNC plastic moulding the surface
milling, Lathe & machine. finishing
CNC lathe methods
Principle of metal
Orthogonal and Abrading action
cutting, orthogonal and
oblique cutting, between abrasive
Principles oblique cutting,
multipoint cutting and w/p, Principle
principles of part
tool, plastic flow. of metal finishing
programming
Classification of Classification of
Cutting parameters
broaching & plastic grinding & surface
Taper turning,
moulding m/cs, finishing dressing,
Concepts Programming codes
broach loading marking of
& retrofitting
nomenclature grinding wheel
Lathe, CNC lathe, Milling, gear cutting machines and CNC milling,
Facts Drilling machine, Grinding machine, Surface finishing machines, cutting
tools, broaching and plastic molding machines.

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of the topic Hours Marks

Turning 03 08
1.1 Lathe
Angle calculations for taper turning.
Cutting tool nomenclature and tool signature.
Cutting parameters and machining calculation
01 1.2 CNC Lathe 09 22
Introduction, classification, advantages, positioning system,
Constructional features.
Part programming: programming format, word, statement,
block, Preparatory and miscellaneous code, Fixed cycles in
programming – canned cycle, do – loop, subroutine.
Drilling
Twist drill nomenclature.
02 02 06
Cutting parameters, machining time calculation, Deep hole
drilling
Milling and gear cutting
3.1 Milling 03 12
Cutting parameters, machining time calculations, Milling
operations – plain milling, face milling, T – slot milling, slitting
3.2 Gear cutting
Gear cutting on milling machine – Dividing head and Indexing 06 20
03 methods
Gear hobbing, Principle of operation, advantages and
limitations
Hobbing techniques – climb and conventional, Gear shaping
principle of operation, advantages, disadvantages, Gear
finishing processes – Gear shaving, Gear grinding, Gear
burnishing, Gear lapping
Grinding
Classification of machines,
04 04 12
Grinding wheel composition, types and shapes. Designation,
Types of grinding operations
Super finishing processes
1. Honing
2. Lapping
05 03 12
3. Burnishing
4. Buffing and
5. Polishing
Plastic Moulding
Types of plastic, Compression molding, Transfer molding,
06 02 08
Injection molding, blow molding, vacuum forming, extrusion,
calendaring, rotational moulding
Total 32 100
Practical:
Note: One hour of the practical per week is to be utilized for instructions by subject teacher
to explain & demonstrate the accessories, tool holding & work holding devises as mentioned
in practical contents. The student will write assignments based on these sessions.

Understand the axis identification of CNC lathe
1. Understand the various types of preparatory and miscellaneous codes.
2. Calculate machining time for different operations.
3. Identify cutting tool nomenclature / marking systems.
4. Know the significance of various super finishing methods.
5. Understand the different processes of gear cutting.
6. Understand various plastic molding methods.
7. Write programs for CNC Lathe.
Motor Skills:
1. Operate lathe, CNC lathe, drilling and milling machines.
2. Execute part programming.
3. Operate grinding machine.
4. Use the indexing mechanism.
List of Practical:
1) One assignment on cutting tool nomenclature and tool signature of single point
cutting tool.
2) Industrial visit to observe plastic processing shop and report on the visit.
3) One job on lathe containing the operations like plain turning, threading, boring,
taper turning.
4) One job on CNC lathe containing the operations like plain turning, taper turning
and curvature. (Group of two students , each group must use different program for
different job dimensions )
5) One job containing drilling, milling, reaming, gear cutting (spur gear) per job
max. two students.
6) One job containing surface grinding / cylindrical grinding for tolerances
± 30 micron, ( For the job already made on milling machine /lathe).
7) One assignment on accessories & attachment – chucks, mandrels, carrier and
catch plates rests, face plate and angle plate, grinding attachment used on lathe.
8) One assignment on accessories & attachment, work holding & tool holding
devises used on milling machine.
9) One assignment each on shaper, planer, boring machine, broaching machine.
10) One assignment each on tool nomenclature & geometry of boring tool, broaching
tool, milling cutters.
11) One assignment on types of grinding wheels.

Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
S. K. Hajra Chaudary, Elements of workshop Media Promoters and
01
Bose, Roy Technology-Volume I & II Publishers Limited.
Production Technology
02 O. P. Khanna & Lal Dhanpat Rai Publications.
Volume- I & II
W. A. J. Chapman, S. J. Workshop Technology-
03 Viva Books (p) Ltd.
Martin Volume –I,II & III
A text book of Foundry
04 O.P. Khanna Dhanpat Rai Publications.
Tech.
Production Technology
05 R.B. Gupta Satya Prakashan New Delhi
Workshop Technology
06 H.S.Bawa Tata McGraw-Hill
Volume-I& II
Introduction to
07 John A. Schey McGraw-Hill
Manufacturing Processes
M. Adithan
08 Manufacturing Technology New age International
A. B. Gupta
Pabla B. S.
09 CNC machines New age international limited.
M. Adithan
Fundamental of metal cutting
10 B. L. Juneja New age international limited.
and machine tools
Steve Krar, Technology of Machine
11 McGraw-Hill International.
Albert Check Tools.
CAD/CAM Principals and
12 P. N. Rao Tata McGraw-Hill
Applications
Manufacruting Technology
13 P. N. Rao Metal Cutting & Machne Tata McGraw-Hill
tools


Course code : ME/MH/MI
Semester : Fourth
Subject title : Thermal Engineering
Teaching and Examination Scheme

PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
Rationale:
Mechanical engineers have to work with various power producing & power absorbing
devices like boilers, turbines, compressors, pumps etc. In order to understand the principles,
construction & working of these devices, it is essential to understand the concept of energy,
work, heat & conversion between them .Hence it is important to study the subject of Thermal
Engineering which is a core subject. It includes the study of various sources of energy, basic
laws & concept of thermodynamics, gas laws, properties of steam & generation. Heat transfer
forms the basis for different power engineering application. Boilers find application in
different process industries. Steam turbines and condensers are the major component of any
steam power plant. Mechanical engineer should understand working and application of these
devices.
Objectives: The Students should be able to:

1. Know various sources of energy & their applications.
2. Apply fundamental concepts of thermodynamics to thermodynamic systems.
3. Understand various laws of thermodynamics.
4. Apply various gas laws & ideal gas processes to various thermodynamic systems.
5. Calculate properties of two phase system by using steam tables/ mollier charts.
6. Explain construction & working of boilers, mountings & accessories.

Learning Structure:
Understanding, analyzing & applying various aspects of thermal engineering

in practical application area in relation with operation and maintenance of
Application
energy conversion devices like IC engines, Boilers, Compressors,
Refrigeration Systems.
Analyze, understand energy Analyze, understand

conversion devices like IC various power generation
Procedure engines, boilers, etc devices like thermal, hydro
electric, nuclear, & gas
turbine types
Gas Laws, Laws of steady flow energy

Principles Thermodynamics equation
System, properties, state, process, Thermodynamic cycle,

Concept pure substance, P, V, H, entropy, efficiencies,
s steam thermodynamic work
Boilers, compressors, condensers, steam & gas turbines, refrigeration

Facts systems, Solar system etc

Contents: Theory

Sources of energy
1.1 Brief description of energy sources
- Classification of energy sources
- Renewable, Non-Renewable
1.2 Fossil fuels, including CNG, LPG.
1.3 Solar
- Flat plate and concentrating collectors & its
1. 08 10
application.
- Solar Water Heater
- Photovoltaic Cell, Solar Distillation.
1.4 Wind, Tidal, Geothermal
1.5 Biogas, Biomass, Bio-diesel
1.6 Hydraulic, Nuclear
1.7 Fuel cell – list of fuel cells
Fundamentals of Thermodynamics
2.1 Concepts of pure substance, types of systems , properties
of systems, Extensive and Intensive properties with units
and conversion like P, V, ρ And temperature. Point
function and path function.
2.2 Work and Energy
- Thermodynamic definition of work, heat, difference
between heat and work, P.E., K.E, Internal Energy, Flow
work, concepts of enthalpy, entropy.
2.3 Laws of Thermodynamic
2. - Zeroth Law, Temperature measurement, principle of 12 20
energy conservation, irreversibility, Second Law of
Thermodynamics, Kelvin Plank, Clausius statements and
their equivalence, Concept of perpetual
motion machine 1 and 2.
2.4 Application of Thermodynamic laws
- Steady Flow Energy equation and its application to open
system like boiler, engine, nozzle, turbine, compressor &
condenser.
2.5 Application of Second law to Heat Engine, Heat Pump and
Refrigerator.
Ideal Gases
3.1 Concept of Ideal gas, Charle’s law, Boyle’s law,
Avogadro’s law, equation of state, Characteristic gas
constant and universal gas constant.
3. 08 14
3.2 Ideal gas processes: -
- Isobaric, Isochoric, Isothermal, Adiabatic, Polytropic,
Isentropic with representation of the processes on P-V and
T-S diagram (only simple numericals)
Steam and Steam Boiler
4.1 Generation of steam at constant pressure with
4. 14 22
representation on various charts such as T-H, T-S, H-S, P-
H. Properties of steam and use of steam table, Quality of

steam and its determination with Separating, throttling and

combined Separating and throttling calorimeter (no
numerical).
4.2 Vapour process : -
- constant pressure, constant volume, constant enthalpy,
constant entropy (numericals using steam table and
Mollier chart), Rankine Cycle
4.3 Steam Boilers: -
- Classification of boilers.
- Construction and working of
- Cochran, Babcock and Wilcox, La-mont and Loeffler
boiler. Boiler draught natural and Mechanical.
4.4 Boiler mounting and accessories [to be covered in
practical].
Steam Turbines and Condensers
5.1 Steam nozzle: -
- Continuity equation, types of nozzles, concept of Mach
number, critical pressure, application of steam nozzles.
5.2 Steam turbine: -
- Classification of turbines, Construction and working of
Impulse and Reaction turbine.
5.3 Compounding of turbines, Regenerative feed heating,
bleeding of steam, nozzle control governing (no velocity
5. 12 22
diagrams and numerical).
5.4 Steam condenser: -
- Dalton’s law of partial pressure, function and
classification of condensers, construction and working of
surface condensers.
5.5 Sources of air leakage, concept of condenser efficiency,
vacuum efficiency (no numerical).
5.6 Cooling Towers.
- Force draught, natural draught and induced draught.
Heat Transfer
6.1 Modes of heat transfer: -
- Conduction, convection and radiation.
6.2 Conduction by heat transfer
- Fourier’s law, thermal conductivity, conduction through
cylinder, thermal resistance, composite walls, combined
conduction and convection (Simple numerical)
6. 10 12
6.3 Heat transfer by Radiation: -
- Thermal Radiation, Absorptivity, Transmissivity,
Reflectivity, Emissivity, black and gray bodies, Stefan-
Boltzman law.
6.4 Heat Exchangers: -
- Shell and tube, plate type, multiphase heat exchangers.
Materials Used and applications of heat exchangers.
Total 64 100

Practical:
Skills to be Developed
Intellectual Skill:
1. Understand different sources of energy and their applications.
2. Understand various concepts and fundamentals of thermodynamics.
3. Understand concepts and laws of ideal gasses.
4. Understand vapour processes, steam boilers and different mountings and
accessories.
5. Understand modes of heat transfer and concept of heat exchanges.
6. Interpret steam tables, mollier chart and relationship between different
thermodynamic properties.
Motor Skills:
1. Collect and write technical specifications of photovoltaic cells and identify
different components on panels of photovoltaic cells.
2. Conduct trial on the setup for calculation of thermal conductivity of metal rod
3. Trace path of flue gases and water steam circuit in a boiler.
4. Conduct trial on solar water heating system.
List of practical:
1. Collection of technical data and specification of photovoltaic cell by referring to
manufacturers’ catalogues.
2. Study and Trial on solar water heating system.
3. Report on visit to wind power generation plant / biogas plant / hydraulic power
plant.
4. Trace the flue gas path and water-steam circuit with the help of boiler model and
write a report.
5. Report on visit to sugar factory / Dairy / steam power plant with specifications of
boiler and list of mountings and accessories.
6. Calculation of thermal conductivity of a solid metallic rod.
7. Verification of Stefan-Boltzman’s law
8. Study and compare various heat exchangers such as radiators, evaporators,
condensers, plate heat exchangers etc.
9. Numericals on vapour processes and ideal gas processes (minimum two problems
on each)
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
01 Domkundwar V. M. A Course in Thermal Engineering Dhanpat Rai & Co.
02 P. L. Ballaney A Course in Thermal Engineering Khanna Publishers
A text book of Thermal
03 R. S. Khurmi S. Chand & co. Ltd.
Engineering.
04 R. K. Rajput A Course in Thermal Engineering Laxmi Publication, Delhi
Patel and
05 Heat Engine Vol. - I & II Acharya Publication
Karmchandani
06 P. K. Nag Engineering Thermodynamics Tata McGraw Hill
07 B. K. Sarkar Thermal Engineering Tata McGraw Hill


Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Fluid Mechanics & Machinery

PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
Rationale:
Knowledge of fluid flow & related machinery is essential in all fields of engineering.
Hydraulic machines have important role in power generation, water supply and irrigation and
also in most of engineering segments.
This subject requires knowledge of basic engineering sciences, applied mechanics,
mathematics etc.
The fundamentals of this subject are essential for the subject “Industrial Fluid Power” in sixth
semester.
Objectives: The student will be able to
1. Measure various properties such as pressure, velocity, flow rate using various
instruments.
2. Calculate different parameters such as co-efficient of friction, power, efficiency
etc of various systems.
3. Describe the construction and working of turbines and pumps.
4. Test the performance of turbines and pumps.
5. Plot characteristics curves of turbines and pumps.

Learning Structure:
- Use of flow measuring devices

Applications - Selection and of use pumps & turbine under specified
conditions.
- Pressure Measurement Performance

- Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem testing of pumps
Procedure - Determination of coefficient of friction & Turbines
- Determination of coefficient of discharge
- Continuity Equation, Bernoulli’s Theorem

Concepts - Laws of Fluid Friction, Darcy’s and Chezy’s Equation
- Cavitation, Separation
- Slip, Negative slip
- Fluid properties - Manometric head
Principle - Pressure - Overall efficiency
- Types of flow - Water hammer
- Impact of jet - Forms of Energy
- Flow rate
Facts - Pressure gauges, Manometers, Venturimeter, Pumps, Turbines

Contents: Theory

Properties of fluid
• Density, Specific gravity, Specific Weight, Specific
Volume
01 04 06
• Dynamic Viscosity, Kinematic Viscosity, Surface
tension, Capillarity
• Vapour Pressure, Compressibility
Fluid Pressure & Pressure Measurement
• Fluid pressure, Pressure head, Pressure intensity
• Concept of absolute vacuum, gauge pressure,
atmospheric pressure, absolute pressure.
• Simple and differential manometers, Bourden pressure
02 gauge. 09 14
• Total pressure, center of pressure of plane, regular
surfaces immersed in liquid. Horizontally, vertically
and inclined.
Note: Numericals on Manometers, Total Pressure &
Centre of pressure
Fluid Flow
• Types of fluid flows
• Continuity equation
• Bernoulli’s theorem
• Venturimeter – Construction, principle of working,
Coefficient of discharge, Derivation for discharge
03 through venturimeter. 09 14
• Orifice meter – Construction, Principle of working,
hydraulic coefficients, Derivation for discharge through
Orifice meter
• Pitot tube – Construction, Principle of Working
Note :- Numericals on Venturimeter, orifice meter, pitot
tube
Flow Through Pipes
• Laws of fluid friction ( Laminar and turbulent)
• Darcy’s equation and Chezy’s equation for frictional
losses.
04 07 14
• Minor losses in pipes
• Hydraulic gradient and total gradient line.
• Hydraulic power transmission through pipe
Note: Numericals to estimate major and minor losses
Impact of jet
• Impact of jet on fixed vertical, moving vertical flat
plates.
05 • Impact of jet on curved vanes with special reference to 09 10
turbines & pumps
Note - Simple Numericals on work done and efficiency

Hydraulic Turbines
• Layout of hydroelectric power plant.
• Features of Hydroelectric power plant.
• Classification of hydraulic turbines.
• Selection of turbine on the basis of head and discharge
06 available 09 18
• Construction and working principle of Pelton wheel,
Francis and Kaplan turbine.
• Draft tubes – types and construction, Concept of
cavitation in turbines
• Calculation of Work done, Power, efficiency of turbine.
7.1 Centrifugal Pumps 09 14
• Construction , principle of working and applications.
• Types of casings and impellers.
• Concept of multistage
• Priming and its methods, Cavitation
• Manometric head, Work done, Manometric efficiency,
Overall efficiency, NPSH.
• Performance Characteristics of Centrifugal pumps.
• Trouble Shooting.
• Construction, working and applications of submersible,
jet pump
07 Note :- Numericals on calculations of overall efficiency and
power required to drive pumps.
7.2 Reciprocating Pump 08 10
• Construction, working principle and applications of
single and double acting reciprocating pumps.
• Concept of Slip, Negative slip, Cavitation and
separation.
• Use of Air Vessel.
• Indicator diagram with effect of acceleration head &
frictional head.
Note:- No Derivations and Numericals on reciprocating
pumps.
Total 64 100
Practical:
1) Select and use appropriate flow measuring device.
2) Select and use appropriate pressure measuring device.
3) Analyze the performance of pumps and turbines.

Motor Skills:
1) Use flow measuring device.
2) Use pressure measuring device.
3) Operate pumps and turbines.
List of Practical:
1. Calibration of Bourden pressure gauge with the help of Dead Weight Pressure
gauge.
2. Verification of Bernoulli’s Theorem.
3. Determination of Coefficient of Discharge of Venturimeter.
4. Determination of Coefficient of Discharge, coefficient of contraction and
coefficient of velocity of orifice meter.
5. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow through pipes.
6. Trial on Pelton wheel to determine overall efficiency.
7. Trial on centrifugal pump to determine overall efficiency.
8. Trial on reciprocating pump to determine overall efficiency.
9. To determine minor losses for flow through pipes.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No
Hydraulic, fluid mechanics & fluid Dhanpat Rai and Sons
01 Ramamrutham S.
machines New Delhi
Modi P. N. and Seth Hydraulics and fluid mechanics Standard Book House.
02
S. M. including Hydraulic machines New Delhi
Streeter Victor,
03 Bedford K.W., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Int.
Wylie E.B
One Thousand Solved Problems in
04 K. Subramanya Tata McGraw Hill
Fluid Mechanics
05 Pump manufactures’ catalogs such as Kirloskar Brothers, KSB, Kishor pumps etc.


Course Code : ME/AE/PT/PG/MH/MI/FE
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Computer Programming

PAPER
HRS
01 -- 02 -- -- 50@ -- -- 50
Rationale:
In advanced age of computer, it becomes essential to understand how to give

instructions to computers. This course intends to expose a student to the basic principles of
programming through a structured programming language like ‘C’. Study of this course
would enable the students to learn any advanced Object Oriented Language.
Objectives:
Students should be able to:
1. Break a given task into subtasks.

2. Enhance logical thinking.
3. Develop ‘C’ programs for simple applications.

Learning Structure:
To Develop Logic & Prepare flow Chart, To Write, run, debug &
Application Execute Programs.
Procedure Algorithm, Flow Chart, Tracing & Dry running of algorithms,

source code writing, compiling, executing, Debugging
Principles Software logics, syntax of input /output statements, conditional

statements, looping, control statements
Character Set, Constants, identifiers, variables, keywords, data

Concepts
types, operators.
Fundamentals of Computers, computer operation, operating

Facts System, programming logic, C’ compilers.

Contents: Theory

Introduction -
Problem, definition and analysis, algorithm, flow charts, tracing and dry
1. 02
running of algorithms. Introduction to ‘C’ programming, simple
program using Turbo ‘C’ compiler and execution of ‘C’ program
C Fundamentals: Character set, constants, data types, identifiers, key
words, variable declarations
Types of Operators – unary, binary, arithmetic, relational, logical,
2. assignment. 03
Hierarchy of operators, expressions, library functions, Use of input/
output functions viz. Printf( ), Scanf( ), getch( ), putch( )
Use of Control Statements:- if-else, while loop, do – while loop, for
3. loop, switch, break and continue.
05
Writing, Compiling, Executing and debugging programs
Introduction to Subscripted variables, arrays, defining and declaring one
4. and two dimensional arrays, reading and writing 03
Concept of String, string input / output functions
Defining and accessing a user defined functions, Passing of arguments,
5.
declaration of function prototypes 03
Storage classes: automatic, external, static variables
Total 16
Practical:
1. Prepare and interpret flow chart of a given problem.

2. Represent data in various forms.
3. Use various control statements and functions
Motor Skills:
1. Write program in ‘C’ language.
2. Run and debug ‘C’ program successfully.
List of Practical:
To write simple programme having engineering application involving following statements
1. Use of Sequential structure

2. Use of if-else statements
3. Use of for statement
4. Use of Do-While Statement

5. Use of While statement

6. Use of brake and Continue statement
7. Use of multiple branching Switch statement
8. Use of different format specifiers using Scanf( ) and Printf( )
9. Use of one dimensional array e.g. String, finding standard deviation of a group
data
10. Use of two dimensional array of integers/ reals
11. Defining a function and calling it in the main
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
01 Byron Gotfried Introduction to ‘C’ programming Tata McGraw Hill
02 Yashwant Kanitkar Let us ‘C’ BPB publications

Denis Ritchie and
03 Introduction to ‘C’ programming Prantice Hall Publications
Kerninghan
04 Balguruswamy Programming in ‘C’ Tata Mc- Graw Hill


Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Professional Practices-IV

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 03 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Most of the diploma holders join industries. Due to globalization and competition in
the industrial and service sectors the selection for the job is based on campus interviews or
competitive tests.
ability to communicate and their attitude, in addition to basic technological concepts.
Objectives:
1. Acquire information from different sources

2. Prepare notes for given topic
3. Present given topic in a seminar
4. Interact with peers to share thoughts
5. Prepare a report on industrial visit, expert lecture

Learning Structure:
Sr. No. Activities Hours
Present a seminar on identified topic related to new technology

Application
Searching information Preparing Power Point

Procedure from Journals, internet Presentation text for the
and market topic
Principle of searching Principle of Power Point

Principle information Presentation
Technical Journals, Computer, Power Point

Facts Internet Presentation Software

Industrial Visits
Prepare one
Mini Project / Activities
Structured : (anyvisits
industrial one)be arranged and
12 report of the same shall be
model outsubmitted
of by the individual student, to form a part of the term work.
card boardThe industrial visits may be arranged in the following areas / industries:
paper1 / Sugar Factory / Dairy / Chemical Industry / Thermal Power Plant. 14
acrylic / i) Machine shop having CNC machines.
wood / ii) ST workshop / Auto service station
thermocol / iii) City water supply pumping station
metal such iv) Manufacturing unit to observe finishing and super finishing
as : i) processes.
Elliptical Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert lectures to be organized
Trammel from ii) any two of the following areas:
Pantograph Interview Techniques.
iii) 2Coupling Modern Boilers – Provisions in IBR 06
iv) Cams andApplications of Sensors and Transducers
Followers v) Alternate fuels – CNG / LPG , Biodiesel, Ethanol, hydrogen
Geneva Piping technology
mechanism Information Search :
a) Information search can be done through manufacturer’s catalogue,
Dismantli
websites, magazines, books etc. and submit a report any one topic.
ng of
assemblyFollowing topics are suggested :
(e.g. jig / i) Engine lubricants & additives
fixtures, ii) Automotive gaskets and sealants
tool
3 post, iii) Engine coolants and additives 08
valves iv) Two and Four wheeler carburetor.
etc.) Take v) Power steering
measure vi) Filters
ment and vii) Different drives/Transmission systems in two wheelers.
prepare viii) Types of bearings – applications and suppliers.
drawings ix) Heat Exchangers
/ sketches x) Maintenance procedure for solar equipment.
of xi) Tools holder on general purpose machines and drilling machines.
different
Seminar : Seminar topic shall be related to the subjects of fourth semester.
4
parts Each student shall submit a report of at least 10 pages and deliver a seminar 08
b) Make a(Presentation time – 10 minutes)
small
5
decorativ
e water
fountain
unit
Toy
making
with
simple
operating
mechanis
ms.
Total 48

Content:

w.e.f. Academic Year 2009-10 ‘E’ Scheme
COURSE CODE : ME
DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2009-10
SEMESTER : FIFTH DURATION: 16 WEEKS
TEACHING
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SUBJECT TITLE
TH TU PR
Advanced Manufacturing
1
Processes $
AMP 12154 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
2 Power Engineering PEN 12155 04 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10
3 Measurements & Control $ MCO 12156 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
4 Metrology & Quality Control $ MQC 12157 04 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10
5 ELECTIVE – I (Any One)
Tool Engineering TEN 12158 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Automobile Engineering AEN 12159 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 50
Power Plant Engineering PPE 12160 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Mechatronics Ø MEC 12161 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Industrial Project &
6 Entrepreneurship Development IPE 12162 01 01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Ø
7 Professional Practices-V PPR 12163 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
TOTAL 18 01 16 -- 500 -- 100 -- ---- 50 -- 200
Total Marks : 850
@ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $- Common to ME/PG/PT/MH/FE, Ø - Common to ME/PT/AE/MH/FE
¾ Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional
work (SW).
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 18/12/2010 1
COURSE NAME : Mechanical and Production Engineering / Production Technology

COURSE CODE : ME/PG/PT/MH/MI/FE
SEMESTER : FIFTH FOR ME/PG/PT AND SIXTH FOR MH/MI/FE
SUBJECT TITLE : ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
SUBJECT CODE : 12154

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
¾ Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and
to be entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
This is Technology subject which has relevance with the subjects taught earlier namely-
manufacturing processes, manufacturing technology and production processes. After getting
conversant with the basic manufacturing processes and production processes, it is necessary for
a technician to know about the advancements in the area of manufacturing and production
processes. The subject will impart knowledge & skills necessary for working in modern
manufacturing environment.
This subject will help the student to get familiarized with working principles and operations
performed on non traditional machines, machining center, SPM, automated machines and
maintenance of machine tools.
Objectives:
The student will be able to
• Know different non traditional machining processes, CNC milling machines,

• Understand the working of Special Purpose Machines.
• Work as maintenance engineer.
• Know the Operation and control of different advanced machine tools and equipments.
• Produce jobs as per specified requirements by selecting the specific machining process.
• Develop the mindset for modern trends in manufacturing and automation.
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 18/12/2010 2 12154 ME5

Learning Structure:
Applications To select appropriate non traditional machining process, to operate CNC

milling machine with designed program, to understand the automation
and SPM, to select appropriate type of maintenance.
To study & To operate CNC To study and To maintain &

observe the Milling observe the repair small
working and machines with application of machines or
Procedures applications of designed part SPM and components &
non programme automation testing of
conventional machine tool
machining accuracy
Working Principles of Principle of Maintenance

principles of all part SPM design schedules &
Principles non conventional programming and indexing alignment
machining
processes
Non Axis
conventional Identification, Elements of Types of
machines using preparatory & control system maintenance,
Concepts
EDM, LBM, Miscellaneous PLC feed repair cycle
ECM, CHM, codes, part back & servo analysis &
EBM, USM, programming control complexity
PAM concept of house keeping
SPM TPM
Facts
Study of non traditional machining processes, CNC milling machine, automats, SPM
and maintenance of machine tools

Contents: Theory

Non traditional machining processes
1.1 ---------------------------------------------------------- 16 Marks
• Need and importance of nontraditional machining
processes, its classifications 02
• Electrical discharge Machining.
Principle of working, Setup of EDM, Dielectric fluid, tools 04
(electrodes), Process parameters, Output characteristics,
Applications e.g. micro hole drilling, curve hole drilling.
• Wire cut EDM - Principle of working, Setup of WEDM,
01 controlling Parameters, Applications. 03
1.2 ------------------------------------------------------------ 14 Marks
30
• Laser Beam Machining.
Physical principle of Laser, Laser action in ruby rod,
Types of Lasers. Set-up for LBM. Characteristics, 04
controlling Parameters, Applications, Application Of
Laser Beam for Welding (LBW)
• Other non traditional machines such as ECM, AJM,
USM, LBM, PAM etc. Principle of working, 03
Applications.
CNC milling machines
2.1 ----------------------------------------------------------- 10 Marks
• Concept of CNC milling machine 01
• Vertical and horizontal machining center: Constructional
features, Axis identification, Electronic control system. 03
Automatic tool changer and tool magazine.
02
2.2 ----------------------------------------------------------- 12 Marks
26
• CNC programming: Preparatory functions (G code), 04
miscellaneous functions (M code), Part programming
including subroutines and canned cycles.
• Specific programming examples like simple curvilinear 02
milling, use of sub-routine, use of canned cycle
2.3 ------------------------------------------------------------- 04 Marks
• Principles of computer aided part programming. 02
Machine Tool Automation:
3.1 Introduction and Need. ------------------------------- 04 Marks 01
3.2 ------------------------------------------------------------- 08 Marks 02
• Single spindle automates, transfer lines. 04
03 • Elements of control system, Limit switches, Proximity
switches, Block diagram for feedback and servo control 18
system, 02
3.3 ----------------------------------------------------------- 06 Marks
• Introduction to PLC, Block diagram of PLC.

Special Purpose Machines (SPM)

Concept, General elements of SPM, elementary SPM machines
04 like Turret and Capstan lathe 03 08
Principles of SPM design, Productivity improvement by using
SPM
Maintenance of Machine Tools:
• Need and importance of maintenance activity
• Types of maintenance.
05 • Basic maintenance practices for simple machine element,
08 18
viz Bearing, Coupling, Shaft and pulley etc.
• Repair cycle analysis, Repair complexity, Maintenance
manual, Maintenance records, Housekeeping.
• Introduction to Total Productive Maintenance (TPM).
Total 48 100
Practical:
1) To select an appropriate non conventional machining process for required component.

2) To write programs for CNC milling machine.
3) To specify the requirement for special purpose machines and automation.
4) To select the maintenance procedure for given machine tool.
Motor Skills:
1) To execute part programs on CNC milling machine / machining center.

2) To repair and maintain machine tools and sub systems.
3) To use and operate different hand tools required for repair and maintenance.
4) To identify and rectify the faults in the given sub assembly.
Notes:
1. The workshop instructors should prepare specimen job in each shop as demonstration
practice before the student (as per the drawing given by subject teacher / workshop
superintendent)
2. Theory behind practical is to be covered by the concerned subject teacher / workshop
superintendent.
3. Workshop diary should be maintained by each student duly signed by respective
shop instructors

List of Practical:
1) Two jobs on CNC milling having following operations – face milling, slotting, Contour
machining. (Group of two students , each group must use different program for
different job dimensions )
2) One assignment on part programming on machining center.
3) One assignment on machine tool installation procedure.
4) Industrial visit to observe automats and report on the tools, fixtures and cams used on
automats.
5) Industrial visit to observe at least one non traditional machining process and report on
visit.
6) Dismantling and Assembly of any one – a) Tailstock on lathe b) Apron Mechanism.
c) Tapping attachment on drilling machine. d) Lathe Chuck
7) Report on mounting and dismounting procedure of following (any two) – a) Milling
machine arbor. b) Vertical milling head. c) Tool post
8) One assignment on USM, CHM, EBM, AJM, WJM, PAM.
Learning Resources:
Books:

Amitabh Ghosh ,
01 Manufacturing Science East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.
Mallik
02 HMT, Banglore Production Technology Tata Mc-Graw Hill
Pabla B. S. New Age international

03 CNC machines
M. Adithan limited.
04 H.P.Garg Industrial maintenance S. Chand & Co. Ltd.

Non conventional
05 P. K. Mistra Narvasa Publishining House
Machining
Maintenance Engg.
06 Lindley R. Higgins Mc-Graw Hill
Handbook
07 Begman, Amsted Manufacturing Processes John Willey and Sons.
Fundamental of metal New age international
08 B. L. Juneja
cutting and machine tools limited.
Steve Krar, Technology of Machine
09 Mc-Graw-Hill International.
Albert Check Tools.
CAD/CAM Principals
10 P. N. Rao Tata McGrow-Hill
and Applications
Manufacruting
11 P. N. Rao Technology Metal Tata McGrow-Hill
Cutting & Machne tools


SEMESTER : FIFTH FOR ME AND SIXTH FOR MH/MI
SUBJECT TITLE : POWER ENGINEERING

PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175
NOTE:
Rationale:
I.C. Engines find applications in almost all sectors of industry and in automobiles.
Diploma technicians deal with working, testing and maintenance of I.C. Engines. I.C. Engines
are one of the major contributors of air pollution. Hence I.C. Engine pollution control plays a
vital role in protecting the environment. Use of air compressors is increasing. There is large
scope for energy saving in air compressors. Hence it is necessary to understand thermodynamic
aspect of air compressor. Gas turbine is used for power generation and for jet propulsion.
Diploma engineer should understand the fundamentals of refrigeration and air- conditioning as
there is scope for entrepreneurship in this field.
Objectives:
The Students should be able to:
1. Understand Power cycles & Represent on P-V & T_S diagram.
2. Describe internal combustion engine.
3. Calculate various performance characteristics of IC Engines by conducting trial.
4. Understand working of gas turbines and its application.
5. Select appropriate type of compressor to suit the requirements.
6. Calculate performance parameters of Air compressor.
7. Understand Refrigeration & Air-conditioning processes and their application

Learning Structure:
Understand, analyze and apply various aspects of Power Engineering in practical

Application
application area in relation with construction and working of IC engine, gas turbine,
air compressor, refrigeration and air conditioning.
Construction, assembly, dismantling, fault

Procedure finding & troubleshooting and analysis of Engine testing, combustion,
IC engine, working of turbine, boiler, propulsion
condenser, cooling tower
Laws of conservation of energy C.O.P.

Laws of thermodynamics. Steady flow energy equation
Principles Continuity equation Boyle’s and Charles law
Valve timing diagram Avogadro’s law, psychometry,
Dalton’s Law Refrigeration
Process, strokes, stages, heat transfer, C.O.P Enthalpy, power,

Concepts pressure drop, positive displacement, Entropy, Cycles, Internal
enthalpy drop, humidity energy, Efficiency, work
Facts I.C. Engine, gas turbine, Air compressor, Refrigerator and air conditioner, Jet
propulsion

Contents: Theory

I.C. Engine
1.1 Power Cycles - Carnot, Otto, Diesel, Dual, Brayton
Cycle, representation on P-V, T-S diagram and Simple
numerical on Otto cycle &diesel cycle.
1.2 Classification of I.C. Engines
1.3 Two stroke and four stroke Engines
01 12 20
Construction and working, comparison, valve timing
Diagram, Turning moment diagram
1.4 Brief description of I.C. Engine combustion (SI & CI),
scavenging, preignition, detonation, supercharging, turbo
charging, simple Carburetor, M.P.F.I., fuel injection pump
1.5 List of fuel, lubricant additives and their advantages.
I.C. Engine Testing and Pollution Control
2.1 Engine terminology: Stroke, bore, piston speed, mep,
compression & cut-off ratio etc. Engine Testing - I.P., B.P.
Mechanical, Thermal relative and volumetric efficiency,
BSFC, Heat Balance sheet. Morse Test, Motoring test
2.2 List of fuel, lubricant additives and their advantages.
02 14 24
Pollution Control
- Pollutants in exhaust gases of petrol and diesel
engines, their effects on environment, exhaust gas analysis
for petrol and diesel engine, Catalytic Converter, Bharat
stage I, II, III norms.
AIR COMPRESSER
3.1 - Introduction
- Classification of air compressors
- Definition: - Pressure ratio
- Compressor capacity
- Free Air Delivered
- Swept volume
- Uses of compressed air
- Single stage, multi stage, single acting, double acting
3.2 Reciprocating air compressor
- Construction and working of single stage and two stage
03 compressor 12 20
- Efficiency: - Volumetric , Isothermal & Mechanical
(Only simple numerical)
- Advantages of multi staging.
3.3 Rotary Compressor
- Construction and working of screw, lobe, vane,
centrifugal compressors &Axial flow compressor (No
numerical)
- Comparison and applications of reciprocating and rotary
compressors
- Purification of air to remove oil, moisture and dust
3.4 Methods of energy saving in air compressors.

Gas Turbine And Jet Propulsion

4.1 Classification and applications of gas turbine.
4.2 Constant volume and constant pressure gas turbines.
- Closed cycle and open cycle gas turbines and their
comparison.
4.3 Methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine-
Regeneration, inter- cooling, reheating using T- Ø
04 12 16
diagram (no analytical treatment)
4.4 Jet Propulsion
- Principles of turbojet, turbo propeller, Ram jet.
4.5 Rocket propulsion
- Solid propellants,solid propellant rocket and liquid
propellants, components of liquid propellants, liquid
propellant rocket.
Refrigeration and Air- Conditioning
5.1 Introduction
- reversed carnot cycle, Bell coleman cycle
- COP of Heat Pump and refrigerator, Tonnes of
Refrigeration.
5.2 Vapour compression system
- Vapour compression refrigeration cycle(Simple
numerical)
Basic components of Vapour Compression Cycle, their
function and location. Simple vapour absorption
05 refrigeration system.
14 20
Applications- Water cooler
Domestic refrigerator, Ice plant & cold storage.
5.3 Psychrometry
- Psychrometric Properties of air,Dalton’s law of partial
pressure psychrometric chart & processes (No simple
numerical)
5.4 Air conditioning systems
- Definition of Air conditioning and classification of
Air conditioning Systems.(Elementry treatment)
Application- Window air conditioner.
Total 64 100
Practical:
1. Identify components of IC Engines.
2. Understand working principals of IC Engines, Compressors and refrigeration systems.
3. Analyse exhaust gases and interpret the results.
4. Use internet for information search.
5. Interpret the test results.
6. Select tools and gauges for inspection and maintenance.
Motor skills:
Assemble and dismantle engine according to given procedure.
1. Follow the procedure to start an engine.

2. Operate IC Engine test rig, refrigeration test rig for measuring various parameters and
plotting them.
3. Operate exhaust gas analyzer for measuring pollutants.
List of Practical:
1. Dismantling assembly of petrol/diesel engine
2. Trial on single/multicylinder petrol or diesel engine with heat balance sheet
3. Morse Test on Multicylinder Diesel/Petrol engine
4. Measurement of I.C. pollutants with the help of Exhaust gas Analyzer for petrol / diesel
engine with the help of Exhaust gas
5. Trial on two-stage Reciprocating compressor
6. Collection and analysis of manufacturer’s catalogue for Reciprocating/Screw
compressor
7. Visit website- http://library.think.quest.org
http://www.grc.nasa.goe
and prepare a brief report on gas turbine and jet propulsion.
8. Trial on Refrigeration Test Rig for calculation of C.O.P, power required, refrigerating
effect.
9. Identify the components and trace the flow of refrigerant through various components
in window air conditioner.
Learning Resources:
Books:

Course in Thermal
01 V. M. Domkundwar Dhanpat Rai & Co
Engineering.
02 P.L.Ballaney Thermal Engineering. Khanna Publishers
Text Book of Thermal
03 R.S.Khurmi S.Chand & Co. Ltd
Engineering.
04 Patel. Karamchandani Heat Engine Vol.-I ,II,III. Acharya Publication
05 R. k. Jain Automobile Engineering. Tata McGraw Hill
06 V.Ganeshan I.C Engines.. Tata Mc-Grawhill

COURSE NAME : Mechanical and Production Engineering / Production Technology

COURSE CODE : ME/PT/PG/MH/MI
SEMESTER : FIFTH FOR ME/PG/PT AND SIXTH FOR MH/MI
SUBJECT TITLE : MEASUREMENTS AND CONTROL
Teaching and Examination Scheme

PAPER
TH TU PR TH PR 0R TW TOTAL
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
entered in marksheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
The art of measurement plays an important role in all branches of engineering. With
advances in technology, measurement techniques have also taken rapid strides, with many
types of instrumentation devices, innovations, refinements. The course aims at making a
Mechanical Engineering student familiar with the principles of instrumentation, transducers &
measurement of non electrical parameters like temperature, pressure, flow, speed, force and
stress.
Objectives:
1. Understand the principle of operation of an instrument.
2. Appreciate the concept of calibration of an instrument.
3. Select Suitable measuring device for a particular application.
4. Distinguish between various types of errors.

Learning Structure:
Measure various parameters/quantities associated with

Application the practical situations by selecting proper &
instruments and take corrective actions for deviations
Analyse, select & use various measuring systems &

Procedures instruments for measurement of temperature, pressure,
flow, displacement, force, sound, humidity etc. in
practical situation.
Pascal’s law, Flow measurement, Law of Elasticity,

Hooke’s law, Equilibrium of forces, Seebeck effect, Laws
Principles of sound, Mechanical lever principle, Electromagnetic
induction, Eddy current
Force, pressure, Flow, temperature, power, speed,

Concepts torque, resistance, inductance Magnetic flux, humidity,
Liquid levels, stress, conductance, capacitance
Gauges, Turbine meters, Anemometer, Thermometers,

Thermistor, Flow meter, Thermocouple, Pyrometer,
Facts
LVDT, RVDT, Dynamometers, Tachometers,
Hygrometers, Probes, Microphones Etc.

Contents: Theory

• Significance of measurement, types of measurement,
classification of instruments
• Static terms and characteristics- Range and Span,
Accuracy and Precision, Reliability, Calibration,
Hysterisis and Dead zone, Drift, Sensitivity, Threshold
and Resolution, Repeatability and Reproducibility,
Linearity.
• Dynamic characteristics- Speed of response, Fidelity and
01 Dynamic errors, Overshoot. 10 22
• Measurement of error- Classification of errors,
environmental errors, signal transmission errors,
observation errors, operational errors.
• Transducers : Classification of transducers, active and
passive, resistive, inductive, capacitive, piezo-resistive,
thermo resistive
Note: Simple numericals on above topics

Control systems:
• Block diagram of automatic control system, closed loop
system, open loop system, feed back control system,
feed forward control system, servomotor mechanism,
• Comparison of hydraulic, pneumatic, electronic control
systems,
02 08 18
• Proportional control action, integral control action,
derivative control action, PID control action.
• Applications of measurements and control for setup for
boilers, air conditioners, motorspeed control
Note: No numericals on above topics.

03 Displacement measurement:
Capacitive transducer, Potentiometer, LVDT, RVDT,
Specification, selection & application of displacement 04 04
transducer.
Temperature measurements:
• Non-electrical methods- bimetal and liquid in glass
thermometer, pressure thermometer
• Electrical methods- RTD, platinum resistance
thermometer, thermistor, Thermoelectric methods -
04 elements of thermocouple, law of intermediate 06 16
temperature, law of intermediate metals, thermo emf
measurement.
• Quartz thermometer,
• Pyrometers- radiation and optical

Flow measurements:
• Variable head flow meters-Venturi, Flow nozzle, Orifice
plate, Pitot tube
• Variable area meter-Rota meter
05 • Variable velocity meter-Anemometer 04 08
• Special flow meter- Hot wire anemometer,
Electromagnetic flow meter, Ultrasonic flow meter
Note: Simple numericals on above topics.

Miscellaneous Measurement: 06 12
6.1
• Acoustics measurement- Sound characteristics –
intensity, frequency, pressure, power – sound level
meter, piezoelectric crystal type.
• Humidity measurement –Hair hygrometer, Sling
psychrometer, Recording psychrometer
• Liquid level measurement – direct and indirect methods
6.2 10 20
• Force & Shaft power measurement -Tool Dynamometer
(Mechanical Type), Eddy Current Dynamometer, Strain
Gauge Transmission Dynamometer.
06 • Speed measurement -Eddy current generation type
tachometer, incremental and absolute type, Mechanical
Tachometers, Revolution counter & timer, Slipping
Clutch Tachometer, Electrical Tachometers, Eddy
current Drag Cup Tachometer, Magneticand
photoelectric pulse counting methods, Contact less
Electrical tachometer, Inductive Pick Up, Capacitive
Pick Up, Stroboscope
• Strain Measurement-Stress-strain relation, types of
strain gauges, strain gauge materials, resistance strain
gauge- bonded and unbounded, types(foil,
semiconductor, wire wound gauges), selection and
installation of strain gauges load cells, rosettes.
Note: Simple numericals on above topics.

Total 48 100
Practical:
1. Analyse the result of calibration of thermister
2. Interpret calibration curve of a rotameter
3. Evaluate the stress induces in a strain gauge
4. Verify the characteristics of photo transister and photo diode

Motor Skills:
1. Test and calibration of a thermocouple
2. Handle various instruments
3. Draw the calibration curves of rotameter and thermister
4. Measure various parameters using instruments
List of Practical:
1. Measurement of strain by using a basic strain gauge and hence verify the stress
induced.
2. Speed Measurement by using Stroboscope / Magnetic / Inductive Pick Up.
3. Measurement of flow by using rotameter.
4. Displacement measurement by inductive transducer.
5. Temperature control using Thermal Reed switch & Bimetal switch.
6. Temperature calibration by using Thermocouple.
7. Determination of negative temperature coefficient and calibration of a thermister.
8. Measurement of force & weight by using a load cell.
9. Liquid Level Measurement by using Capacitive Transducer system.
10. Verify characteristics of photo transducer & photo diode.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
Mechanical Measurements Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New
01 A.K.Sawhney
& Instrumentation Delhi.
Mechanical Measurement & Everest Publishing House,
02 R.V. Jalgaonkar
Control Pune
Mechanical Measurements Metropolitan Publications,
03 D.S.Kumar
& Control New Delhi
Instrumentation Devices &
04 C.S. Narang Tata McGraw Hill Publications
Systems
Mechanical & Industrial Khanna Publications, New
05 R.K.Jain
Measurements Delhi
B.C.Nakra and Instrumentation,
06 Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication
K.K.Chaudhry Measurement and Analysis

COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL AND PRODUCTION ENGINEERING / PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE : ME/PT/PG/MH/MI
SEMESTER : FIFTH FOR ME / PG / PT AND SIXTH FOR MH/MI
SUBJECT TITLE : METROLOGY & QUALITY CONTROL

PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175
NOTE:
Rationale:
The mechanical Engineering technician often come across measuring different
parameters of machined components and the appropriate fittment of interchangeable
components in the assemblies. For the above purpose he/she is also required to analyze the
quantitative determination of physical magnitude and ensure the control of quality.
During previous semesters different systems of measurement and their units etc have
been introduced in the subject, basic physics. The different methods and instruments which can
be used for linear and angular measurements, geometrical parameters (like surface finish,
Squareness, Parallelism, Roundness etc ..) and the use of gauges and system of limits, Fits,
Tolerances etc. are often required to be dealt in detail by diploma technician on the shop floor.
He/she is also required to analyze, Interpret and present the data collected, graphically &
statistically for ensuring the quality.
The knowledge of the subject also forms the basis for the design of mechanical
measurements systems, design & drawing of mechanical components.
Objectives: Students will be able to:

1. Define accuracy, precision, calibration, sensitivity, repeatability and such relevant
terms in metrology.
2. Select appropriate instrument/s for specific measurement.
3. Analyze and interpret the data obtained from the different measurements processes and
present it in the graphical form, statistical form.
4. Construct and draw the control charts.
5. Understand ISo certification procedure and quality system.

Learning Structure:
To select & use different measuring instruments to measure the

Application qualitative & quantitative characteristics of different machined
Components. Statistically analyze the data. Decide action to be
taken for controlling the quality.
Understand ISo quality standard systems.
Measurement of different parameters ISo certification procedure,

of machined components, Use & Frequency distribution,
handling of different measuring Control chart plotting, Process
Procedures instruments , Procedure of capability determination,
. comparing instrument with Sampling inspection
standards. Selection of appropriate procedure, Economics of
instruments on criterion for specific quality
measurement.
Principle of least count, Gauge design,

optical Interferometry, Principle of Statistical Analysis,
Principles Surface topography, Principle of Quality Assurance,
Linear/Angular Measurement, Quality Maintenance
threads/Gear measurement
Precision, Accuracy, Repeatability,

Sensitivity, Standards of Cost of quality, Value of Quality,
Concepts
Measurement, Calibration & Quality characteristics,
Traceability, Reliability, error Measurement of quality,
analysis Controlling quality, Vendor
Rating, Histograms, Basic
statistics, Frequency Normal
Distribution curve, Control charts,
Steel Rule, Vernier Scale
Facts instruments, Micrometers, Slip
gauges, Angle gauges, Sine bar, Go-
No-Go gauges, Comparators, optical Machined components,
measuring instruments, Geometrical Industrial data, Production
Pararmeter testing instruments….. machines with capability of
producing components in
different accuracy zones.

Contents: Theory

Introduction to metrology
1.1 Metrology Basics 03
Definition of metrology, Categories of metrology,
Scientific metrology, Industrial metrology, Legal
metrology, Need of inspection, Revision of ( no
questions be set) - Precision, Accuracy, Sensitivity,
Readability, Calibration, Traceability, Reproducibility,
Sources of errors, Factors affecting accuracy, Selection
of instrument, Precautions while using an instruments
for getting higher precision and accuracy.
[ 06 M ]
06
1.2 Standards and Comparators
Definition and introduction to line standard, end
standard, Wavelength standard, Slip gauge and its
accessories, Length bars.
Definition, Requirement of good comparator,
01 Classification, use of comparators, Working principle of
30
comparators, Dial indicator, Sigma comparator,
Pneumatic comparator, Electrical, Electronic, Relative
advantages and disadvantages. [ 08 M ]
05
1.3 Limits, Fits ,Tolerances and Gauges
Concept of Limits, Fits, And Tolerances, Selective
Assembly, Interchangeability, Hole And Shaft Basis
System, Taylor’s Principle, Design of Plug, Ring
Gauges, IS919-1993 (Limits, Fits & Tolerances, Gauges
IS 3477-1973, concept of multi gauging and inspection. 03
[ 08 M ]
1.4 Angular Measurement
Concept, Instruments For Angular, Measurements,
Working And Use of Universal Bevel Protractor, Sine
Bar, Spirit Level, Principle of Working of Clinometers,
Angle Gauges (With Numerical on Setting of Angle
Gauges). [ 08 M ]
Threads and Gear Metrology
2.1 Screw thread Measurements
ISO grade and fits of thread, Errors in threads, Pitch 03
errors, Measurement of different elements such as major
diameter, minor diameter, effective diameter, pitch , Two
wire method, Thread gauge micrometer, Working
principle of floating carriage dial micrometer. [ 06 M ]
02 10
2.2 Gear Measurement and Testing
Analytical and functional inspection, Rolling test,
Measurement of tooth thickness (constant chord 03
method), gear tooth vernier, Errors in gears such as
backlash, runout, composite. [ 04 M ]

05
Testing Techniques
3.1 Measurement of surface finish
Primary and secondary texture, Sampling length, Lay,
terminology as per IS 3073- 1967, direction of lay,
Sources of lay and its significance, CLA, Ra, RMS, Rz
03 values and their interpretation, Symbol for designating 16
surface finish on drawing, Various techniques of
qualitative analysis, [ 08 M ]
06
3.2 Machine tool testing
Parallelism, Straightness, Squareness, Coaxiallity,
roundness, run out, alignment testing of machine tools
as per IS standard procedure. [ 08 M ]
Quality Control 04
4.1) Quality : Definitions, meaning of quality of product &
services, Quality characteristics, Quality of design,
Quality of conformance, Quality of performance,
Concept of reliability, Cost, Quantity assurance, Cost of
rework & repair, Quality & Inspection, Inspection
stages. [ 04 M ]
4.2) Total Quality Management : 04
• Principles and concept of total quantity management.
04
• Quality Audit: Concept of audit practices, lead assessor
20
certification.
• Six sigma: Statistical meaning, methodology of system
Improvement , [ 08 M ]
4.3) ISO 9000 Series & other standards 04
Concept, ISO 9000 series quality standards, QS14000,
Standards in general, Its evaluation & Implications,
necessity of ISO certification, other Quality systems.
[ 08 M ]
Elementry Statistics & it’s application in quality control 12
5.1 Statistical Quality Control – Meaning and importance of
SQC, Variable and attribute Measurement. control charts –
inherent and assignable sources of variation, control charts for
variables – X & R charts, control charts for attributes p, np, C,
U - charts, process capability of machine, determination of
05 24
statistical limits, different possibilities,
Rejection area, Statistically capable and incapable processes,
[ 16 M ]
5.2Acceptance Sampling – Concept, Comparison with 100% 06
inspection, Different types of sampling plans, with merits and
demerits. [ 08 M ]
Total 64 100

Practical:
1. To understand principle, working of various measuring instruments.
2. Selection of proper instruments for measurement.
3. Calculation of least count of instrument.
4. Take reading using the instrument
5. Interpret the observation and results
6. Collection and recording of data
7. Analysis of data.
Motor Skills:
1. Setting the instruments for zero error adjustment.
2. Proper alignment of the instrument with work piece
3. Handling of instruments
4. Care and maintenance of instruments.
5. Measure the dimensions form the instruments.
6. Calibration and traceability of the instruments
7. Graphical representation of data.
Notes:
1. The practical shall be conducted by the subject teacher, by taking actual measurements
of different parameters on the jobs prepared by earlier batches in workshop practice or
actual measurement of component dimension.
2. The data collected from the practical of basic measuring instruments may be used for
experiments of SQC.
3. During practical examination student should measure at least five parameters by using
two to three different measuring instruments and evaluation of practical be done
considering
(a) Selection of appropriate measuring instrument by the examinee.

(b) Computation of Least count of instrument used.
(c) Correctness of measurements of the measurand.

List of Practical:
1. Standard use of basic measuring instruments. Surface plate, v-block, sprit level,
combination set, filler gauge, screw pitch gauge, radius gauge, vernier caliper,
micrometer and slip gauges to measure dimension of given jobs.
2. To find unknown angle of component using sine bar and slip gauges.
3. Study and use of optical flat for flatness testing.
4. Measurement of screw thread elements by using screw thread micrometer, screw pitch
gauge.
5. Study and use of dial indicator as a mechanical comparator for run out measurement,
roundness comparison.
6. Measurement of gear tooth elements by using gear tooth vernier caliper and
verification of gear tooth profile using profile projector,.
7. Testing of machine / machine tool for flatness, parallelism, perpendicularity by Dial
indicator.
8. Draw the frequency histogram, frequency polygon for given samples (min 5o readings)
and find mean, mode, median.
9. To draw the normal distribution curve and find standard deviation, variance, range.
10. To draw and interpret the control limit for variable measurement (X – bar and R -
chart).
Learning Resources:
1. Books :
Sr.
Author Title Publisher and Address
No.
1 R. K. Jain Engineering metrology Khanna Publisher, Delhi.
J.F.W. Galyer and C.
2 Metrology for Engineers ELBS
R. Shotbolt
3 K. J. Hume Engineering Metrology Kalyani publishers
A text book of Engineering
4 I.C. Gupta Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
metrology
M. Adithan and R.
5 Metrology Lab. Manual T.T.T.I. Chandigarh.
Bahn
6 M. Mahajan Statistical Quality Control Dhanpat Rai and Sons ,
7 T.T.T.I. Chennai Quality control Tata McGraw Hill,
8 Juran U.M. and Gryna Quality planning and analysis Tata McGraw Hill,
National productivity
9 Inspection and quality control N.P.C., New Delhi.
council
10 N. Logothetis Managing for Total Quality Prentice – Hall, Delhi.
11 Lauth Alwan Statistical Process analysis Tata McGraw Hill.
2. IS/ International Codes :

IS 919 – 1993 Recommendation for limits, fits and tolerances
IS 2029 – 1962 Dial gauges.

IS 2103 – 1972 Engineering Square

IS 2909 – 1964 Guide for selection of fits.
IS 2921 – 1964 Vernier height gauges
IS 2949 – 1964 V Block.
IS 2984 – 1966 Slip gauges.
IS 3139 – 1966 Dimensions for screw threads.
IS 3179 – 1965 Feeler gauges.
IS 3455 – 1966 Tolerances for plain limit gauges.
IS 3477 – 1973 Snap gauges.
IS 6137 – 1971 Plain plug gauges.
IS 3651 – 1976 Vernier Caliper
IS 4218 - Isometric screw threads
IS 4440 – 1967 Slip gauges accessories
IS 5359 – 1969 Sine bars
IS 5402 – 1970 Principle and applications of sine bars
IS 5939 – 1970 Sine angles, sine tables.


COURSE CODE : ME/MH/MI
SUBJECT TITLE : TOOL ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE-I)
Teaching & Examination scheme:

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Rationale:
This subject is classified as technology subject offered as elective subject. It is
intended to impart, concepts, principles & procedures of tool engineering to the
students so that they can understand the procedure of tool design to achieve highest
productivity and perform duties as a technician in tool room, shop floor, quality control
& assist tool Engineer in design of tools and production processes. They can also work
as supervisor in plastic molding shop & as a sales engineer in tooling industry.
Objective:
The students will be able to:

1) Select cutting tools and its material using data book and manufacturer’s
catalogue.
2) Estimate tool wear and tool life.
3) Use press tools and dies effectively.
4) Design strip layout for given component.
5) Decide appropriate cutting fluid for machining process improvement.

Learning Structure:
To select tool material, tool geometry, tool size, tool type as per the selected
Applications manufacturing process. estimate tool life, tool failure. Select appropriate
cutting fluid. Select chip breaker.
To calculate the machining constant. To select best suitable geometry.

Procedures To select tool material for given job. To estimate tool life.
To decide tool , tool size for process
selected and machine to be used.
Principals Mechanics of tool cutting, Shear Tool life estimation theory.

energy, shear strain, Merchant’s
theory
Machinabilty, shear plane, shear Tool geometry, tool wear, surface

angle, cutting ratio, shear strain, finish, geometric tolerances,
Concepts tolerances, errors in tools and in
cutting forces, temperature in metal
cutting, coefficient of friction, cutting production of component.
conditions.
cutting tool, cutting tool materials, orthogonal cutting, oblique cutting, drills,
Facts deep hole drills, reamers, turning tools, milling cutters, broaches, gear
hobbing, gear shaping cutters.

Contents: Theory

Metal Cutting
1.1 Mechanics of Metal cutting: requirements of tools, cutting
forces – types of chips, chip thickness ratio, shear angle –
simple numericals only, types of metal cutting process –
orthogonal, oblique and form cutting.
Cutting fluids – types, characteristics and applications.
Tool wear, Types of wear, Tool life - Tool life equations.
01 20 38
Machinability – definition, factors affecting machinability,
machinability index. [ Hours: 12, marks :18]
1.2 Tool materials: Types, characteristics, applications. Heat
treatment of tool steels, Specification of carbide tips, Types of
ceramic coatings. [ Hours: 05, marks :12]
1.3 Cutting Tool Geometry: Single point cutting tool, drills,
reamers, milling cutters. [ Hours:03 , marks :08]
Press Tools
2.1 Presses: Types, Specification, Press operations, Types of

dies and construction: Simple Die, Compound Die, Progressive
Die, Combination Die.
Punch & die mountings, pilots, strippers, misfeed detectors,
Pressure Pads, Knock outs, stock guide, Feed-Stop, guide bush,
guide pins. [ Hours:08, marks :18]
2.2 Die Design Fundamentals: Die Operations- blanking,
piercing, shearing, cropping, notching, lancing, coining,
embossing, stamping, curling, drawing, bending, forming.
02 24 54
Die set, Die shoe, Die area, Calculation of clearances on die and
punch for blanking and piercing dies, Strip layout, Calculation of
material utilization factor. .[ Hours: 08, marks :18]
2.3 Forming Dies: Bending: methods, Bending Dies, bend

allowance, spring back, spanking, bending pressure, pressure
pads, development of blank length.
Drawing: operations, Metal flow during drawing.
Calculation of Drawing blank size, variables affecting metal
flow during drawing, single action and double action dies,
combination dies. [ Hours: 08, marks :18]
Fundamentals of Other Tools
Constructional features of - Pressure Die casting dies, metal
03 04 08
extrusion dies, injection moulding dies, forging dies, plastic
extrusion dies.
Total 48 100

Practical:
• To understand & differentiate types of presses & press operation.

• To understand types of dies & their working principles.
• To select suitable strip layout for a given work piece.
• To calculate blank length & blank diameter of a given work piece.
• To understand tool angles of various cutting tools & their importance.
• To select suitable punch, pilot & stripper for a given application
• To calculate cutting force & shear angle.
Motor Skills:
• To draw strip layout & other figures
• To draw different types of dies.
• To draw types of cutting tools showing various angles.
• To design & draw drawing die for a given component.
List of Practical:
1. Report on Visit to press shop for study of presses.
2. Sketches of Combination Die, Progressive Die, Compound die, Inverted Die, Drawing
Die, Bending Die.
3. Drawing of strip layout of simple component (Different component for every student),
and calculation of material utilization factor.
4. Sketches of Injection Moulding die, Pressure die-casting die, forging die.
5. Two assignments on calculation of Cutting forces and shear angle based on Merchant’s
circle.
6. One assignment each on development of blank length for bending operation and single
stroke drawing operation.
7. One assignment on designation of carbide tools.
8. Sketches of different types of cutting tools showing details of tool angles.
9. One assignment on types of Punches and pilots, strippers
10. Design of blanking die – Drawing sheets showing assembly & details.
Learning Resources:
Books:
01 Donaldson Anglin Tool Design Tata Mc Graw Hill
A Text Book OF Production
02 P. C. Sharma S Chand & Co.
Engineering
03 H. M. T. Production Technology Tata Mc Graw Hill
04 R. K. Jain Production Technology Khanna Publishers
05 A.S.T.M.E. Fundamental of tool design. Prentice-Hall of India.
Introduction to Jig and Tool
06 M.H.A. Kempster Viva publ.
Design
07 P. H. Joshi Jigs and Fixtures Tata Mc Graw Hill
08 P. H. Joshi Press Tools Tata Mc Graw Hill


SUBJECT TITLE : AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE – I)

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Notes: No numerical should be asked in exams.
Rationale:
Automobile engineering, a technology subject, has applications of various subjects

taught earlier. All the major global players in Automobile sector have launched their product in
India. Automotive sector has major employment potential for diploma holders. Automobile
servicing in particular offers good job opportunities at village, town & city level.
This course in Automobile Engineering will make student understand & apply the knowledge
about various system, subsystems & their inter-relationships.
Objective:
1. Know automotive market in India.

2. Identify various automotive systems & subsystems.
3. Explain working & construction of various automotive systems & subsystems.
4. Carry out preventive maintenance & performance testing of vehicle.

Learning Structure:
Application Apply knowledge of various systems of Automobiles in view of

handling servicing & its performance testing.
• Working & construction & function of vehicle systems &

subsystems.
• Assembly & dismantling of subsystems & system (e.g. gearbox,
Procedure engine, electrical body etc)
• Vehicle servicing/preventive maintenance procedure
Principles
• Construction & working of systems & subsystems of vehicle.
• Identification of subsystem details.

• System/subsystem co relation with vehicle performance
Concepts parameters. Power, Speed, Torque, vehicle layout, cooling
lubrication, power loss in friction Wight transfer
• Manufacturers & models of vehicles in India.

• Basic elements (subsystems) of vehicle.
Facts Frame, chassis, engine, gearbox ,clutch, propeller shaft,
differential, battery starter, generator, alternator, front axle
suspension, steering , brakes

Contents: Theory

Introduction of Automobile
• Classification of automobiles
• Vehicle layout & types
01 • Body construction - Types & Nomenclature of car body. 06 12
Introduction to aerodynamic body shapes
• Automobile market in India of “on road vehicles”, major
manufacturers, their products & their collaborations.
Automobile Transmission
• Clutch- necessity, construction & working of coil spring
& diaphragm spring type clutch.
• Gear Box- tractive effort and tractive resistance, types of
G.B construction & working of constant mesh G.B., &
02 12 24
synchromesh G.B., Epicyclic G.B., Torque converter,
Overdrive, Transfer case
• Final drive- necessity, construction & working of
propeller shaft & differential.
• Axle- Type of rear axles, & their applications.
Control Systems
• Steering system- Requirement of steering system. Types of
front axles. Construction and working of steering linkage.
Steering gear box- construction & working of rack and
pinion & re-circulating ball type gearbox. Introduction to
03 08 18
Power steering, Steering geometry- camber, caster, toe-in,
toe-out, Kingpin inclination & their effects.
• Brake system- construction & working of mechanical,
hydraulic & Pneumatic brakes. Comparison of disc & drum
brake.
Suspension systems, wheels & Tyres
• Necessity & classification of suspension system.
• Working & construction of Leaf spring, rigid axle
suspension.
• Introduction to air suspension
• Construction & working of McPherson & wishbone,
trailing link suspensions.
• Construction & working of telescopic shock absorbers.
04 08 16
• Construction & working of spoked wheel, disc wheel &
light alloy cast wheel.
• Types of rims, their construction & working.
• Construction, working & comparison of radial, cross-ply
and tubed, tubeless tyre & tyre specifications
• Factors affecting tyre life
• Wheel Alignment and Balancing

Automobile Electrical Systems & Body

5.1
• Battery- working, construction & rating of battery.
• Ignition system- construction & working of battery,
magneto, electronic and CDI ignition system.
• Starting system- construction & working of starting motor,
Starter drives- bendix and overrunning clutch.
• Charging system- construction & working of alternator
05 (16) 14 30
5.2
• Wiring system-harnessing & colour codes.
• Lighting system-head light, tail light, indicator light &
their circuits.
• Gauges- construction & working of Fuel level gauge, oil
gauge and water temperature gauge.
• Use of microprocessor in automobile control systems
(14)
Total 48 100
Practical:
1. Select tools and equipments
2. Find fault of battery and charging system
3. Identify component and system
4. Use service manual for information search
5. Compare conventional fuels with LPG and CNG fuels for automobiles
6. Observe various components and systems like transmission, braking and charging
Motor Skills:
1. Understand proper handling of tools, equipments
2. Adopt the recommended procedures of maintenance, testing – as mentioned in service
manual
3. Handle components of CNG and LPG kit
List of Practical:
Carrying out preventative maintenance of four wheeler as per manufacturers

1
specifications.
Carrying out preventative maintenance of two wheeler as per manufacturers
2
specifications.
3 Demonstration of single plate coil spring & diaphragm spring type clutch.
4 Demonstration of synchromesh gearbox.
5 Demonstration of differential.
6 Demonstration of rack & pinion steering gearbox.
7 Demonstration of rigid axle suspension.

8 Demonstration of hydraulic brake system

9 Testing of battery and charging system.
10 Study of LPG / CNG kit retrofitting.
11 Visit to four- wheeler service station & any automobile manufacturing unit.
Mini project :- Student will prepare a project report & present a seminar
Title:- Automotive market In India.
Collect following information.
a) Top 10 Car/MUV/2W/Heavy vehicle Manufacturers in India & their sale in last 2
Years.
12
b) Top 5 models of Car/MUV/2W/Heavy vehicle Manufacturers in India.
c) New models launched in last 3 years of Car/MUV/2W/Heavy vehicle. Survey
modern features in these vehicle.
d) Proposed launches in next two years in Car/MUV/2W/Heavy vehicle. Survey modern
features in these vehicle .
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
K. K. Jain and R.B.
01 Automobile Engineering Tata Mcgraw hill
Asthana
02 William Crouse Automobile Mechanics Tata Mcgraw hill
03 SRINIVASAN Automobile Mechanics Tata Mcgraw hill
04 H.M.Sethi Automotive Technology Tata Mcgraw hill
05 G.B.S. Narang Automobile Engineering Khanna Publication
06 Harold T. Glenn Auto Mechanics Bennett & Mckknight
Automobile Engineering Vol. I
07 Kirpal Singh Standard Publication
and Vol. II
08 Joseph Hitner Automotive Mechanics --
Website: www.auto.howstuffworks.com
C. D.
• C. D. Prepared By MSBTE under its CAI Package Program.
• C. D. on various Topics of Automobile Engineering By SAE.


SUBJECT TITLE : POWER PLANT ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE-I)
Teaching & Examination scheme:

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Rationale:
The consumption of electrical energy per capita is universally accepted as a scale for
measuring the living standard of a country. The demand for energy is increasing day by day
and existing power generation capacity is inadequate to meet this increasing demand.
Industries are expected to generate their own power and supply the excess power to national
grid. Alternate energy sources are also harnessed to meet the increasing demand. Diploma
engineers should know the layout, components of different power plants and economic aspects
of power plants.
Objectives:
1. Get familiar with present and future power scenario of India.
2. Calculate efficiency of power generation cycles.
3. Understand working of high pressure boilers, coal and ash handling systems of
power plant.
4. Draw layout, understand the working and compare different power plants.
5. Enlist sources of waste heat and explain method of heat recovery.
6. Explain constructional features of non conventional energy source devices.
7. Appreciate economical and operational aspects of power plants.

Learning Structure:
Understanding, analyzing and applying various aspects of Thermal

Application and Power Engineering in practical application area of different
power plant in relation with operation of devices like high pressure
boiler, gas turbine, steam turbine
Draw layout of different power plants, site selection understand

working principle of different components of various power plants,
Procedure working of high pressure boilers, economic and operational
aspects.
Laws of conservation of Steady flow energy

energy Second law of equation, steam power
Principles thermodynamics cycle, gas turbine cycle,
Nuclear chain reaction
Properties of steam, Fusion and fission

pressure, volume, enthalpy, reaction, efficiency, waste
entropy heat recovery.
Concepts
Steam power plant, nuclear power plant, gas turbine and diesel
Facts engine power plant, non-conventional power generation plants

Content: -Theory

Introduction to power plant
• Power scenario in India
• Types of power plants – Hydro, Nuclear, Thermal, Future
trends in power sector.
01 05 12
• Analysis of steam cycles- Carnot, Rankine, Reheat cycle,
Regenerative cycle, Methods of reheating, Advantages and
disadvantages of reheat cycle,
• Gas turbine cycle
Steam power plant
• Layout of steam power plant, general features of selection
of site
• High pressure boilers – Construction and working of
Sub-critical and Super-critical boilers.
• Coal and ash handling system- equipments for in plant
handling of coal such as belt conveyor, screw conveyor,
02 bucket elevator, Coal crushing, Pulverized fuel handling 10 20
system, Ball mill, Pulverized fuel and their advantages,
Multi retort stoker, Pulverized fuel burner, Hydraulic and
pneumatic ash handling, Electrostatic precipitator.
• Boiler Feed water treatment
• Environmental aspects of steam power plant - water
pollution, air pollution, emission standard and its control
Nuclear power plant
• Elements of nuclear power station, layout, general criteria
for selection of site.
• Fusion and fission reaction, types of nuclear reactors,
03 09 20
Nuclear fuels, coolant & moderators.
• Working of PWR, BWR, CANDU, BREEDER type
reactor.
• Safety precautions and waste disposals.
Gas turbine power plant
• General Layout, selection of site, Gas turbine power plants
in India.
04 • Components of gas turbine plants, gas turbine Fuels. 06 14
• Comparison of Gas turbine plant with diesel and Steam
power plant.
• Environmental impact of gas turbine power plant.
Waste Heat recovery
• Sources of waste heat
• Heat recovery forms & methods – Sensible and latent Heat
05 recovery. 05 10
• Use of waste heat- Agricultural, green house, Animal
shelter, Aqua cultural uses, process heating.
• Waste Heat recovery boilers

Non conventional power generation plants

• Tidal power plant- factors affecting suitability of site,
working of different tidal power plants, advantages and
disadvantages.
06 • Wind power plant- different types, advantages and 05 12
Disadvantages.
• Solar power plant, Geothermal power plant, Magneto
Hydro dynamics power plant, Small hydro power plant,
Introduction to Plasma technology.
Economics and operational aspects
• Prediction of load, selection of types of generation, number
of generating units.
• Load duration curves, cost analysis, elements, controlling
07 the cost of power plant (simple numerical) 08 12
• Major electrical equipments in power station- generator,
step-up transformer, switch gear, electrical motors (types,
purpose & importance).
Total 48 100
Practical:
1. Understand working of various power plants
2. Understand constructional features and working of devices used in non conventional
energy sources
3. Understand economical and operational aspects of power plants
4. Calculate the efficiency of power generation cycles
Motor skills:
1. List technical details of components and subsystems of power plants
2. Draw layouts of different power plants
3. Operate devices using solar energy inputs
Assignments:
• Visit to steam power plants/nuclear power plants/wind power plants/ Hydro power
plants and prepare a report.
• Collect information & Technical details of nuclear power plants.
• Collect information & Technical details of Steam power plants.
• Collect information & Technical details of Solar & Wind power plants.
• Study of economic and operational aspects of power plants (simple numerical).
• Assignment on Coal & Ash Handling system.
• Assignment on Waste Heat recovery systems.

Learning Resources:
1. Books:
Sr.
No.
01 P. K. Nag Power plant engineering Tata McGraw Hill
02 Fredrick T. Mosse Power plant engineering East-West press

A. Chkrabarti and M. L. A text book of Power System
03 Dhanpat Rai and Co
Soni Engineering
A course in power plant
04 Arora and Domkundwar Dhanpat Rai and Co
engineering
2. Computer Based Training Packages/Computer Aided Instructions Packages/CDs:
1. Power Plant Familiarization Vol-I to IV.

- Ash Handling System.
- Gas Turbine and combined cycle power plant.
- Power Station Safety.
- Environmental pollution & pollution control.
- Pulverizers and feeders.
- Renewable energy sources,
(Developed by National Power Training Institute , South Ambazari Road, Nagpur )


COURSE CODE : ME/PT/AE/PG/MH/MI
SEMESTER : FIFTH FOR ME / PT / AE / PG AND SIXTH FOR MH/MI
SUBJECT TITLE : MECHATRONICS (ELECTIVE-I)

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
RATIONALE:
The integration of electronics engineering, electrical engineering, computer technology

and control engineering with mechanical engineering is increasingly forming a crucial part in
the design, manufacture and maintenance of wide range of engineering products and processes.
As a consequence there is a need for a diploma engineers to understand systems used in
automation
OBJECTIVES:
1. Identify various input and output devices in an automated system.

2. Understand and draw ladder diagrams.
3. Write simple programs for PLCs.
4. Interpret and use operations manual of a PLC manufacturer.
5. Use simulation software provided with the PLC.
6. Understand interfacing of input and output devices.

Learning Structure:
Application Identification of input and output signals for an application and

designing logic for control
Procedure Drawing of ladder diagram, programming, simulation and

interfacing with input/output devices.
Principles Digital electronics, programming, Boolean algebra
Concepts Controller, automation, algorithms and flowcharts, ladder diagrams
Facts Switches, sensors, solenoids, motors, microprocessors,

microcontrollers, PLCs.

CONTENTS: Theory

Introduction to Sensors, Transducers and Actuators
Principle, working and applications of-Limit switches,
proximity switches like inductive, capacitive and optical
(deflecting and through beam type), Thumb wheel switches,
magnetic reed switches, Optical encoders-displacement
1 06 12
measurement, rotary, incremental, opto-couplers.
Actuator – solenoids – on-off applications, latching, triggering
Types of relays- solid state
Types of motors – DC motors, DC brushless motors, AC
motors, stepper motors, servo motors.
8085 Microprocessor
Architecture, Pin configuration, working of microprocessor,
and applications.
Introduction to ICs used for interfacing such as–Programmable
peripheral devices, USART, memory, keyboard, display –
2 08 18
LCD,LED,I/O device, ADC, DAC etc
8051 Microcontroller
Architecture, Pin configuration, working of microcontroller,
Applications.Comparison of microprocessor and
microcontroller, advantages and disadvantages
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)
Introduction, PLC definition, PLC block diagram, Difference
between relay panel and PLC, ,power supply, input/output
3 08 18
modules (analog, digital) concepts of sink/source, set/reset,
latch/unlatch, advantages and disadvantages, installation ,
troubleshooting and maintenance
Selection of a PLC Programming equipment, Programming
formats
Ladder diagrams and sequence listing, large process ladder
diagram construction, flowcharting as a programming method,
Basic PLC functions, Register basics, timer functions, counter
4 functions, Intermediate functions – Arithmetic functions, 16 26
number comparison and number conversion functions.
Data handling functions- SKIP, Master control relay, Jump,
Move, Block move, Table to register and register to table move
functions. FIFO and LIFO functions, File Arithmetic and Logic
function
ONS and CLR functions and their applications
PLC digital bit functions and applications
Sequencer functions and cascading of sequencers
5 06 12
PLC matrix functions
Discrete and analog operation of PLC, Networking of PLCs.
PLC auxiliary commands and functions,
Online, offline, stop/run modes of operations,
6 uploading/downloading between PLC and PC, Introduction to 04 14
SCADA and DCS
Total 48 100

Practical
1. Identification of various sensors and transducers used in automated systems
2. Interpretation of circuits in automation
3. Interpretation and use
Motor Skills:
1. Use of simulation software for PLCs
2. Preparation of ladder diagrams
3. Testing of interfacing ICs
List of Practical:
Term work shall consist of detailed report on the following experiments:
1. Identification and demonstration of different sensors and actuators.
2. Demonstration of the working of various digital to analog and analog to digital
converters.
3. Development of ladder diagram, programming using PLC for
a) Measurement of speed of a motor
b) Motor start and stop by using two different sensors
c) Simulation of a pedestrian traffic controller
d) Simulation of four road junction traffic controller
e) Lift / elevator control
f) Washing machine control
g) Tank level control
h) Soft drink vending machine control
4. Trace, interpret and demonstrate working of at least two electro pneumatic systems.
5. Trace, interpret and demonstrate working of at least two electro hydraulic systems.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
Mechatronics- Electronic control
1 Bolton W. systems in Mechanical and Pearson Education Ltd.
Electrical Engineering
Histand B.H. and Introduction to Mechatronics and Tata McGraw Hill
2
Alciatore D.G. Measurement systems Publishing
John W. Webb Prentice Hall of
3 Programmable Logic Controllers
and Ronald Reis India
Programmable Logic Control – Prentice Hall of
4 NIIT
Principles and Applications India
Kolk R.A. and Vikas Publishing, New
5 Mechatronics systems design
Shetty D. Delhi
Mechatronics principles, concepts Tata McGraw Hill
6 Mahalik N.P.
and applications Publishing


COURSE CODE : ME/PT/AE/PG/MH/MI/PS
SEMESTER : FIFTH
SUBJECT TITLE : INDUSTRIAL PROJECT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
DEVELOPMENT

PAPER
HRS
01 01 02 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
Notes: 1. Two practical hours are for industrial project
2. One theory and one tutorial hours are for Entrepreneurship Development (EDP).
Twenty five marks for term work are for report prepared under EDP
Content:
PART A) Industrial Project
Following activities related to project are required to be dealt with, during this semester
1. Form project batches & allot project guide to each batch. (Max. 4 students per batch)
2. Each project batch should select topic / problem / work by consulting the guide & / or
industry. Topic / Problem / work should be approved by Head of department.
3. Each project batch should prepare action plan of project activities & submit the same to
respective guide.
4. At the end of semester, each project batch should submit the action plan and abstract of
the project along with list of materials required if project involves fabrication or other
facilities required in other kinds of project.
5. Action Plan should be part of the project report.

Part B: Entrepreneurship Development
RATIONALE:
Globalization, liberalization & privatization along with revolution in Information

Technology, have thrown up new opportunities that are transforming lives of the masses.
Talented and enterprising personalities are exploring such opportunities & translating
opportunities into business ventures such as- BPO, Contract Manufacturing, Trading, Service
sectors etc. The student community also needs to explore the emerging opportunities. It is
therefore necessary to inculcate the entrepreneurial values during their educational tenure. This
will help the younger generation in changing their attitude and take the challenging growth
oriented tasks instead of waiting for white- collar jobs. The educational institutions should also
demonstrate their uniqueness in the creation of enterprising personalities in their colleges. This
subject will help in developing the awareness and interest in entrepreneurship and create
employment for others.
OBJECTIVES:
Students will be able to
1) Identify entrepreneurship opportunity.

2) Acquire entrepreneurial values and attitude.
3) Use the information to prepare project report for business venture.
4) Develop awareness about enterprise management.

Learning Structure:
A) Use basic concepts, principles & procedures related to

entrepreneurship
Application B) To expose students to real problems faced by entrepreneur –
preferably with the help of case study
- Information gathering for - Planning

opportunity - Resources,
- Product / Service Enterprise,
Procedure Finalization as Business Budgeting
Opportunity - Study modern trends
- Project report preparation & in business
Project execution
- Entrepreneurial Process - Financial

- Information Gathering Statements, Budget
- Opportunity Identification - Financial Resources
Concepts and
- Formulation of Business
Principles Plan
- Running Enterprise
successfully
- Different Organization Structures of SSI

- Product Specifications, Product Cycle, Business
Facts Opportunities, Project Implementation

Contents: Theory

Entrepreneurship, Creativity & Opportunities
1.1) Concept, Classification & Characteristics of Entrepreneur
1.2) Creativity and Risk taking.
1.2.1) Concept of Creativity & Qualities of Creative person.
1.2.2) Risk Situation, Types of risk & risk takers.
1.3) Business Reforms.
1.3.1) Process of Liberalization.
01 1.3.2) Reform Policies. 03
1.3.3) Impact of Liberalization.
1.3.4) Emerging high growth areas.
1.4) Business Idea Methods and techniques to generate business idea.
1.5) Transforming Ideas in to opportunities transformation involves
Assessment of idea &Feasibility of opportunity
1.6) SWOT Analysis
Information and Support Systems
2.1) Information Needed and Their Sources.

Information related to project, Information related to support
system,
Information related to procedures and formalities
02 03
2.2) Support Systems
1) Small Scale Business Planning, Requirements.
2) Govt. & Institutional Agencies, Formalities
3) Statutory Requirements and Agencies.
Market Assessment
3.1) Marketing -Concept and Importance
03 02
3.2) Market Identification, Survey Key components
3.3) Market Assessment
Business Finance & Accounts
Business Finance
4.1) Cost of Project
1) Sources of Finance
2) Assessment of working capital
3) Product costing
4) Profitability
04 5) Break Even Analysis 03
6) Financial Ratios and Significance
Business Account
4.2) Accounting Principles, Methodology
1) Book Keeping
2) Financial Statements
3) Concept of Audit,

Business Plan & Project Report

5.1) Business plan steps involved from concept to commissioning
Activity Recourses, Time, Cost
5.2) Project Report
1) Meaning and Importance
05 2) Components of project report/profile (Give list) 03
5.3) Project Apprisial
1) Meaning and definition
2) Technical, Economic feasibility
3) Cost benefit Analysis
Enterprise Management And Modern Trends
6.1) Enterprise Management: -
1) Essential roles of Entrepreneur in managing enterprise
2) Product Cycle: Concept And Importance
3) Probable Causes Of Sickness
06 4) Quality Assurance 02
Importance of Quality, Importance of testing
6.2) E-Commerce
Concept and process
6.3) Global Entrepreneur
Total 16
Sr. No Assignments
1 Assess yourself-are you an entrepreneur?
2 Prepare a project report and study its feasibility.
Learning Resources:
1) Reference Books:
Sr.No. Name of Book Author Publisher

Himalaya Publishing.
Entrepreneurship E. Gorden
1 Mumbai
Development K.Natrajan
Preferred
Entrepreneurship by Colombo plan staff Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
2
Development college for Technical co. ltd. New Delhi.
education.
A Manual on How to EDI STUDY MATERIAL
J.B.Patel
3 Prepare a Project
D.G.Allampally Ahmadabad (Near Villaget ,
Report

A Manual on Business Via Ahmadabad Airport &

Opportunity J.B.Patel
4 Indira Bridge), P.O. Bhat
Identification & S.S.Modi
Selection 382428 , Gujrat,India
National Derectory of
S.B.Sareen P.H. (079) 3969163, 3969153
5 Entrepreneur Motivator
H. Anil Kumar
& Resource Persons. E-mail :
New Initiatives in ediindia@sancharnet.in/olpe@
Gautam Jain
6 Entrepreneurship
Debmuni Gupta ediindia.org
Education & Training
A Handbook of New Website :
7 P.C.Jain
Enterpreneurs
Evaluation of http://www.ediindia.org
Enterpreneurship D.N.Awasthi , Jose
8
Development Sebeastian
Programmes
The Seven Business
9 Crisis & How to Beat V.G.Patel
Them.
Entrepreneurship
Poornima M.
10 Development of Small Pearson Education, New Delhi
Charantimath
Business Enterprises
Special Edition for Entrepreneurship
11 McGraw Hill Publication
MSBTE Development
Entrepreneurship J.S. Saini Wheeler Publisher
12
Theory and Practice B.S.Rathore New Delhi
Entrepreneurship
13 -- TTTI, Bhopal / Chandigadh
Development
2) VIDEO CASSETTES
NO SUBJECT SOURCE
Five success Stories of First EDI STUDY MATERIAL
1
Generation Entrepreneurs Ahmedabad (Near Village Bhat , Via
Assessing Entrepreneurial
2 Ahmadabad Airport & Indira Bridge), P.O.
Competencies
Business Opportunity Selection and Bhat 382428 , Gujrat,India P.H. (079)
3
Guidance 3969163, 3969153
4 Planning for completion & Growth E-mail :
Problem solving-An Entrepreneur ediindia@sancharnet.in/olpe@ediindia.org

5
skill Website : http://www.ediindia.org
GLOSSARY:
INDUSTRIAL TERMS
Terms related to finance, materials, purchase, sales and taxes.

Components of Project Report:

1. Project Summary (One page summary of entire project )
2. Introduction (Promoters, Market Scope/ requirement)
3. Project Concept & Product (Details of product)
4. Promoters (Details of all Promoters- Qualifications, Experience, Financial strength)
5. Manufacturing Process & Technology
6. Plant & Machinery Required
7. Location & Infrastructure required
8. Manpower ( Skilled, unskilled )
9. Raw materials, Consumables & Utilities
10. Working Capital Requirement (Assumptions, requirements)
11. Market ( Survey, Demand & Supply )
12. Cost of Project, Source of Finance
13. Projected Profitability & Break Even Analysis
14. Conclusion.

COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL AND PRODUCTION ENGINEERING / PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE : ME/PG/PT/MH/MI
SEMESTER : FIFTH FOR ME/PG/PT AND SIXTH FOR MH/MI
SUBJECT TITLE: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES - V

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Most of the diploma holders join industries. Due to globalization and competition in the
industrial and service sectors the selection for the job is based on campus interviews or
competitive tests.
Objectives:

Learning Structure:
Apply principles of inter communication in group discussion for self learning

Application
Use proper techniques for

Procedure participation in group
discussion
Concept
Principles of group work and
communication
Group of Student, Topic for

Facts Discussion

Serial Practical
Activities
No. Hours
Industrial Visits
Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same shall be
submitted by the individual student, to form a part of the term work.(2
visits)
Following are the suggested types of Industries/ Fields -
i) Automobile manufacturing / auto component manufacturing
units to observe the working of SPM
ii) Refrigeration and air conditioning manufacturing / servicing
units / industries / workshops
iii) Automobile service stations for four wheelers
iv) Co-ordinate measuring machine to observe its construction
01 working specifications and applications. 12
v) Auto Engine Testing unit to gather details regarding the testing
procedures/parameters etc.
vi) Wheel Balancing unit for light and/or heavy motor vehicles.
vii) Food processing unit.
viii) Textile industry machinery manufacturing / servicing units.
ix) Hydro electric and Thermal power plants.
x) Automotive Research Association of India, Pune, Central
Iinstitute of Road Transport, Pune, Vehicle Research and
Development establishment , Ahmednagar.
xi) Engine testing, exhaust gas analysis and vehicle testing
xii) PWD workshop.
xiii) Safety museum at Central Labour Institute, Sion, Mumbai
The Guest Lecture/s
From field/industry experts, professionals to be arranged (2 Hrs duration),
minimum 4 nos. from the following or alike topics. The brief report to be
submitted on the guest lecture by each student as a part of Term work
a) Electronic fuel injection systems
b) Exhaust gas analysis.
c) Vehicle testing.
d) Transducer application in automobiles.
e) Environmental pollution & control.
f) Vehicle aerodynamics & design.
g) Earth moving machines.
02 h) Automobile pollution, norms of pollution control. 10
i) Biotechnology
j) Nanotechnology
k) Rapid prototyping
l) Programmable logic controllers
m) TQM
n) MPFI
o) Hybrid motor vehicles
p) Packaging technology
q) Appropriate technology
r) Six sigma systems
s) LPG / CNG conversion kit.

Group Discussion:
The students should discuss in group of six to eight students and write a
brief report on the same, as a part of term work. The topic of group
suggested topics are (any one)-
i) CNG versus LPG as a fuel.
03 ii) Petrol versus Diesel as a fuel for cars. 12
iii) Trends in automobile market.
iv) Load shading and remedial measures.
v) Rain water harvesting.
vi) Trends in refrigeration Technology.
vii) Disaster management.
viii) Safety in day to day life.
ix) Energy Saving in Institute.
x) Nano technology.
Seminar : (any 2 topics)

Seminar topic should be related to the subjects of fifth semester / topics
04 from guest lectures. Students shall submit a report of at least 10 pages and 16
deliver a seminar (Presentation time – 10 minutes for a group of 2
students)
Mini Projects : (in a group of 4-5 students)

1) Design / drawing of simple jigs, fixtures
2) Thermocouple based temperature controller.
3) Pump on / off timer
4) Models of jigs / fixtures
5) Layout design of SSI units / factory / workshop of the institute
Models of material handling route systems
05 OR
06
Modular Course on any one of the suggested or alike relevant
topic be undertaken by a group of students (Min 10) :
a) LPG/CNG conversion of vehicles b) Advance features in CAD –
CAM c) basics of PLC programming d) die design e) JIT techniques f)
Non traditional manufacturing methods g) jigs and fixture design h)
3D Modeling I) finite element method j) Mechatronics k) Advanced
computer programming l) maintenance of home appliances m) value
stream mapping n) piping technology
Student Activities – Students in a group of 3 to 4 shall perform ANY
TWO of the following activities (Other similar activities may be
considered) and write a report as a part of term work.
Activities :-
6 1. Collection of data regarding loan facilities or other facilities 08
available through different organizations / banks to budding
entrepreneurs
2. Survey and interviews of successful entrepreneurs in near by areas
3. Survey of opportunities available in thrust areas identified by

Government or DIC.
4. Measuring Screw thread parameters on floating carriage dial
micrometer and select the optimum diameter of wire.
5. Survey of data regarding different types of pumps with
specifications from manufacturers catalogue, local markets, end
users (any other engineering products may be considered for
survey)
6. Survey of farm implements used by farmers
Total 64
References:
Books:

Mark Ratner and Pearson Education, New
01 Nanotechnology
Daniel Ratner Delhi
Computer Control of
02 Yoram Korem Mcgraw Hill Publication
Manufacturing System
Sunil Chopra, Peter Pearson Education, New
03 Supply Chain Management
Meindl Delhi

COURSE CODE : ME
DURATION OF COURSE : SIXTH SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2009-10
SEMESTER : SIXTH DURATION: 16 WEEKS
TEACHING
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SUBJECT TITLE
TH TU PR
1 Management Ø MAN 12219 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
2 Design of Machine Elements DME 12241 04 -- 02 04 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
3 Industrial Fluid Power $ IFP 12242 04 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
4 Production Technology $ PTE 12243 04 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- --
5 Industrial Project $ IPR 12248 -- -- 06 -- -- -- -- -- 50# 20 50@ 20
6 Professional Practices - VI $ PPS 12249 -- -- 05 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
7 ELECTIVE – II (Any One) 50
Alternate Energy Sources &
AES 12244 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Management $
Material Handling Systems MHS 12245 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Refrigeration & Air-
RAC 12246 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Conditioning
CAD-CAM & Automation CCA 12247 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
TOTAL 18 -- 17 -- 500 -- -- -- 100 -- 175 -- 50
Total Marks : 825
@ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $- Common to ME/PG/PT/MH/MI, Ø - Common to ME/PT/AE/MH/FE
¾ Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional
work (SW).
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 25/04/2011 1

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering / Technology

Course Code : EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/CO/CM/IF/
EE/EP/CH/CT/PS/CD/ED/EI/CV/FE/IU/MH/MI/TX/TC
Semester : Sixth for EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/
CO/CM/IF/EE/EP/CH/CT/PS/TX/TC and Seventh for MH/MI/CD/ED/EI/
CV/FE/IU
Subject Title : Management

PAPER
HRS
03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Rationale:
After completion of three years of technical training, Polytechnic students are expected
to enter in to the World of Work. The business environment is altogether different and new to
the students. A proper introduction and understanding of Business Processes is therefore
essential for all Polytechnic students. Management is a subject which deals with basics of
Managerial science required to understand the processes in Industrial & Commercial
environment. This will enable the students of Polytechnics to become familiar and to
understand various Business Organizational structures, their functioning and the Role these
technicians will have to play in these setups with responsibilities.
Objective:
The students will able to:
1. Familiarize environment in the world of work
2. Explain the importance of management process in Business.
3. Identify various components of management.
4. Describe Role & Responsibilities of a Technician in an Organizational Structure.
5. Apply various rules and regulations concerned with Business & Social
responsibilities of the Technician.

Learning Structure:
♦ Use management functions ♦ Practice managerial traits.

& techniques. ♦ Know supervisory
♦ Realize importance of responsibilities, time
management process in management & productivity.
Application Business.
♦ Describe Business
Scenario.
♦ Exposure to world of work ♦ Review of Supervisory

♦ Information collection responsibilities
regarding Government. ♦ Time Management
functions, rules and functions
regulations regarding ♦ Learning to learn
Business processes. management functions
Procedure
♦ Case studies of
management functions.
♦ Globalization & WTO ♦ Roll of supervisor

♦ Modern methods of ♦ Managerial Traits
Concepts management ♦ Government Rules &
♦ Value addition by efficient Regulations and their
management. implications.
♦ Role and Opportunity

♦ Conventional & Engineering
for technicians in
Business opportunities
Business world.
♦ Changing Role & nature of
Facts ♦ Responsibilities &
employment.
Expectations from
♦ Developments in functions Technicians in Business
of Business Management. Environment.

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of the Topics Hours Marks

Overview of Business
1.1. Types of Business
• Service
• Manufacturing
• Trade
1.2. Industrial sectors
• Introduction to
• Engineering Industry
• Process Industry
01 02 04
• Textile Industry
• Chemical Industry
• Agro Industry
1.3 Globalization
• Introduction
• Advantages & disadvantages w.r.t India
1.4 Intellectual Property Rights I( I P R )
• Concept
• Types of IPR
Management Process
2.1 What is Management?
• Evolution
• Various Definitions
• concept of Management
• Levels of Management
• Administration and Management
• Scientific Management by F W Taylor
02 07 14
2.2 Principles of Management (14 principles of Henry Fayol)
2.3 Functions of Management:
• Planning
• Organizing
• Coordinating
• Directing
• Controlling
• Decision Making
Organizational Management
3.1 Organization
• Definition
• Steps in forming organization
3.2 Types of Organization
03 • Line 07 14
• Line & Staff
• Functional
• Project type
3.3 Departmentation
• Centralized & Decentralized

• Authority & Responsibility

• Span of Control (Management)
3.4 Forms of ownerships
• Proprietorship
• Partnership
• Joint stock company
• Co-operative society
• Govt. Sector
Human Resource Management
4.1 Personnel Management
• Introduction
• Definition
• Function
4.2 Staffing
• Introduction to HR
• Introduction to HR Planning
• Recruitment procedure
4.3 Personnel – Training & Development
• Types of training
- Induction
- Skill enhancement
4.4 Leadership & Motivation 08 20
04
• Leadership- Styles & types
• Motivation –Definition , Intrinsic & Extrinsic
• Moslow’s theory of Motivation and its significance
4.5 Safety Management
• Causes of Accidents
• Safety Procedures
4.6 Introduction, Objectives & feature of Industrial Legislation
such as
• Factory Act
• ESI Act,
• Workman Compensation Act,
• Industrial Dispute Act.
Financial Management (No Numericals)
5.1. Financial Management- Objectives & Functions
5.2. Capital Generation & Management
• Types of capitals
• Sources of finance
5.3. Budgets and Accounts
• Types of Budgets
05 08 18
• Production Budget ( including Varience Report)
• Labour Budget
• Introduction to Profit & Loss Account ( Only concept)
• Balance sheet etc.
5.4. Introduction to Various Taxes
• Excise Service Tax,
• Income Tax

• VAT
• Custom Duty.
Materials Management
6.1. Inventory Management ( No Numericals)
• Meaning & Objectives
6.2 ABC Analysis
6.3 Economic Order Quantity:
• Introduction & Graphical Representation
6.4 Purchase Procedure
06 08 18
• Objectives of Purchasing
• Functions of Purchasing Department
• Steps inPurchasing
6.5 Modern Techniques of Material Management
• Introductory treatment to Just inTime( JIT)/ System
Applications & Products (SAP) /Enterprise
Resource Planning (ERP)
Project Management (Simple /Elementary Numericals)
7.1 Project Management
• Introduction & Meaning
• Introduction to CPM/PERT Techniques ( simple
network problems )
07 08 12
• Concept of Break Even Analysis and its significance
7.2 Quality Management
• Definition of Quality, Concept of Quality, Quality
Circle, Quality Assurance
• Introduction to TQM, Kaizen, 5 ‘S’ & Six Sigma
Total 48 100
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Author Tit;e Publisher
No
Industrial Engg & Dhanpal Rai & sons New
01 Dr. O.P. Khanna
Management Delhi
Business Administration &
02 Dr. S.C. Saksena Sahitya Bhavan Agra
Management
W.H. Newman
Prentice- Hall of India Pvt.
03 E.Kirby Warren The process of Management
Ltd. New Delhi - 110001
Andrew R. McGill
Video Cassets:
Sr.
Subject Source
No
1 Business opportunity selection and guidance
Website : http://www.ediindia.org
2 Planning for completion and Growth

Course Name : Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

Course Code : ME/MH/MI
Semester : Sixth for Me and Seventh for MH/MI
Subject Title : Design of Machine Elements
PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 04 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
Rationale:
It is an Applied Technology subject. A diploma holder is expected to design and draw

simple machine components used in small and medium scale industries. Fundamental
knowledge of Applied Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Engineering Materials and Theory of
Machines is essential. Subject aims at developing analytical abilities to give solutions to
engineering design problems.
Objectives:
1. Analyze the various modes of failure of machine components under different load
patterns.
2. Design and prepare part and assembly drawings.
3. Use design data books and different codes of design.
4. Select standard components with their specifications from manufacturer’s catalogue.
5. Develop drawings on CAD software.

Learning Structure:
To design and draw different machine elements and their assemblies

from strength, Ergonomic, aesthetic, maintenance and economic
Application consideration
Analysis of forces & stresses, identification of areas of failure, use of

Procedure
standards, applying strength and empirical relations to design process.
Principles Modes of failures, Theories of failure, Ergonomics and Aesthetics
Stress, Strain, bending moment, torque, principal stresses, factor of

Concepts safety, stress concentration, fatigue, endurance limit, creep, Friction.
Facts Cotter and Knuckle joints, Turnbuckle, C-Clamp frame, Pulleys, Shafts,
Keys and Couplings, Screws, Bearings, Levers, fasteners, springs.

Contents: Theory

Introduction to Design
1.1 a) Machine Design philosophy and Procedures
b) General Considerations in Machine Design
1.2 a) Fundamentals:- Types of loads, concepts of stress, Strain,
Stress – Strain Diagram for Ductile and Brittle Materials,
Types of Stresses such as Tension, Compression, Shear,
Bearing pressure Intensity, Crushing, bending and torsion,
Principle Stresses (Simple Numerical)
b) Creep strain and Creep Curve
1.3 a) Fatigue, S-N curve, Endurance Limit.
b) Factor of Safety and Factors governing selection of factor
of Safety.
01 10 16
1.4 Stress Concentration – Causes & Remedies
1.5 a)Converting actual load or torque into design load or torque
using design factors like velocity factor, factor of safety &
service factor.
b) Properties of Engineering materials, Designation of
materials as per IS and introduction to International
standards & advantages of standardization, use of design
data book, use of standards in design and preferred numbers
series.
1.6 Theories of Elastic Failures – Principal normal stress theory,
Maximum shear stress theory & maximum distortion energy
theory.
Design of simple machine parts
2.1 Cotter Joint, Knuckle Joint, Turnbuckle
02 2.2 Design of Levers:- Hand/Foot Lever & Bell Crank Lever 08 16
2.3 Design of C – Clamp, Off-set links, Overhang Crank, Arm
of Pulley
Design of Shafts, Keys and Couplings and Spur Gears
3.1 Types of Shafts, Shaft materials, Standard Sizes, Design of
Shafts (Hollow and Solid) using strength and rigidity
criteria, ASME code of design for line shafts supported
between bearings with one or two pulleys in between or one
overhung pulley
03 3.2 Design of Sunk Keys, Effect of Keyways on strength of 12 20
shaft.
3.3 Design of Couplings – Muff Coupling, Protected type Flange
Coupling, Bush-pin type flexible coupling.
3.4 Spur gear design considerations. Lewis equation for static
beam strength of spur gear teeth. Power transmission
capacity of spur gears in bending.

Design of Power Screws

4.1 Thread Profiles used for power Screws, relative merits and
demerits of each, self locking and overhauling property
04 10 12
4.2 Torque required to overcome thread friction, efficiency of
power screws, types of stresses induced.
4.3 Design of Screw Jack, Toggle Jack.
Design of springs
5.1 a) Classification and Applications of Springs, Spring –
terminology, materials and specifications.
b) Stresses in springs, Wahl’s correction factor, Deflection
05 of springs, Energy stored in springs. 08 12
5.2 Design of Helical tension and compression springs
subjected to uniform applied loads like I.C. engine valves,
weighing balance, railway buffers and governor springs.
5.3 Leaf springs – construction and application
Design of Fasteners
6.1 Stresses in Screwed fasteners, bolts of Uniform Strength.
6.2 Design of Bolted Joints subjected to eccentric loading.
06 08 12
6.3 Design of parallel and transverse fillet welds, axially loaded
symmetrical section, Merits and demerits of screwed and
welded joints
Antifriction Bearings
7.1 a) Classification of Bearings – Sliding contact & rolling
contact.
07 b) Terminology of Ball bearings – life load relationship, 05 08
basic static load rating and basic dynamic load rating,
limiting speed. Selection of ball bearings using
manufacturer’s catalogue.
Ergonomics & Aesthetic consideration in design
8.1 a) Ergonomics of Design – Man –Machine relationship.
08 Design of Equipment for control, environment & safety. 03 04
b) Aesthetic considerations regarding shape, size, color &
surface finish.
Total 64 100
Assignments:
1. Understand the basic philosophy and fundamentals of Machine Design.
2. Apply and use the basic knowledge of earlier subjects like mechanical Engineering.
materials, strength of materials and theory of machines.
3. Analyse and evaluate the loads, forces, stresses involved in components and
subassemblies and decide the dimensions.
4. Understand the modes of failures of m/c components and decide the design criteria and
equations.
5. Understand the concept of standardization and selecting standard components.
6. Understand the methods of computer aided design practices.

Motor Skills:
1. Draw the components assembly as per the designed dimensions.
2. Modify drawings and design as per requirement.
3. Use the different design software.
4. Use different design data books and IS codes.
List of Assignments:
1. Assignment on selection of materials for given applications [at least five

applications should be covered] using design data book. List the mechanical
properties of material selected. 2 Hrs
2. Problems on design of simple machine parts like Cotter Joint, Knuckle Joint, Bell
Crank Lever, Turn Buckle, Off – Set link, Arm of Pulley (One example on each
component) with free hand sketches. 6 Hrs
3. Design Project No. 1

Observe the system where transmission of power takes place through shaft,
Keys, coupling, pulley and belt drive. Get the required information regarding
power transmitted (power output by motor or engine etc.). By selecting suitable
materials, design the shaft, key and coupling. Also select suitable Ball Bearing
from Manufacture’s catalogue. Prepare design report and assembly drawing
indicating overall dimensions, tolerances, and surface finish. Also prepare bill of
materials. (Activity should be completed in a group of five to six students) 6 Hrs
4. Design Project No. 2

Observe the System where transmission of power takes place through
power Screws.
( e.g. Lead screw of lathe, feed screws of machine tools, Clamping screws,
Toggle Jack screw, etc.)
Get the required information regarding effort, clamping force, etc., and
selecting suitable materials design screw, nut and different simple components in
assembly. Prepare design report and assembly drawing indicating overall
dimensions, tolerances and surface finish. Also prepare bill of materials. (Activity
should be completed in a group of five to six students) 4 Hrs
5. Assignments on design of Helical Springs, Screwed joints, Welded joints [one each]
with free hand sketches. 2 Hrs
6. CAD Drawing for project No 1 or 2 should be prepared in practical and print out
should be attached along with respective drawing sheets 8 Hrs
7. Survey of Prime movers – Electric motors / I.C. Engines available in the market
along with specifications suitable for your design project. Survey report should be
prepared with the relevant catalogue. 4 Hrs

Learning Resources:
1. Books:
SN Author Title Publication

01 V.B.Bhandari Introduction to Machine Design Tata Mc- Graw Hill
02 R.K.Jain Machine Design Khanna Publication
03 Pandya & Shah Machine design Dhanpat Rai & Son

Joseph Edward
04 Mechanical Engg. Design Mc- Graw Hill
Shigley
05 PSG Coimbtore Design Data Book PSG Coimbtore
Hand Book of Properties of Engineering
06 Abdulla Shariff Materials & Design Data for Machine Dhanpat Rai & Sons
Elements
Hall, Holowenko,
07 Theory and Problems of Machine Design Mc- Graw Hill
Laughlin
2. IS/ International Codes
a) IS 4218: 1967 ISO Metric Threads

b) IS 2693: 1964 Cast Iron Flexible Couplings
c) IS 2292: 1963 Taper keys & Keyways
d) IS 2293: 1963 Gib Head Keys & Keyways
e) IS 2389: 1963 Bolts, Screws, Nuts & Lock Nuts
f) IS 4694: 1968 Square threads
g) IS 808: 1967 Structural Steel
h) SKF Catalogue for Bearings


Course Code : ME/MH/MI/PG/PT
Semester : Sixth for ME/PG/PT and Seventh for MH/MI
Subject Title : Industrial Fluid Power

PAPER
HRS
04 -- 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
Rationale:
Oil Hydraulic systems & pneumatic systems are widely used in all fields of engineering as
clean source of motive power. Low cost automation systems with the use of pneumatics have
become popular as manufacturing aids.
Diploma engineers come across such systems in all segments of industries.
Hence the subject will give the students basic skills and knowledge, which will be directly
needed in the industrial environment.
Objectives:
The student will be able to.
1) Identify various components of hydraulic & pneumatic systems.
2) Know the working principle of various components used for hydraulic & pneumatic
systems.
3) Select appropriate components required for simple hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.
4) List probable causes of faults or defects in the components of hydraulic & pneumatic
circuits.

Learning Structure:
- Design simple hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.

- Analyze the faults in hydraulic and pneumatic circuits and suggest
Application appropriate remedy for the same
- Hydraulic and Pneumatic Circuit preparation

Procedure
Direction control, Flow Pressure regulation,

control, Pressure control, Linear & rotary motion
Concepts Meter in, Meter out, of motors, Speed
sequencing operation control, Sequencing
operation
Pumps, Valves, Actuators, Pipes, Hoses, Fittings, Hydraulic circuits,

Facts Pneumatic Circuits, Compressors

Contents: Theory
Chapter Name of the topic Hours Marks

Introduction to oil hydraulic systems
1.1 Practical applications of hydraulic systems.
1.2 General layout of oil hydraulic systems.
01 03 04
1.3 Merits and limitations of oil hydraulic systems.
1.4 Properties of hydraulic fluid –viscosity, demulsibility,
lubricity etc.
Components of Hydraulic systems 08
2.1 Pumps – Vane pump, gear pump, Gerotor pump, screw pump,
piston pump
2.2 Valves – Construction, working and symbols of 08
Pressure control valves – pressure relief valve, pressure
reducing, pressure unloading
Direction control valves – Poppet valve, spool valve, 3/2, 4/2
D.C. valves, Sequence valves.
02 22
Flow control valves – pressure compensated, non pressure
compensated flow control valve.
2.3 Actuators- Construction, working and symbols of Rotary 08
Actuators - Hydraulic motors
Linear Actuators – Cylinders - single acting, double acting.
2.4 Accessories – Pipes, Hoses, fittings, Oil filters, Seals and 08
gaskets, Accumulators. (Types, construction, working
principle and symbols of all components)
Hydraulic Circuits
3.1 Meter in, Meter out circuits
3.2 Bleed off circuit
03 07 16
3.3 Sequencing circuit – travel dependant, pressure dependant
3.4 Hydraulic circuits for Milling machine, Shaper machine,
Motion synchronization circuit.
Introduction to pneumatic Systems
4.1 Applications of pneumatic system
04 04 04
4.2 General layout of pneumatic system
4.3 Merits and limitations of pneumatic systems
Components of pneumatic system 04
5.1 Compressor – Reciprocating & Rotary compressors.
5.2 Control Valves – Pressure regulating valves, Flow 12
Control valves, Direction Control Valves.
5.3 Actuators – Rotary - Air motors, Types, 08
05 construction, working principle 22
Linear- Cylinders- Types, construction &
working principle
5.4 Accessories – Pipes, Hoses, Fittings, FRL unit 08
(Types, construction, working principle and symbols of all
components)
Pneumatic Circuits
Speed control circuits -- for double acting cylinder
06 -- for bidirectional air motor 06 12
Sequencing circuits -- Position based sequencing circuit
-- Time delay circui
Total 64 100

Practical:
1. Prepare simple hydraulic & pneumatic circuits.
2. Compare the performance of hydraulic & pneumatic systems.
3. Identify the faults & suggest remedies in hydraulic & pneumatic circuits.
4. Select proper circuit considering its application
Motor Skills:
1. Connect different components as per given drawing
2. Perform repairing and replacement of defective components in the circuit
3. Draw the hydraulic and pneumatic circuits using symbols
List of Practical:
1) Demonstration of meter in and meter out circuit.
2) Demonstration of sequencing circuit.
3) Demonstration of hydraulic circuit for shaper machine.
4) Demonstration of pneumatic circuit for speed control of double acting cylinders.
5) Demonstration of pneumatic circuit for speed control of pneumatic motor.
6) Study of trouble shooting procedures of various hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.
7) Selection of circuit components for simple hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.
Mini Projects:
1) Survey of oil used for hydraulic circuits -specifications, manufacturer’s names, costs etc.
2) Study of any one mobile hydraulic system like in earth moving equipments and its detailed
report.
OR
Study of any one stationary hydraulic system, like in any machine tool and its detailed report.
Learning Resources:
1. Books:

01 Pippenger Hicks Industrial Hydraulics McGraw Hill International
Oil Hydraulic system- Principle
02 Majumdar S.R Tata McGraw Hill
and maintenance

Pneumatics Systems Principles

03 Majumdar S.R Tata McGraw Hill
and Maintenance
04 Stewart Hydraulics and Pneumatics Taraporewala Publication
2. Catalogues:
Various system components’ manufacturers’ Catalogues.
3. CDs:
CDs developed by various system components’ manufacturers.

Course Name: Mechanical Engineering Group

Course Code : ME/MH/MI/PG/PT/FE
Semester : Sixth for ME/PG/PT and Seventh for MH/MI/FE
Subject Title : Production Technology

PAPER
TH TU PR TH PR OR TW@ TOTAL
HRS
04 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Rationale:
This subject is technology subject. A Technician is required to work at the highest
productivity level. His productivity is dependent on the productivity of the machines and the people
in the manufacturing system. Hence he should learn the techniques for improvement in productivity
of the people and equipment.
A technician required to plan the production schedule accordingly organize material supply
for the manufacturing activities. The total cost of goods produced contains large portion of
overhead cost. Technician is required to minimize the direct and indirect cost by optimizing the use
of resources available to him. Hence he should learn accounting process, inventory control and
process planning.
Modern manufacturing system employ techniques such as JIT, TPM, FMS, 5’S’, kaizen
which should be known to the technician.
Objectives:
Students will be able to;
1. Understand importance of productivity and factors for improvement of productivity.
2. Know different production systems and modern trends in manufacturing systems.
3. Find the break even point for manufacturing a product.
4. Prepare / modify layout of production system.
5. Select suitable material handling devices and plant facilities.
6. Prepare process plan and specify tooling for it.
7. Prepare process chart for analysis of existing process.
8. Use PERT & CPM techniques for scheduling and controlling the manufacturing activities.

9. Apply techniq
10. ues of method study and work measurement for improvement of existing manufacturing
methods.
11. Find the economic order quantity (EOQ) for given situation.
Learning Structure:
Efficient use of planning all resources in any manufacturing unit for

productivity improvement and product cost reduction.
Application
Assembly, Estimation of time standards, Product Inspection, Cost

Estimation, Estimation of Plant Efficiency, Inventory Management,
Procedure Scheduling and Dispatching.
Plant location, ABC Analysis, Method Study, Process

Production Plant Layout, Work Planning,
Principles systems, Inventory Measurement, Production
Productivity, Control, Jigs & Merit rating, Planning &
PERT & CPM Fixtures Design Micro motion Control
study, Motion
Economy
Product, Cellular Process & Productivity, Inventory,

Concepts Layout Resources break Even Cost, EOQ
Analysis
Industrial Products, Production System, Inventories, Various Charts

& Formats, Route Sheet, Operation Sheet, Jigs & Fixtures, Work
Facts Measuring Equipments, Material Handling Equipments, Work
Stations, Assembly Line, Raw Material, Finished Product

Contents: Theory

PRODUCTION SYSTEM
1.1 Production - Definition , Types of production systems
1.2 Productivity - Importance , Measurement of Productivity,
01 05 10
Techniques of improving productivity.
1.3Elements of cost- Fixed cost, Variable Cost.
Break even analysis, Calculation of Break even point.
PLANT LOCATION, PLANT LAYOUT AND MATERIAL
HANDLING
2.1 Plant Location - Importance of Site Selection, Factors affecting
Site Selection, Government Policies, relaxation
for Backward Areas.
2.2 Plant Layout - Objectives, types, design principles,
02 characteristics of Plant Layout, Symptoms of 08 16
Bad Plant Layout.
2.3 Group Technology, Cellular layout.
2.4 Material handling – Need, Principles and Types of material
handling devices – conveyors , Hoist & cranes , forklift truck,
trolleys, Pipes, Automated Guided Vehicles (AGV’s)
Selection of Material Handling systems and Devices.
PROCESS PLANNING
3.1 Planning of Processes from raw material to finished product,
Factors affecting Process Planning,
3.2 Deciding sequence of operations, Operation Sheet, Combined
03 operations, Determination of Inspection Stages. Selection of 08 12
Machine
3.3 Techniques of assembly planning, Types of assembly.
3.4 Plant Capacity, Machine Capacity, Plant Efficiency.
Numerical not to be asked,
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
4.1 Definition & concept of Routing, Sequencing [n job 2 machines]
Scheduling, Dispatching.
04 06 10
4.2 Meaning of Control, Progressive Control.
4.3 Gantt chart.
4.4 Concept of Line balancing,
WORK STUDY
5.1 Method Study- Definition, Objectives, Procedure, Selection of
work.
5.2 Recording Techniques:- Process Charts – Outline process chart,
Flow process chart, Two Hand process chart, Multiple activity
chart, Flow diagram, String diagram, Travel chart.
5.3 Micro motion study-Critical Examination, Principles of Motion
05 12 16
Economy, Concept of ergonomics and workplace layout.
Work Measurement -
5.4 Objectives, procedure, Time Study, Time Study Equipments.
Stop Watch Time Study, Standard Time, Work Sampling,
5.5 Analytical Estimating, Predetermined Motion Time Study,
Allowances, Calculation of Standard Time,
5.6 Concept of Merit Rating.
06 INVENTORY CONTROL 10 14

6.1 Methods of Inventory Management

6.2 Inventory Cost relationship, Deciding Economic Batch Quantity,
EOQ Model, Calculation of EOQ, Concepts of discounts.
6.3 Introduction of Material Requirement Planning.
6.4 Stores Function – Storage systems – One bin , Two bin system,
Material Issue Request (MIR), Bin card.
JIGS AND FIXTURES
7.1Introduction. Difference between jig and fixture, Different
components of Jig/ fixture, Types of jigs and fixtures.
07 04 08
7.2 Types of locators and clamping devices, 3-2-1 principle of
location.
7.3 General principles of jig/fixture, design.
MODERN TRENDS
8.1 Just In Time manufacturing – Pull and push types of
manufacturing systems.
8.2 5 ‘S’- concepts, meaning of each term, 5 ‘S’ as Waste
management technique, inventory reduction by 5 ‘S’.
8.3 Single Piece Production Systems.
8.4 Basic concepts of
08 • Kaizen, Brain storming. 12 16
• Poka Yoke.
• Lean manufacturing
• Business Process Re-engineering
• DMIAC cycle
• Flexible Manufacturing System.
• Rapid Prototyping – concept, need, method, advantages,
limitations.
Total 64 100
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
Author Name of Book Publication
No.
01 L.C. Jhamb Industrial Management Everest
Production System, Planning,
02 James C. Rigs N.Y.Wiley & Sons
Analysis & Control
Industrial Engineering and
03 O.P. Khanna Dhanpat Rai & Sons
Management
04 ILO Work Study ILO Geneva
05 P. H. Joshi Jigs & Fixtures --
06 P.C. Sharma Production Engineering --
Introduction to Jigs and Fixtures
07 Kempster --
Design
Modern Production and Operations
08 Baffna , Sarin --
Management
09 Terry Wireman Total Productive Maintenance Industrial press inc.
10 Taiichi ohno Toyota Production system Productivity Press


Course Code : ME/MH/MI/AE/PG/PT
Semester : Sixth for ME/AE/PG/PT and Seventh for MH/MI
Subject Title : Industrial Project

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 06 -- -- -- 50# 50@ 100
Rationale:
In practice the diploma technicians come across problems of varied nature. He/she will
have to solve the problems involving drawings, designs, manufacturing, installation, testing
and maintenance of machines. In order to cultivate the systematic methodology for problem
solving using acquired technical knowledge & skills, this particular subject is introduced.
This subject will also help to enhance the generic skills & professional skills.
Objectives:
The student will be able to-
1. Identify, analyse & define the problem.
2. Generate alternative solutions to the problem identified.
3. Compare & select feasible solutions from alternatives generated.
4. Design, develop, manufacture & operate equipment/program.
5. Acquire higher-level technical knowledge by studying recent development in
mechanical engineering field.
6. Compare machines/devices/apparatus for performance practices.
7. Work effectively in team.

Learning Structure:
Application To design, draw, manufacture, develop & implement the solution to the problem
using technical knowledge & skills gained during the programme duration.
Manufacture /create the output by

Locate, analyze & define problems. different operations. Test output
Develop & design solution. Prepare for performance. Analysis of data
Procedures
drawings, Process Sheets collected.
Fundamental principles of
Mechanical Engineering & Principles of organization,
Management, principle of decision administration, marketing
Principles
making programming
Fundamental concept of mechanical Concept of Entrepreneurship,

engineering. management, costing, Concept of CAD, IT & CAE
new development in mechanical Concept of market survey
Concepts engineering field.
Facts Equipments, machines, devices, application software, technical journals,

project feasibility reports, instruction manuals

Contents:
Skills To Be Developed:
Intellectual Skills
1. Design the related machine components & mechanism.
2. Convert innovative or creative idea into reality.
3. Understand & interpret drawings & mechanisms
4. Select the viable, feasible & optimum alternative from different alternatives.
Motors skills
1. Use of skills learnt in workshop practical.
2. Assemble parts or components to form machine or mechanisms.
3. Classify & analyze the information collected.
4. Implement the solution of problem effectively.
Notes: 1) Project group size: Maximum 4 students

2) Project report will be of minimum 40 pages unless otherwise specified.
3) Project diary should be maintained by each student.
Part A-Project
A batch of maximum 4 students will select a problem and then plan, organize & execute the
project work of solving the problem in a specified duration. Student is expected to apply the
knowledge & skills acquired. Batch may select any one problem/project work from following
categories.
a) Fabrication of small machine / devices/ test rigs/ material handling devices/ jig & fixtures/
demonstration models, etc. Report involving aspects of drawing, process sheets, costing,
Installation, commissioning & testing should be prepared and submitted.
b) Design & fabrication of mechanisms, machines, Devices, etc. Report involving

aspects of designing & fabricating should be prepared & submitted .
c) Development of computer program for designing and /or drawing of machine components,
Simulation of movement & operation, 3D modeling, pick & place robots etc.
d) Industry sponsored projects- project related with solving the problems identified by industry
should be selected. One person / engineer from industry is expected to work as co- guide
along with guide from institution.
e) Literature survey based projects: Project related with collection tabulation, classification,
analysis & presentation of the information. Topic selected must be related with latest

technological developments in mechanical or mechatronics field, and should not be a part

of diploma curriculum. Report should be of min 60 pages.
f) Investigative projects- Project related with investigations of causes for change in

performance or structure of machine or component under different constraints through
experimentation and data analysis.
g) Maintenance based projects: The institute may have some machine/ equipment/ system
which are lying idle due to lack of maintenance. Students may select the specific
machines/equipment/system. Overhaul it, repair it and bring it to working condition. The
systematic procedure for maintenance to be followed and the report of the activity be
submitted.
h) Industrial engineering based project: Project based on work study , method study, methods
improvement, leading to productivity improvement, data collection, data analysis and data
interpretation be undertaken .
i) Low cost automation projects: Project based on hydraulic/pneumatic circuits resulting into
low cost automated equipment useful in the identified areas.
j) Innovative/ Creative projects – Projects related with design, develop & implementation of
new concept for some identified useful activity using PLC, robotics, non-conventional
energy sources, CIM , mechatronics, etc.
k) Environmental management systems projects: Projects related with pollution control, Solid
waste management, liquid waste management, Industrial hygiene, etc, Working model or
case study should be undertaken.
l) Market research/ survey based projects: Projected related with identification of extent of
demand, sales forecasting, Comparative study of marketing strategies, Compararative study
of channels of distribution, Impact of variables on sales volume, etc. The project involves
extensive survey & market research activities information to be collected through various
mechanisms/tools & report be prepared.
m) Project based on use of appropriate technology particularly benefiting rural society or

economically weaker section.
n) Project can be selected other than the area specified above. Project should provide viable
and feasible solution to the problem identified. Report should be of min 50 pages.
Part B- Seminar
Every student will prepare & deliver the seminar. Evaluation of seminar will be carried out by
panel of at least three teaching staff from mechanical/ production /automobile department.
1. Selection of topic for the seminar should be finalized in consultation with
teacher guide allotted for the batch to which student belongs.
2. Seminar report should be of min.10 & max. 20 pages & it should be certified by
guide teacher and head of the department

3. for presentation of seminar, following guide lines are expected to be followed:-

a) Time for presentation of seminar: 7 to 10 minutes /student.
b) Time for question/answer : 2 to 3 minutes /student
c) Evaluation of seminar should be as follows:-
Presentation: 15 marks
Use of A. V. aids: 05 marks
Question /answer: 05 marks
Total: 25 marks
d) use of audio visual aids or power point presentation is desirable.
4. Topic of the seminar should not be from diploma curriculum
5. Seminar can be on project selected by batch.
Learning Resources:
1. Books:
Sr. No Author Title Publication

Project management & Team
1 Karl Smith Tata- Mc Graw Hill
work
Cliffored gray & Erik
2 Project management Tata- Mc Graw Hill
Lasson
2. Magazines:
1. Invention intelligence magazine

2. Popular mechanics Journals/ Magazines


Course Code : ME/PG/PT/MH/FE/MI
Semester : Sixth for ME/PG/PT & Seventh for MH/MI/FE
Subject Title : Professional Practices-VI

PAPER
HRS
-- -- 05 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Most of the diploma holders join industries. Due to globalization and competition in the
industrial and service sectors the selection for the job is based on campus interviews or
competitive tests.
Objectives:

Learning Structure:
Application Develop confidence to face interview through presentation of self
Method of preparing portfolio and

steps to present self
Procedure
Principles of oral and written

Concept communication
Job opportunity, Job Profile

Facts

Serial
Activities Hours
No.
Industrial Visits
submitted by the individual student, to form a part of the term work.
Two industrial visits may be arranged in the following areas / industries
to observe - Material Handling System, quality control charts /
production record / layout flow systems / Facilities / Hydraulic &
01 pneumatic systems / Working of Boilers and steam engineering 21
applications.
i) Auto / Electronic equipment manufacturing industry.
ii) Cement / Sugar / Chemical / Textile / Steel rolling mills /
extrusion industries.
iii) Material handling in mines or ports.
iv) Earth Moving Equipment Maintenance Shop.
Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert / Student Seminars based on
information search to be organized from any of the following areas (four
lectures of two hour duration) student shall submit the report on each
lecture:
a) Battery and its charging system b) Electronic ignition system
c) Microprocessor based instrumentation in Automobiles d) Earth
02 moving machines. e) Tractors f) Excavators. g) Fork lift truck. h)
16
Road- roller. i) Automated Guided Vehicles (AGV) j) Career
opportunities in Service stations, Marketing, Surveyor, Insurance,
R&D, call centers, CAD, NDT, Railways, Defense, Aeronautics,
Marine, Software development, Information Technology, k)
Continuing education / Open universities programmes, l) Air
compressor technology m) Tribological Aspects in automobiles /
machine tools
Group Discussion: (Two topics)
The students shall discuss in group of six to eight students and write a
brief report on the same as a part of term work. The topic for group
suggested topics are –
i) Solar Vehicles / Electric Vehicles.
ii) Auto Vehicles – Comparison.
03 iii) Two stroke versus four stroke engines
12
iv) Recycling of plastics and other waste material
v) Attributes of product design
vi) Creativity and innovativeness
vii) Energy conservation in institutes
viii) Value engineering
ix) Revolution in communication technology
x) Pneumatic tools and equipments
xi) Wear mechanisms

Student Activities:
The students in a group of 3 to 4 will perform ANY THREE of the
following activities (other similar activities to be considered), and write a
report as a part of term work.
Activity :
i) Collecting internal communication forms.
ii) Collecting Failure data for automobile / machines /
equipments.
iii) Study of Hydraulic system for any one application like –
dumpers, Earth moving equipment, Auto service station.
iv) Survey of oils used for hydraulic circuits – specifications,
properties, costs, manufacturers names etc.
v) Study any one type of CNC machining center and prepare
report on tooling and tool holding devices
vi) Using finite element method analyse stresses in a cantilever
04 beam. Write all the steps involved with brief description. 18
vii) For a given job write a sequence of operations performed by
automated manufacturing system. Draw a block diagram of
control system to perform above operations
viii) Survey of types of bearings involving information about
construction working principles, mounting, lubrication,
materials, advantages, limitations and cost.
ix) Prepare a trouble shooting chart for any refrigeration system
and suggest remedial measures to avoid failures
x) For a drilling or milling operations on a simple machine
component, draw a jig or fixtures showing various features
like locating clamping, fool proofing etc.
xi) Compare non traditional methods on the basis of working
principles, accuracy , MRR, Applications and limitations
a) EBM b) PAM C)AJM d)WJM
xii) For a given job involving 3 to 4 operations suggest to
Seminar:
05 Seminar on any advanced technical topic to be presented by individual
13
student in a batch of 20 students. A separate topic be selected by an
individual student
Total 80


Course Code : ME/MH/MI/AE/PG/PT
Semester : Sixth for ME/AE/PG/PT and Seventh for MH/MI
Subject Title : Alternate Energy Sources and Management (Elective-II)

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
Rationale:
Energy is an important aspect in all sectors of country’s economy. The energy crisis is
mainly caused due to increased population and enhanced standard of living and life style of
people. The conventional sources of energy are insufficient to meet these demands. These are
polluting the environment disturbing ecobalance. Hence, alternative energy sources are utilized
for power production. The use of alternate energy sources is increasing day by day. Diploma
engineers are expected to develop, operate and maintain these systems. It is therefore essential
to know basics of energy conversion, conservation, and energy audit and waste heat recovery
techniques.
Objectives:
1. Develop awareness for effective utilization of alternative energy sources.
2. Identify different components of solar energy and wind energy devices.
3. Identify and analyze biomass plant.
4. Identify and apply energy conservation techniques for commonly used power
absorbing and generating devices.
5. Apply principles of energy conservation and energy management techniques.
6. Develop awareness about Energy Audits.

Learning Structure:-
To understand, analyze and identify the various alternative energy sources, in

view of power generation and to understand necessity of energy conservation
Application and apply it’s principles for waste heat recovery for effective utilization of the
same
Performance testing of devices on alternative energy sources like solar energy,

wind energy, biomass. Analyze and understand necessity of energy audit, energy
Procedure conversion. To perform energy audit for given specific system. To develop and
identify scope of Alternative energy sources. To predict an estimate of power
developed for given application.
Laws of thermodynamics Photosynthesis, Pyrolysis,

Plank’s law, Law of conservation of Synthetic degradation
Principles energy, Laws of heat transfer, Stefan-Boltzmann law
Cogeneration Principle of energy conservation
Solar constant, solar radiation,

temperature, velocity, wind power, Energy, lift, drag, wind power,
Concepts calorific value, heat flux, energy power coefficient, tip speed ratio,
conservation, waste heat recovery. biofuel, Heat transfer coefficient.
Sun, solar flat plate collector, air heater, solar cells, solar cooker, wind mill,
Facts wind turbine, generator, battery, heater, digester, dryer, compressor, gas turbine,
heat exchanger, pump, gasifier, Fluidized bed.

Contents: Theory: Note: one assignment at Sr. No. 3 is added

Introduction to Energy Sources
1.1 Introduction.
1.2 Major sources of energy: Renewable and Non-renewable.
01 1.3 Primary and secondary energy sources. 06 12
1.4 Energy Scenario:
• Prospects of alternate energy sources.
• Need of Alternate energy sources.
Solar Energy
2.1 Principle of conversion of solar energy into heat and
electricity
2.2 Solar Radiation: Solar Radiations at earth’s surface
• Solar Radiation Geometry: Declination, hour angle,
altitude angle, incident angle, zenith angle, solar
azimuth angle
2.3 Applications of Solar energy: -
• Construction and working of typical flat plate
02 collector and solar concentrating collectors and 12 20
their applications,
• advantages and limitations
• Space heating and cooling.
• Photovoltaic electric conversion.
• Solar distillation, Solar cooking and furnace.
• Solar pumping and Green House.
• Agriculture-Solar drying for foods
• (no derivations and numerical)
Wind Energy
3.1 Basic Principle of wind energy conversion.
3.2 Power in wind, Available wind power formulation,
Power coefficient, Maximum power
3.3 Main considerations in selecting a site for wind mills.
• Advantages and limitations of wind energy
03 08 14
conversion.
3.4 Classification of wind mills
• Construction and working of horizontal and vertical
axis wind mills, their comparison
• Main applications of wind energy for power
generation and pumping.
Energy from Biomass
4.1 Common species recommended for biomass.
• Methods for obtaining energy from biomass
4.2 Thermal classification of biomass
• Gasifier,
04 06 14
• Fixed bed and fluidized
• Application of gasifier
4.3 Biodiesel properties, production and application
4.4 Agriculture waste as a biomass
• Biomass digester

• Comparison of Biomass with conventional fuels

Energy Conservation & Management
5.1 Energy scenario in various sectors and Indian economy
5.2 Need and importance of energy conservation and
management
5.3 Concept of Payback period, Return on investment (ROI),
05 04 12
Life cycle cost, Sankey diagrams, specific energy
consumption.
Energy Conservation Techniques
6.1 Distribution of energy consumption
• Principles of energy conservation.
• Energy audit
• Types of audit
6.2 Methods of energy conservation
• Cogeneration and its application
06 06 16
• Combined cycle system
6.3 Concept of energy management
6.4 Study of different energy management techniques like
• Analysis of input
• Reuse and recycling of waste
• Energy education
• Conservative technique and energy audit
Economic approach of Energy Conservation
7.1 Costing of utilities like steam, compressed air, electricity
and water.
• Ways of improving boiler efficiency
7.2 Thermal insulation, Critical thickness of insulation
07 06 12
7.3 Waste heat recovery systems, their applications, criteria
for Installing unit.
7.4 An introductory approach of energy conservation in
compressed air, refrigeration, air conditioning, pumps
and fans.
Total 48 100
Assignments:
1) To collect information about global and Indian energy market.
2) To perform an experiment on solar flat plate collector used for water heating.
3) To study and analyze performance of Solar street lighting System.
4) To study construction and working of photo voltaic cell.
5) To study construction, working and maintenance of solar cooker.
6) Visit to plant of solar heating system for hotel/hostel/railway station etc.
7) To study construction and working of horizontal axis wind mill or to visit a nearest
wind farm.
8) To visit a biomass/ biogas plant of municipal waste or else where.
9) Perform energy audit for workshop/Office/Home/SSI unit.

10) Study of various waste heat recovery devices.
Learning Resources:
1. Books:

Dr B.H.Khan Non conventional energy Resources Tata McGraw Hill
G. D. Rai Non conventional energy sources Khanna publication
S. P. Sukhatme Solar energy Tata McGraw Hill
H. P. Garg Solar energy Tata McGraw Hill
Arrora Domkundwar Power plant engineering Dhanpat Rai & co.
P.H. Henderson India- The energy sector d University Press
D. A. Ray Industrial energy conservation Pergaman Press
W. C. Turner Energy management handbook Wiley Press
K. M. Mittal Non-conventional energy source --
Krupal Singh Jogi Energy resource management Sarup and sons
2. Cassettes/CD/websites:
1. CDs developed by National Power Training Institute, (Under the ministry of Power,
Government of India) Opposite VNIT, South Ambazari road, Nagpur
2. Website of Bureau of Energy and Efficiency. (www.bee-india.nic.in)
3. Website for Akshay Urja News Bulletin. (www.mnes.nic.in)


Semester : Sixth for Me and Seventh For MH/MI
Subject Title : Material Handling System (Elective-II)

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Rationale:
Material handling equipment is an integral part of modern industrial enterprise. The

flow of material in industry depends on a rational choice of the material handling equipment,
correct determination of its main parameters and efficient operation. Every diploma technician
must know the operational features of the equipment & its practical application.
Carrying parts & products in a shop from one work station to another, transferring them
from shop to shop or taking care of stockpiling and reclaiming operations, material handling
equipment/systems enable the process to go on without interruptions & at a predetermined
pace.
Knowledge of the subject will help technician to understand, select, operate and
maintain the material handling equipments.
Objectives:
The student will be able to.
1) Understand constructional & operational features of various materials handling
systems.
2) Identify, compare & select proper material handling equipment for specified
applications.

3) Know the controls & safety measures incorporated on material handling equipment.
4) Understand different material handling processes used in industries.
5) Appreciate the role of material handling devices in mechanization & automation of
industrial process.
Learning Structure:
Application Understand role, function, purpose and working of material handling

equipment to improve its utility and efficiency.
Starting, Stopping and steady state motion of material handling equipment.

Procedure Setting the pace of the conveying system. Installation, commissioning &
maintenance of material handling equipment Safe operation of material
handling processes.
Principles of loading and unloading, Principles of unit & bulk load handling
Principles of safe handling of materials. Principles of clamping, grabbing,
Principles handling the materials, principles of various mechanism such as traveling,
lifting, hoisting, etc
Concept of horizontal, Vertical & inclined transportation and lifting of

Concept materials. Concept of drives for equipment, Safety of equipment, Control of
equipment
Hoisting equipment, conveying equipment, surface transportation equipment,

overhead transportation equipment, industrial robots, computer controlled
Facts
material handling equipment & mechanism.
Hooks, chains, ropes, lifting magnet, breaks

Contents: Theory
Notes: 1) Design aspects of material handling equipment are to be ignored.
2) No derivations & mathematical treatment.
Chapter Name of topic Hours Marks

Introduction to Material Handling System
Main types of material handling equipments & their
01 applications, types of load to be handled, types of movements, 04 08
methods of stacking, loading & unloading systems, principles
of material handling systems.
Hoisting Machinery & Equipments
2.1 Construction, working & maintenance of different types
of hoists such as lever operated hoist , portable hand
chain hoist, differential hoists, worm geared and spur
geared hoists, electric & pneumatic hoists, jumfer.
2.2 Construction, working & maintenance of different types
02 of cranes such as rotary cranes, trackless cranes, mobile 12 24
cranes, bridge cranes, cable cranes, floating cranes &
cranes traveling on guide rails.
2.3 Construction, working & maintenance of elevating
equipments such as stackers, industrial lifts, freight
elevators, passenger lifts, mast types elevators, vertical
skip hoist elevators.
Conveying Machinery
3.1 Construction, working & maintenance of traction type
conveyors such as belt conveyors, chain conveyors,
bucket elevators, escalators.
03 06 12
3.2 Construction, working & maintenance of traction less type
conveyors such as gravity type conveyors, vibrating &
oscillating conveyors, screw conveyors, pneumatic &
hydraulic conveyors, hoppers gates & feeders.
Surface Transportation Equipment
4.1 Construction, function, working of trackless equipment
such as hand operated trucks, powered trucks, tractors,
04 AGV- Automatic Guided vehicle, industrial Trailers. 08 16
4.2 Construction, function, working of cross handling
equipment such as winches, capstans, Turntables, Transfer
tables, monorail conveyors.

Components of material handling systems

5.1 Flexible hoisting appliances such as welded load chains,
roller chains, hemp ropes, steel wire ropes, fastening
methods of wire & chains, eye bolts ,lifting tackles lifting
& rigging practices.
5.2 Load handling attachments.
a)Various types of hooks-forged, triangular eye hooks,
appliances for suspending hooks,
05 08 18
b) Crane grab for unit & piece loads
c) Electric lifting magnet, vacuum lifter.
d) Grabbing attachment for loose materials
e) Crane attachment for handling liquids / molten metals
5.3 Arresting gear & Brakes.
a) Arresting gear – construction & working
b) Construction & use of electromagnetic shoe brakes
Thruster operated shoe brakes, control brakes.
Mechanism used in material handling equipment
6.1 Steady state motion, starting & stopping of motion in
following mechanisms.
- Hoisting mechanism
06 06 12
- Lifting Mechanism
- Traveling Mechanism
- Slewing Mechanism
- Rope & chain operated Cross- Traverse Mechanism.
Selection of material handling equipment
Factors affecting choice of material handling equipment such
as type of loads, hourly capacity of the unit, direction &
07 length of travel, methods of stocking at initial, final & 04 10
intermediate points, nature of production process involved,
specific load conditions & economics of material handling
system.
Total 48 100
Practical:
Intellectual Skills
1. Understand the working principle of equipment/devices.

2. Identify & name major component of material handling device.
3. Understand role of material handling equipment in the industrial process.
4. Understand & appreciate safety instrumentation for equipment.
Motors skills
1) Identify & select the material handling devices for a given application.
2) Operate the working model of material handling equipment.

3) Ability to implement preventive maintenance schedule of material handling devices.
List of Practical:
1) Study & demonstration of any one type of conveyor – belt, Screw, pneumatic,
hydraulic.
2) Study and demonstration of any one type of crane (working model or actual).
3) Study and demonstration of fork lift truck (using electric drive or diesel engine) Or
hoisting equipment.
4) Study of preventive maintenance schedule of any one major material handling

equipment using operation manual.
5) Visit to coal handling plant of thermal power plant or cement industry to observe
working of different types of bulk material handling devices (at least three equipments).
Write report of the visit.
OR
Visit to steel industry or automobile manufacturing unit or sugar industry to observe
different types of roller conveyors, Bucket elevators, overhead cranes load handling
attachments, electric lifting magnet (at least 3 equipments). Write report of the visit
List of Practice Oriented Projects:
Note: Select any one mini project from following and submit report of the same (min. 5 pages)
1. Collect and write detail specifications of any two major material handling devices.
2. Collect and write information about manufacturer, Cost, Capacity range, availability,
application of any one material handling equipment from the following.
a) Hoisting equipment.
b) Conveying equipment.
c) Surface transportation equipment.
3. Collect photographs of ten different types of cranes used in industries. Write name and
specific utility of each.
4. Collect photographs of ten different types of conveyers used in industries. Write name and
specific utility of each
5. Write name of material handling devices and their utility after visiting any big industry near
by area
6. Using internet collects and writes information about six major manufacturer of material
handling equipment

7. Write report about testing of overhead crane for its lifting capacity.
Learning Resources:-
Books:
Sr.
No
Material handling
01 N. Rundenko Peace Publisher, Moscow
equipment
Material handling
02 M. P. Alexandrov MIR Publisher, Moscow
equipment
03 Y. I. Oberman Material handling MIR Publisher, Moscow
R. B. Chowdary & Material handling Khanna Publisher, Delhi

04
G. R. N. Tagore equipment
Material handling
05 Allegri T. H. CBS Publisher, Delhi
(Principles & Practice)
Plant layout & materials
06 Apple j. M JohnWiley Publishers.
handling
Material handling Hand
07 Bolz and others --
book
Daylas R. W. Pergaman, Encyclopedia of materials
08 --
Berlin handling
09 Immer J. R. Material handling Mc Graw Hill, New York
Material handling C.D.C. in Mechanical
10 Parameswaran M. A.
equipment Engg., I.I.T., Chennai


Semester : Sixth for ME and Seventh for MH/MI
Subject Title : Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (Elective-II)
Teaching and Examination Scheme:-

PAPER
HRS.
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
Rationale:
This subject is classified as an Applied Technology. The 21st century predicts

revolutionary developments in Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Refrigeration and Air
conditioning is one of the most meaningful job areas for diploma holders in Mechanical
Engineering. Considering the wide and increasing use of Refrigeration and Air conditioning
for domestic, commercial and industrial applications and the challenges put by the use of
Refrigeration and air conditioning equipments in existing stage, it is absolutely necessary that
Diploma Engineers should learn this subject. They should know the processes, equipments,
systems of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning with their functioning, maintenance, repairs and
measures to meet the challenges of the near future in this area. The Knowledge of Thermal
Engineering and Power Engineering is a prerequisite for this subject.
Objectives:
The student should be able to: -
1. Describe types, working principles and construction of Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning systems.
2. Calculate performance of refrigeration and air conditioning system.
3. Use various charts and tables used in refrigeration and air conditioning.
4. Enlist properties of refrigerants, their applications and effects on environment.
5. Identify various components and controls used in refrigeration and air
conditioning.

6. Describe various air conditioning systems and their applications.

7. Estimate cooling and heating loads.
8. Identify and describe different components of air distribution system.
Learning Structure: -
Describe and analyze the concepts of Refrigeration and Air conditioning in view of
Application operating and regularly maintaining related devices and systems in actual practice.
Analyze, identify and operate devices Analyze, identify and operate devices
and systems like refrigerators, chillers, of Air conditioning systems like
Procedures window, split , packaged and central
water coolers ice pants, cold storages
air conditioners.
Vapour Compression cycle, Vapour Principles of Air Circulation,

Principles Absorption cycle, Effect of suction Humidification and
and discharge pressure on COP Dehumidification
Methods of Refrigeration, Ton of DBT, WBT, DPT, humidity,

Concept Refrigeration, COP, sensible and relative humidity, heating and
latent heat cooling loads
Compressor, Condenser, Expansion devices, Evaporators, Controls, Refrigerators,

Facts Chillers. Water coolers, Window, split, packaged & central air conditioners, fans,
blowers, ducts, outlet grills.

Contents: Theory

Basics of Refrigeration
1.1 a) Definition of refrigeration.
b)Necessity of refrigeration
c) Unit of refrigeration, C.O.P. and refrigerating effect.
d) Concept of heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator.
1.2 Methods of refrigeration:-
Ice refrigeration
01 Refrigeration by expansion of air 06 12
Refrigeration by throttling of gas
Vapour refrigeration system
Steam jet refrigeration system
Non conventional methods of refrigeration like Vortex
tube, Pulse tube refrigeration, solar refrigeration
1.3 Major application areas of R.A.C. like domestic,
commercial and industrial.
Refrigeration Cycles
2.1 a) Reversed Carnot Cycle and its representation on PV
and TS diagram.
b)Air Refrigeration Cycles: -
- Bell Coleman air refrigerator, it’s representation
on PV and TS diagram, types and applications
like air craft refrigeration using simple air
cooling system..
- (Simple numerical on Reversed Carnot cycle.)
2.2 Vapour Compression Cycle (V.C.C): -
- principle, components, Representation on P-H
and T-S diagram, effects of wet compression,
dry compression, calculation of COP, Effect of
superheating, under cooling, suction pressure
02 10 20
and discharge pressure, Actual V.C.C., (simple
numerical), Methods of improving COP
(no description).
- Introduction to multistage V.C.C., its necessity,
advantages.
2.3 Vapour Absorption system : -
- Principle, components and working of aqua-
ammonia system (simple & practical)
Li-Br Absorption System Electrolux
Refrigeration System, Desirable properties of
Refrigerant and absorbent used in Vapour
Absorption System.
Comparison of vapour compression refrigeration system and
vapour absorption refrigeration system.
Refrigerants
3.1 a) Classification of refrigerants.
03 04 08
b) Desirable properties of refrigerants.
3.2 a) Nomenclature of refrigerants.

b) Selection of refrigerant for specific applications.

3.3 a) Concept of Green House Effect, Ozone depletion,
Global warming.
3.3 b) Eco-friendly refrigerants like R-134a, hydrocarbon
refrigerants etc.
Equipment selection
4.1 Components of Vapour Compression Refrigeration
System
a) Compressors:
- Classification, Construction and working of open type,
hermetic, centrifugal, rotary, screw and scroll
compressor and their applications.
b) Condensers:
- Classification, description of air cooled and water
cooled condensers, comparison and
applications
- Evaporative condensers.
c) Expansion devices:
- Types: - Capillary tube, automatic thermostatic
04 10 20
expansion
valve and their working principle & applications
d) Evaporators and chillers: -
- Classification of evaporators Construction and
working of Bare tube, Plate surface, finned, shell
and tube, flooded and dry expansion evaporator
- Capacity of evaporator and their applications
- Classification of chillers
- Construction and working of dry expansion Chillers
and flooded chillers and their applications.
4.2 Selection criteria for Vapour compression refrigeration
system components for the following applications:
Water coolers, ice plants, cold storage, domestic
refrigerator
Psychrometry
5.1 a) Definition and necessity of air conditioning.
b) Properties of Air, Dalton’s law of partial pressure
5.2 a) Psychrometric chart
b) Psychrometric processes, Bypass Factor, ADP,
05 06 12
concept of SHF, RSHF, ERSHF, GSHF
c) Simple numerical using Psychrometric chart
d) Adiabatic mixing of Air streams
5.3 Equipments used for Air- conditioning like humidifier,
dehumidifier, filter, heating and cooling coils.
Comfort conditions and cooling load calculations
6.1 a) Thermal exchange of body with environment
b) Factors affecting human comfort
06 c) Effective temp. and comfort chart 04 12
6.2 Components of cooling load- sensible heat gain and
latent heat gain sources, calculation of cooling load (No
numericals)

7.1 Air- conditioning systems

a) Classification of A.C. systems
b)Industrial and commercial A.C. systems
07 04 08
c) Summer, winter and year round A.C. systems
d) Central and unitary A.C. systems
7.2 Application areas of A.C. systems
Air distribution systems
8.1 Duct systems: -
a) Closed perimeter system, extended plenum system,
radial duct system, duct materials, requirement of
duct materials, losses in ducts
b) Air distribution outlets: -
08 04 08
- Supply outlets, return outlets, grills, diffusers
c) Fans and Blowers: -
- Types, working of fans and blowers
8.2 Insulation: -
- Purpose, properties of insulating material, types of
insulating materials, methods of applying insulation.
Total 48 100
Practical:
1. Identify various components of refrigeration and air conditioning equipment
2. Analyse cooling load based on application.
3. Interpret psychometric chart to find various properties of air.
4. Observe working of test rigs and calculate coefficient of performance.
Motor Skills:
1. Handle various tools used for refrigeration and air conditioning plant maintenance
2. Use of temperature, pressure, energy measuring devices
3. Draw the layout of central Air conditioning plant
4. Perform cooling load calculations for different air conditioning applications
5. Select and use of different types of insulating material and setting procedures for
applying insulations
List of Practical:
1. Trial on water cooler test rig.
2. Trial on ice plant test rig.
3. Visit to cold storage
4. Demonstration of domestic refrigerator in View of construction, operation and
controls used.
5. Demonstration of various controls like L.P./H.P. cut outs, thermostat, overload
protector, solenoid valve used in RAC.
6. Identification of components of ‘hermetically sealed compressor’.
7. Visit to repair and maintenance workshop in view of use of various tools and
charging procedure.

8. Cooling load calculations for cabin, classrooms, laboratory, canteen and dairy plant,
milk storage, small freezers (minimum one).
9. Trial on A.C. test rig.
10. Visit to central A.C. plant in view of ducting system, insulation system and Air
distribution system (e.g. frozen food industry/ice- cream industry/mushroom
plants/textile industries).
11. Trouble shooting of domestic refrigerator/window air- Conditioner.
Learning Resources:
1. Books:
Sr. No Author Tit;e Publisher

Refrigeration and Air
01 R.S.Khurmi S.Chand and Co
Conditioning
Arrora and Refrigeration and Air
02 Dhanpat Rai and Sons
Domkundwar Conditioning
03 Manohar Prasad New Age Publications
Conditioning
04 P.N.Ananthanarayanan Tata McGraw Hill
Conditioning
05 Roy Dossat Principles of Refrigeration Pearson Education
06 Edwin P. Anderson Commercial Refrigeration Taraporevala Sons & Co
2. IS/International Codes/Publications:
a) ISHRAE handbooks
b) Manohar Prasad: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning hand book, New Age Publications.


Course Code : ME/AE/MH/MI/PG/PT/PS
Semester : Sixth for ME/AE/PG/PT/PS and Seventh for MH/MI
Subject Title : Cad-Cam & Automation (Elective – II)

PAPER
HRS
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Rationale:
The need of today’s manufacturing industrial world is based on best quality & precision
oriented shorter manufacturing cycle time .To satisfy this need the use of CAD/CAM &
automation is inevitable .To satisfy industrial need, diploma engineer should be able to cope
with CAD/CAM technology. With this intention this subject is introduced in the curriculum.
The prerequisites of this subject have been introduced in earlier subjects such as engineering
graphics, engineering drawing & mechanical engineering drawing.
Objectives:
Student should be able to:
1. Understand the fundamentals & use CAD.
2. Conceptualize drafting and modeling in CAD.
3. Prepare CNC part programming.
4. Operate CNC machines.
5. Conceptualize automation and FMS.

Learning Structure:
To understand and Draw 2-D and 3D models using CAD Software and to write CNC part
Application programs for different jobs. To know Robots application and Automation in
manufacturing
Creation of part Construction Technical features –

Procedure programming, Methods, Sweep Work, volume,
CNC Application solid Modeling Movement, Weight,
Capacity, Drive
Co-ordinate Primitives & Configurations,

System in CNC Boolean Operations, Basic Robot,
Principles Programming Free Formed Motions,
Format Surfaces
Product Cycle, Geometric Modeling Robotic Elements of

CAD- CAM Automated System.
Concepts Hardware, NC, CNC
& DNC
Facts CAD- CAM Packages, CNC Machine Tools, Robots, Automation

Contents: Theory

Introduction to CAD/CAM
Role and Need of Computers in industrial manufacturing.
01 Product Cycle, CAD/CAM. 06 12
CAD/CAM hardware:- Basic structure, CPU, Memory, I/O
devices, Storage devices and system configuration.
Geometric Modeling
Requirement of geometric modeling, Types of geometric
models.
02 Geometric construction methods:-sweep, solid modeling- 08 16
Primitives & Boolean operations, free formed surfaces
(Classification of surface only), Rapid Prototyping (No
numerical treatment)
Introduction to computer numerical Control
Introduction - NC, CNC, DNC, Advantages of CNC,
The coordinate system in CNC,
03 Motion control system - point to point, straight line, 06 16
Continuous path (Contouring). Absolute system and
Incremental system, Feedback control system, Application
of CNC.
Part programming
Fundamentals, manual part programming, NC –Words,
04 10 20
Programming format, part programming, use of subroutines
and do loops, computer aided part programming (APT).
Industrial Robotics
Introduction, Types of Robots and their working principle,
physical configuration, basic robot motions, technical
features such as - work volume, precision and speed of
05 10 20
movement, weight carrying capacity, drive system, End
effectors, robot sensors.
Applications – Material transfer, machine loading, welding,
spray coating, processing operation, assembly, inspection.
Automation
Basic elements of automated system, advanced automation
functions, levels of automation.
06 Flexible manufacturing system :-Introduction, Scope and 08 16
benifits, Types, Major elements of FMS, FMS equipment,
FMS application, Introduction to CIM
Lean Manufacturing :- Introduction
Total 48 100
Practical:
1. Interpret the various features in the menu of solid modeling package.
2. Synthesize various parts or components in an assembly.
3. Prepare cnc programmes for various jobs.

4. Understand the concept of finite element method.

5. Prepare a report of visits.
Motor Skills:
1. Operate a turning center and a machining center.
2. Operate and use solid modeling packages for drawing of assemblies.
3. Draw sketches of assemblies for converting into solid models.
4. Handle various tools used in cnc.
List of Practicals:
1. Two assignments on CAD for 2D drafting.
2. Two assignments on CAD for 3D Modelling.
3. Manufacturing one turning and one Milling component on CNC.
4. At least four assignments on part programming using subroutines do loops for turning
and milling component.
5. Report writing on visit to industry having CNC machine.
6. Report writing on visit to industry having robot Application.
7. Report writing on visit to Industry having Automation in manufacturing.
Learning Resources:
Books:
Sr.
No.
CAD/CAM Principles and
01 P.N.Rao Tata McGraw-Hill
Applications
RadhaKrishna P. &
02 CAD/CAM/CIM Wiley EasternLtd
Subramanyam
B.S.Pabla and New age
03 CNC Machine
M.Adithan International(P)Ltd
Groover M.P. & Computer Aided design and
04 Prentice hall of India
Zimmers Jr manufacturing

UNIVERSITY OF PUNE
Circular No. 230 of 2008-2009
Subject : Information regarding Eligibility conditions and verification of Eligibility

Application Forms in respect of various courses of the University.
Principals of affiliated colleges, Directors of recognised institutions and Heads of University

Departments shall take the responsibility of doing all the work related to eligibility of students
admitted by them to various courses of the University in their respective colleges/institutions/
University Departments.
Eligibility certificate is the first document which enables the students to get admission
to the chosen course in the College & Institutes under University Jurisdiction. In the interests of
the students as well as in the academic interests of the University, it is necessary that the process
of issuing eligibility certificate should be completed expeditiously. If such process is delayed or
remains faulty due to any reason, students and alongwith them all other concerned have to suffer.
Money spent by the students and their valuable years are wasted.
To avoid such eventuality or at least to minimise the same, it is necessary that this process
should be completed very carefully, cautiously and with speed. The Heads of University departments/
the Principals of colleges as well as Directors of recognised Institutes are requested to note
carefully the following instructions for this purpose :
1. The Principal of the College or Director of the Institute should check that the applicant
satisfies all the conditions of admission to the concerned course before admitting such
an applicant i.e. admissions are to be made according to the rules.
2 . The Principal/Director/Head, University Department shall ensure that the student has
submitted copies of the required Certificates. The Principal/Director/Head shall verify
the true copies with the originals and endorse accordingly.
3. The originals should be retained by the College/Institute/University Department and
should be made available to the University officials at the time of verification of
eligibility.
4. The student is responsible for any discrepancy, error, wrong or incomplete information
in the form. The authority granting admission shall ensure that the student has filled
application completely and without any mistake.
5. Eligibility shall be decided strictly as per the provision of Ordiance No. 56 to 64 and
0.115 & 0.116.
6. The Principal of the affiliated college and Director of the Recognised Institute/Head,
University Department shall note the contents of University Circulars issued in this
regard from time to time.
2
7 . It should be noted that the eligibility rules should be strictly followed while
giving admission to the students and if any candidate is found ineligible, the
Principal/Head of the Dept./Director of the Institute shall be held responsible
for the lapse and the University office shall not be a party to any litigations
arising out of this critical position.
8. It shall be carefully checked that the students enter all the required information in the
prescribed eligibility form and no column in the form is left blank.
9. (A) Photocopies of the following documents in the neat and legible form with
endorsement as true copy by the Principal/Head/Director or teacher incharge of
admissions, under his signature and stamp (with date) shall be attached to the
application. Certificates not so attested should not be accepted. All Original
documents should be returned to the concerned student/s after the same
are verified by the college/institute/department for scrutiny.
(1) Statement of Marks (Last qualifying exam.).
(2) Passing/Degree certificate (If statement of marks does not indicate clearly
-class/ percentage of marks obtained by the student in the relevant
examination).
(3) Migration certificate (Original) (if applicable).(original will not be returned)
(4) Transference certificate (if applicable).(original will not be returned)
(5) Attendance certificate, (if applicable).(original will not be returned)
(6) (a) Written Statement regarding gap in education and/or change of name
(in the original),
(b) if applicable. (on Rs. 10/- stamp paper/court fee stamp of Rs. 10)
(7) Final score card in respect of M.B.A. student.
(8) Copy of the admission letter issued by admission authority in case of centralised
admission process by State or University.
(B) (1) If an Affiliated College/Institute/University Department admits students who

are not eligible and if such students are allowed to fill in Examination Form
a penalty of Rs. 10,000/- per student shall be imposed on the College and
the performance of Examination of such students will also be cancelled.
(2) If any Affiliated College admits any student not eligible for Under-graduate
or Post-Graduate Courses of this University and allows him/her to fill in the
Examination Form, a penalty of Rs. 5000/- per student shall be imposed on
the College and performance of the examination of such student shall be
cancelled.
(3) The same rule applies to the University Departments, Centres/Schools. The
Head of University Department/Director of Recognised Institute will have
to pay penalty as above in case not eligible candidate is allowed to fill in the
University Examination form.
3
10. The condition of eligibility regarding minimum percentage of marks at the

degree level will be relaxed in case of a candidate who gets required minimum
percentage of marks at the Post Graduate level. For such admission his
minimum percentage of marks at P.G. level will be considered
11. CANDIDATES FROM MAHARASHTRA STATE BELONGING TO SC/ST/DTNT/

OBC MUST SUBMIT THE CASTE VALIDITY CERTIFICATE.
(The students migrating from other states will not be entitled to the concessions/
benefits available to the S.C./S.T./D.T.N.T.,S.B.C. and O.B.C. students of the
Maharashtra State).
The courses for which the condition of minimum percentage of marks is
required; a relaxation of 5% marks be given to the above mentioned categories
of Maharashtra State only, if the same is not mentioned specifically.
(Student belonging to N.T.(C), N.T.(D) and O.B.C. must submit Creamy Layer Free
Certificate).
However the candidates from other states who are nominated by the Govt. of India
for admission to any course are entitled to the concessions/benefits available to SC/ST/
DTNT/SBC and OBC, provided they belong to such category of nominating state Ref.
OTC-1097/TE-1 dated 5-8-97 of Maharashtra State for Admission Purpose.
12. The eligibility fee shall be as prescribed by the University Authorities from
time to time (Annexure A).
13. The Colleges/Institutes/University Departments shall receive eligibility fees from their
students and shall issue receipts thereof. The Principal shall submit demand draft
in the name of ‘The Registrar, University of Pune, Pune-411 007’ of the amounts
so collected, within 10 days from the last date mentioned below alongwith list of
students. (A single Demand Draft must be given along with coursewise list of the
students.)
As per decision taken by the University authorities on the subject mentioned above, it
is hereby notified as below :
Colleges should be accept 40% amount of the total eligibility fees to words remumration
to non teching staff and deposit, the rest of 60% amount to University of Pune. (for
example : if the eligibility fee is Rs. 100/- then College should be accept Rs. 40/- and
deposit the amount of Rs. 60% to University of Pune).
It is further informed that the amount of late fees, additional fees, additonal late fees
should be totally deposited to University of Pune without deducting 40% college share.
Departments, Colleges and Institutes are hereby informed to strictly follow the norms
mentioned above.
4
( a ) The last dates for receiving eligibility forms in the College/Institute/Department

office are as under :
Sr. Course Last Date Last Date Last Date

No. without with Late with Additional
Late Fee Fee of Rs.50/- Late Fee of Rs.200/-
(Elig. Fee) (Elig. fee)
1 2 3 4 5
1. All Degree/Diploma/Certificate 31st Aug. 30th Sept. 31st October

and Post-Graduate Courses.
(Except the courses for which
admissions are made by the Govt.
of Maharashtra and the courses for
which admissions are made in the
second term).
2. M.Phil., Ph.D. and other 2 months 3 months 4 months

courses after P.G. examination. from the date from the date from the date
of issuance of of issuance of of issuance of
admission letter admission letter admission letter
3. All courses for which admissions 30 days 30 more days 15 more days
are made by the Govt. of from the date
Maharashtra and in centralised of letter of the
Admission process of Govt. of Maha./
this University. Pune University
as the case may be
(b) The Principals/Directors/Heads of University Departments shall submit the lists

of candidates admitted to the University Office/District Centre within four days
from the last dates mentioned in the above table respectively.
(c) If any of the last date mentioned above falls on Sunday or Holiday, the last date
shall be the next working day.
14. The Principal/Head/Director is requested to arrange the applications classwise under

four categories as follows :
(a) Students joining the First Year (Arts, Science and Commerce and other Professional
courses) after passing the Higher Secondary School Certificate Examination
(XII Std.) of the Maharashtra State Board of Higher Secondary Education.
(b) Students joining the University for any course on the basis of passing
H.S.C.or equivalent examination other than H.S.C. examination of
Maharashtra State.
5
(c) Students joining any course on the basis of having passed qualifying examination
from Pune University will also be required to fillup the eligibility forms.
(d) The College/Institute/Department shall maintain the record of eligibility cases for
3 years from the date of admission.
15. Change in Name :
It shall be ensured that name of the student in the application form for eligibility and
statement of marks, passing certificate, Degree Certificate of the qualifying examination
or in any other document enclosed therewith is the same. If in any case there is
a difference in the name i.e. in the case of a girl-student if name after marriage is
different, proof for change in name, such as copy of Government Gazette,
Marriage Registration Certificate, Affidavit should be enclosed along with the application
form. Eligibility Certificate shall not be issued in the absence of such documentary
proof.
16. Admissions as per provisions of Ordinance No. 59 :
The Principal/Head/Director shall ensure that in case of a student to whom admission
is granted in anticipation of declaration of his result, as per provisions of Ordinance No.
59, the necessary certificates are received within two months from the date of admissions,
failing which Principal/Head/Director shall cancel the admission of such student under
intimation to the University and the student concerned.
17. Recognised Degrees / Diplomas :
Students passing degrees/diplomas from the Universities/Boards/other Examining Bodies
which are recognised by Association of Indian Universities, New Delhi are only eligible
for admission in this University on a reciprocal basis provided that the entrance
qualifications, duration of the course and the general standard of attainment is similar
to those prescribed by this University (lists of such Universities, HSC Boards and
Examining Bodies are enclosed). (Annexure ‘B’)
* However in case of degree awarded by open universities the condition regarding and
duration of course may be relaxed, provided that the general standards of attainment
are similar to those prescribed by the Recognising University.
18. Admissions of External Students as regular students :
The candidate registered as external student of the University shall be eligible for admission
as a regular student in the next higher class of the same course and vice versa.
19. As per U.G.C. directives a Graduate means a Bachelor Degree holder of three years
duration course of a Statutory Indian University.
20. Admission to courses after Graduation :
For the purpose of admission to second Graduation course or Post Graduation course
the candidate should have passed Graduate course of three years duration of this
University or any other statutory Indian University or equivalent examination.
21. Eligibility of MCVC (minimum competency vocational course) is equivalent to XIIStd
of Maharastra State Board of higher Education.
22. The students who are passing "A Level Examination University of Cambridge is
equivalent to XII std of Maharastra State Board of secondary and Higher secondary
(Goverment of Maharastra)
6
23. The Students who are Passing Examination conducted by Vishvashanti Gurukul of the
University of Cambridge for I.B. Diploma programme is equivalent to the XIIStd of
Goverment of Maharastra Board Programme is equivalent to the XIIStd of Maharastra
State Board of Secondary & Higher Secondary Education.
24. Migrated Student with A.T.K.T. Not Eligible for Admission :
No student coming from another University shall be eligible for admission in this
University in the next higher class unless he is declared as passed in the preceding
year/class of the former University, i.e. student who has been granted ATPT/ATKT
in any course by other University shall not be eligible for admission in the next higher
class of that course in this University.
25. Student who has appeared for supplementary examination not eligible :
Student who has appeared for any supplementary examination of the Statutory
Board/University shall not be eligible for admission in higher class in this
University unless he is declared as passed before the last date prescribed for
admission to the course.
26. Student with S.S.C. and G.C.D. are not Eligible :
Students passing S.S.C. examination with English of any Board and Government
Commercial Diploma examination of the Government of Maharashtra are not
held eligible for admission to the F.Y. Course of any faculty.
27. Student with 11 years H.S.C. / S.S.L.C. are not Eligible :
( i ) Students passing the Higher Secondary Examination of any Board with
duration of 11 years are not eligible for admission to any course where
H.S.C. (XII std.) or equivalent examination is the minimum qualification
in this University. (e.g. Rajsthan Board, M.P. Bhopal Board etc.)
( ii) Students passing the School level examination conducted by the following
Boards should not be admitted to any course in this University on the
basis of certificates of these Boards :
(1) The Central Board of Higher Education, Tilak Nagar, New Delhi
110018.
(2) The Central Board of Higher Education, 39/7, East, Patel Nagar,
New Delhi.
(3) The Central Board of Higher Education, Vachaspati Bhavan, New
Delhi.
(iii) Students passing the Higher Secondary Examination (10+2) conducted by
Bharatiya Shiksha Parishad, Uttar Pradesh, Lucknow, are not eligible for
admission to any course in this University.
28. Students passing Diploma in Tools and Die Making conducted by Nettur
Technical Training Foundation (NTTF) Bangalore, are not eligible for
adminission to any course of this University.
29. Students passing first year of Yashwantrao open University, Nasik, Tilak
Vidyapeeth, Pune, S.N.D.T. University Mumbai are not eligible for Second &
Third year of Degree Course of this University.
7
Sr. Name of the Course Qualifications required for Eligibility

No.
(1) Faculty of Arts & Fine Arts

Bachelor's Degree
1. First Year B.A. (a) Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) or its
equivalent Examination with English as a passing
subject.
(b) Three Years Diploma Course (after S.S.C. i.e. 10th
Standard), of Board of Technical Education conducted
by Government of Maharashtra or its equivalent.
(c) Three Years Diploma in Pharmacy Course (after S.S.C.
i.e. 10th), of Board of Technical Education conducted
(d) S.S.C. of 10 years or 11 years with English and
Indian Air Force Educational Test for promotion
to the rank of Corporal.
(e) Trained Teachers Certificate Course, of Inter-State
Board of Anglo Indian Education, New Delhi.
(f) Intermediate Commerce/Arts examination from the
Recognized Board of Secondary Education, M.P.
Bhopal with 4 subjects including General English.
(g) Diploma in Education with English, of Bureau of
Government of Mahrashtra.
(h) MCVC (minimum competency Vocational Course
Goverment of Maharastra)
2. First Year B.A. Performing Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) or its equivalent
Arts Arts (Music, Dance, Drama) Examination with English with
45% marks with common Entrance Test.
3. First Year B.A. Fine Arts Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) or its equivalent
Examination with English.
4. .i Advanced Certificate Minimum H.S.C. or its equivalent examination passed.
Course in Buddhist No previous knowledge of Buddhist languages. Pali /
Studies.
ii. Advanced Diploma Sanskrit / Chinese and Tibetan.
Course in Buddhist Studies.
iii. Higher Diploma Course in
Buddhist Studies.
iv. Post-Graduate Diploma course
in Buddhist Studies.
8

No.
5. Certificate/ Diploma and H.S.C. or its equivalent Examination. i.e. 10 + 2.

Advanced Diploma Course
in English Literature.
b) Advanced Diplomas in Diploma Course in respective Languages.
French/ German/ Russian /
Japanese.
c) Special Diploma in Russian Advanced Diploma in Russian languge.
d) Certificate Course in A Bachelor degree in any subject or S.S.C. having
Manuscriptology minimum ten years experience as a Librarian in recognized
institutes.
e) Diploma in Urdu S.S.C./H.S.C. passed with English and Urdu subject.
f) Intensive Certificate Course S.S.C. or Equivalent Examination.
in French
g) Special Diploma in Advanced Diploma in French or Equivalent qualification.
Commercial French
6. Second Year B.A. Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty provided student who has
passed B.A. Examination will not be eligible for admission
to S.Y.B.A. in the same subject in which he has passed his
B.A. Examination.
Master’s Degree
7. a) Master of Arts Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
b) Master of Arts in Bachelor’s Degree and Sanskrit, Prakrit & Pali subjects
Sanskrit Linguistics atleast at H.S.C. level
1. Communication Sanskrit
2. Introduction of Stotra Subhasitka Literature
3. Introduction of Bhagwadgeeta
4. Vyakarana
5. Introduction of the Upanisads
6. Introduction to Manuscriptology
c) M.A. Performing Arts Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty with 45% marks.and
aptitude, performing test, Audition test. or
(a) Bachelor’s Degree with subjects Music, Dance,
Drama. or
(b) Bachelor’s Degree and Visharad of Akhil Bhartiya
Gandharva Mahavidyalaya. or
(c) Bachelor’s degree and sufficient work experience in
Music/Dance/Drama.
9

No.
P.G. Diploma/Certificate
8. a) Post Graduate Diploma Master’s Degree in any faculty and Sanskrit, Prakrit & Pali
in Sanskrit Linguistics subjects atleast at H.S.C. level.
b) Post Graduate Diploma A Master’s Degree in any faculty.

in Indian Logic &
Episthemology.
c) Post Graduate Diploma A Bachelor’s Degree.

in Pali.
d) Diploma course in Certificate course of Pune University in the same Language.

French/ - German/Russian For Japanes Diploma Course with minimum B Grade at
/Japanese Spanish certificate Examination.
e) Special Diploma in German (a) Advanced Diploma in German or

Translation and Special Dipl- (b) Bachelor’s degree in German or
oma in Commercial German. (c) Any other equivalent qualification
(2) Faculty of Mental, Moral & Social Sciences
Bachelor’s Degree
1. First Year B.A. (a) Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) or its
equivalent Examination with English.
(b) Three Years Diploma Course (after S.S.C. i.e 10th
standard), of Board of Technical Education
conducted by Government of Maharashtra or its
equivalent.
(c) Three Years Diploma in Pharmacy Course of Board
of Technical Education, conducted by Government of
Maharashtra or its equivalent.
(d) S.S.C. of 10 years or 11 years with English and Indian
Air Force Educational Test for promotion to the rank
of Corporal.
(e) Trained Teachers Certificate Course of Inter-State
Board of Anglo Indian Education, New Delhi.
(f) Intermediate Commerce/Arts examination from the
Board of Secondary Education, M.P. Bhopal with
4 subjects including General English.
(g) Diploma in Education of Bureau of Government of
Maharashtra with English.
(h) MCVC (minimum competency vocational course,
Govetrment of Maharastra
10

No.
2. Second Year B.A. Bachelor's degree in any faculty provided student who
has passed B.A. Examination will be eligible for
admission to S.Y.B.A. in the same subject in which he
has passed his B.A. Examination.
3. Bachelor of Library and A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.

Information Science.
4. Diploma in Technical Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University.
Communication Candidates with a three year Diploma after S.S.C. and
at least three years professional experience in Manufacturing
or Service Industry will also be eligible to
seek admission to the course. Candidates must have sound
knowledge of English and skills in M.S. Word.
5. Certificate Course in Book Graduation in any discipline from a recognized
editing and Publishing. university. Candidates with a post S.S.C. three-year diploma
in printing technology or Post-Higher professional
experience in book editing and publishing industry will also
be eligible to seek admission to the course.
Master’s Degree
6. Master of Arts A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
7. Master of Arts (Mathematics) B.A. or B.Sc. with mathematics (special or subsidiary).
8. M.A. (Mass Communication Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
& Journalism)
9. Master of Library and (a) A Bachelor of Library Science with First class or
Information Science Bachelor’s degree of Library Science with three years
experience in Library work. or
(b) A Diploma (after graduation) in Library Science
with First Class.
10. Master of Library and A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Information Science
(with Credit System)
11. Master of Social Work A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
12. Master of Mass Relation A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
13. Master of Arts Social Studies A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
(Inter-disciplinary)
14. Masters Programme in A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty with 50% marks.
Development Planning &
Administration (M.A./M.Sc.)
11

No.
15. Post Graduate Diploma in (a) Bachelor of Arts in Psychology ( Special / General ).
School Psychology. or
(b) Bachelor of Home Science with specialization in Child
Development. or
(c) Bachelor of Science with Psychology as principal /
subsidiary subject. or
(d) Bachelor of Education. or
(e) Master of Social Work. or
(f) Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty , of Open University

with three year course in Psychology at graduation
16. Post Graduate Diploma in A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty with 45% of marks.
Foreign Trade.
17. Post Graduate Diploma in A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty with 45% marks.
Financial & Investment
Management.
18. Post Graduate Diploma in A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty with 45% marks.
Insuarance & Financial
Service.
19. Post Graduate Diploma in (a) A Bachelor’s Degree in Arts or Science faculty with
Human Resource Psychology at special or general level. or
Development. (b) Any Graduate with three year courses of Psychology
from an Open University.
Diploma / Certificate
20. Diploma in Public Administration. A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
21. Diploma in Social Work A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
22. Diploma in Tribal Development A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
23. Diploma in Rural Development A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
24. Diploma in Industrial Psychology A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
25. Diploma in Child & Family A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Counseling
26. Diploma in Journalism A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
27. Diploma in Travel & Tourism A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
28. Diploma in Philosophy A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
29. Diploma in Indology A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
30. Diploma in Indian Numismatics A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
12

No.
31. Diploma in Medieval Indian A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.

Studies & Archival Sciences
32. Diploma in Child Guidance (a) A Bachelor’s Degree with Psychology or
(b) A Bachelor of Education.
33. Diploma in Disaster H.S.C. (10+2) Examination with English as a
subject. Management
34. Diploma in Clinical and Master of Arts in Psychology.
Counselling Psychology
35. Diploma in Cartography in Bachelor’s degree in Geography.
Geography
(3) Faculty of Science

Bachelor’s Degree
1. First Year B.Sc. (a) Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) or its
equivalent Examination with English with any three
science subjects such as Physics, Chemistry, Biology,
Mathematics, Geography, Geology, etc. or
(b) Three Years Diploma Course of Board of Technical
Education conducted by Government of Maharashtra
or its equivalent. or
(c) Three Years Diploma in Pharmacy Course of Board
of Technical Education conducted by Government of
Maharashtra or its equivalent. or
(d) Intermediate Science Examination with Compulsary
English, Physics, Chemistry, Biology/Mathematics or
any other three subjects from the Board of Secondary
Education M.P. Bhopal, as a regular candidate.
(e) Higher Secondary School Certificate(10+2)
Examination with English and any of the following
vocational subjects of + 2 level (MCVC).
Subject Code Subject .
79 Auto Electrical
A1 Electrical Maintenance
A2 Mechanical Maintenance
A4 General Civil Engg.
C2 Electronics
C3 Chemical Plant Operation
D9 Computer Science
C5 Elementary Laboratory Technology
13

No.
J1/J2/J3 Electronics Technology

J4/J5/J6 Maintenance & Repairs of Electrical
Domestic Appliances
K1/K2/K3 Auto Engineering Technician
K4/K5/K6 Mechanical Technology
P1/P2/P3 Medical Lab. Technician
P4/P5/P6 X-Ray Technician
P7/P8/P9 Opthalmic Technician
T1/T2/T3 Repair, Maintenance & Rewinding of
Electrical Motors.
L1/L2/L3 Horticulture of other Agriculture Group.
2. F.Y. B.Sc. (a) H.S.C. (10+2) Level Examination in science with
(Computer Science) Mathematics. or
(b) Three Years Diploma Course ,after S.S.C. (10th
standard) of Board of Technical Education conducted
3. F.Y.B.Sc. (Biotechnology) (a) H.S.C. (10+2) Science Passed or equivalent.
(b) Admission should be made on partly merit and partly
entrance examination basis
(Note : Individual college is free to make mathematics
compulsory).
4. F.Y.B.Sc. (Wine Technology) H.S.C. (10+2) Science or equivalent.
5. B.Sc. (Applied) B.M.Tech Bachelor of Science. or B.E. or B.Sc. (Nursing) or
M.B.B.S.or
(Bio-Medical Techniques) B.A.M.S. or B.H.M.S. or B.V. Science or B.Pharm or its
Equivalent with second class.
6. B.Sc. (Applied) Analytical B.Sc. (Chem.) Special or sub-subject.
Chemistry
7. B.Sc. (Applied) (a) Bachelor of Science with Physics/Chemistry/Botany/
Optometry Zoology/Electronics/Microbiology, with 50%
marks. or
(b) M.B.B.S./ B.A.M.S./ B.H.M.S./ B.Pharm. with
50 % marks.
8. B.Sc. (Applied) Bachelor of Science in Biology, Zoology, Botany
(Biotechnology) Biotechnology, Life Sciences, Microbiology, Chemistry,
Agriculture, Physics, Geology, any Subsidiary B.Sc.
(Computer Science) Subject with minimum 50% Marks,
Bachelor of Pharmacy 50%.
9. B.Sc. Applied course Bachelor of Science, B.Sc. (Computer Science), BA in
Geographic Information Geography with Mathematics/Statistics as a subordinate subject,
System and Remote Sensing MA in Geography, B.Arch., M.C.A., MCM, with 50% Marks,
Bachelor of Engineering.
14

No.
10. B.Sc.(Applied) B.Sc. (Microbiology) or B.Sc. (Biotechnology)

Wine Technology
11. B.Sc. Tech. (a) The candidate who is serving or served in the
(Weapon System) Regiment of Artillery for minimum 5 years
(b) Passed H.S.C.(10 + 2) or has completed initial training
from recruitment in Artillery Centre after S.S.C.
(c) Basic Diploma in Weapon System or equivalent unit
instructors course.
12. B.Sc. Home Science The B.Sc. in Home Science degree course will consists of
six semesters in three years.
Candidate passed the higher secondary school certificate
examination H.S.C. in science or commerce or arts stream/
or Home Science/Vocational Course/Diploma in
Engineering/Pharmacy/Homoeopathy or equivalent exam.
from any recognized Board or University.
Master's Degree
1. Master of Science (M.Sc.) Bachelor of Science, in respective subject. & B.Sc.(Bio-
Tech.) is eligible for M.Sc. admission in Microbiology, Zoology,
Botany, Biotechnology.
2. M.Sc. (Space Science) Bachelor of Science / Engineering.
3. M.Sc. (Environmental Sci.) (a) Bachelor of Science. or
(b) Bachelor in Engineering any branch. or
(c) Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, Fisheries with
50% marks.
(d) Pharmacy.
4. M. Sc. (Physics) Bachelor of Science with Physics as a special subject
5. M. Sc. (Maths.) Bachelor of Science with Mathematics or/Mathematics
atleast upto second year B.E./B.Tech.
6. M. Sc. (Polymer Science) Bachelor of Science With 50% Marks & Physics as one of
Subsidiary subject or
Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical/ Polymer.
7. M. Sc. (Health Science) (a) Bachelor of Science. or
(b) Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences. or
(d) Bachelor of Science in Nursing. or
(e) Bachelor of Science in Physiotherapy. or
(f) M.B.B.S., B.A.M.S., B.H.M.S., B.Pharm. with
50% marks.
8. M.Sc. (Bio Technology) (a) Bachelor of Science, or M.B.B.S.,B.A.M.S., B.H.M.S.,
(University Department) B.Pharm. with 55% marks.
(b) Entrance Test Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi
15

No.
9. M.Sc. (Bio technology) Bachelor of Science in Bio Technology with 60% marks as
(College) minimum & 55% marks for reserved Category Students.
10. M.Sc. (Petroleum Technology) Bachelor of Science.
11. M.Sc. (Computer Science) (a) Bachelor of Science faculty with 50% marks.
(University Department) (b) Entrance Test
12. M.Sc. (Computer Science) (a) Bachelor of Computer Science BCS with 50% marks or
(College) (b) B.Sc. (Computer Science) with 50% marks or
(c) A Bachelor of Engineering with 50% marks.
13. M.Sc. (Computer Science) Bachelor of computer science with 50% marks. or
(Interdisciplinary School B.Sc. (Computer) with 50% marks.
of Scientific Computing) OR
B.E. in Computer Science/Information Technology/
Electronics Telecommunication with 50% marks.
14. M.Sc. (Drug Chemistry) B.Sc. Chemistry with 50% marks.
15. M.Sc. (PPPR) Tech. (a) Graduate of National Defence Academy or any other
Weapon Systems recognized University or
(b) A Commissioned Officer of Indian Military Academy
(IMA) or Officers Training Academy (OTA) or
(c) Has passed the Long Gunnery Staff course in field or
surveillance and Target Acquisition stream or
(d) Has taught in the school of Artillery for one year or
in Artillery Unit for two years after having the Long
Gunnery Staff Courses.
(e) Has minimum seven years service as an Officer.
1. Diploma in Weapon System Diploma in Weapon System Technology will be awarded to
Technology those students, who successfully complete his course,
conducted at MAC Wing. MIRC, Ahmednagar. Students
are eligible for admission, subject to fulfilling the under-
mentioned qualitative requirements and pre-requisites :
(a) Should have minimum of five years of services.
(b) Should have passed Matriculation/SSC from any
recognised Board of Secondary Education
(c) Should have successfully completed 12 weeks of Basic
Gunnery Training as a young soldier, Conducted at
MIRC Ahmednagar.
(d) Should be a Grade 1 Gunner and should have
completed the Basic Conversion Course.
16

No.
(e) Should have done on the job training for minimum

two years (104 weeks) at unit level, other than non
contact periods.
Post-graduate Diploma in Infantry Combat Vehicle (ICV)
Technology and Combat Application will be awarded
to those students, who successfully complete this
course, conducted at MAC Wing, MIRC, Ahmednagar.
Students are eligible for admission, subject to fulfilling
the under-mentioned qualitative requirements and pre-
requisites.
2. Post Graduate Diploma in (a) Should be a Graduate from any recognised University.
Infantry Combat Vehicle (ICV) (b) Should be a Commissioned Officer in the Indian Army.
Technology and Combat (c) Should have done on the Job Training for minimum
Application (ICVTCA) one year (52 weeks) at unit level other than non contact
periods.
(d) Should be physically fit and be able to pass the
requisite Battle Physical Proficiency Test as per laid
down standards.
Diploma in Vehicle System Technology will be awarded
to those students, who successfully complete this
course, conducted at MAC Wing, MIRC, Ahmednagar.
Students are eligible for admission, subject to fulfilling
the under-mentioned qualitative requirements and
pre-requisites.
3) Post Graduate Diploma in Bee B.Sc.(Students those who have offered Zoology/Botany
keeping (Central Bee Research at F.Y / S.Y level are eligible)
and Training Institute Khadi &
Village Industrial Commission,
Ganeshkhind Road Pune-7)
4. Post Graduate Diploma in (a) M.A./ M.Sc., Maths/Statistics/Physics/Electronics,
Industrial Mathematics Computer Industrial Mathematics Science or Equivalent.
(b) B.E./ B.Tech. any branch or equivalent
5. Post Graduate Diploma in B.Sc. (any Science Subject/Agriculture)
Geo-Environment Appraisal and
Management
(University Department)
6. Post Graduate Diploma in Geo B.E. (Civil) M.Sc. (Geology)
Techonology (University Department)
17

No.
7. Diploma in Advanced Digital B.E. Electronics or B.E. (E & T.C.) or

System Design B.Tech Electronics
8. Certificate Course in Armament (a) B.Sc. or B.E. or Diploma in Engineering or Equivalent
Test Evaluation (b) Belonging to Director General of Quality Assurance
(SQRA) Ordinance Factories Board (OFB), Defence
Research and Development Organisation (DRDO),
Directorate of Naval Armament Inspectorate (DNAI)
9. Certificate Course in Biomedical M.Sc. Electronics OR B.E. Electronics
Electronics, Industrial Controllers,
mechatronics, Network Design.
(Department of Electronics,
Unversity of Pune)
10. Certificate Course in Personal H.S.C. (10+2) Science or Equivalent or Diploma in
Computer Maintenance, Engineering.
Network Maintanance
11. Certificate Course in Network Any Graduate.
Administration, System Administration
12. Certificate Course in Finite B.E. Mechanical or B.E. Production.
Element Analysis (FEA)
13. Certificate Course in VLSI (a) B.E. Electronics/B.Tech Electronics. OR
Design, embedded System and (b) B.E. Electronocs & Telecommunication /Instrumentation
Advanced Digital Signal / Computer / Information Tehnology.OR
Processing (c) M.Sc. in Electronics or equivalent.
14. Certificate Course in 3D CAD, B.E. Mechanical / Production / Auto Mobile.
CAM & CAE, Computer Aided
Produce Design
15. P.G. Diploma in Geo-Environmental B.Sc. (First Class) in any Science Subject / Agriculture.
Appraisal and Management
16. P.G. Diploma in Advanced Geo M.Sc. Geology / B.E. Civil Engineering
Technology
17. Diploma in Vehicle System (a) Should have minimum of five years of service
Technology Course. (b) Should have passed Matriculation/SSC from any
recognised Board of Secondary Education.
(c) Should have succesfully completed 24 weeks of Basic
Automotive Training as a Young Soldier conducted at
MIRC Ahmednagar.
18

No.
(d) Should be a Grade 1 Driver and should have completed

the Basic Conversion Course.
two tears (104 weeks) at unit level other than non
contact periods.
Diploma in Communication System Technology will be
awarded to those students, who successfully complete
this course, conducted at MAC Wing, MIRC,
Ahmednagar. Students of the Mechanised Infantry are
eligible for admission, subject to fulfilling the
under-mentioned qualitative requirements and
pre-requisites.
18. Diploma in Communication (a) Should have minimum five years of service
Systems Technology (b) Should have passed Matriculation/SSC from any
recognised board of Secondary Education.
(c) Should have successfully completed 12 weeks of Basic
Radio training as a Young Soldier conducted at MIRC,
Ahmednagar
(d) Should be a Grade 1 Operator and should have
completed the Basic Conversion Course.
two tears (104 weeks) at unit level other than contact
periods.
19. M.Tech.(Atmospheric Physics) Master of Science in Physics or Mathematics or Computer
Science or Statistics or Atmospheric Physics or Meteorology
or with specialisation in Meteorology.
20. M.Tech. in Lasers & (a) M.Sc. or equivalent in Physics, Applied Physics,
Electronic Optics. Electronics, Electronic Science or equivalent in
Electronics Electrical Communication, Tele
Communication, Electronics and Tele Communication/
Tele Communication Engineering, or Physics with 55%
Marks B.E. (Computer/ Information Technology).
(b) Departmental candidates are possessing AMIE /
grade IETE degree with 60% marks and above are
also eligible.
21. Master of Computer Application (a) Bachelor’s Degree in Science Faculty with 50% marks
(University Dept.) for Open category and passing marks for Reserved
category.
19

No.
(b) Mathematics at 10+2 level is essential.

(c) Entrance examination.
22. Master of Computer Application(a) Bachelor Degree in Science faculty with 50%
(Colleges) marks for Open category and passing marks for
Reserved category.
(b) Mathematics at 10+2 level with 45% desirable.
23. M.Tech. (Computer Science) A GATE Score in any Mathematical Science or any Physical
Science or any Engineering discipline valid at the time of
admission. OR A UGC-CSIR Junior Research Fellowship
in any Mathematical Science of any Physical Science.
24. M.Tech. in Mathematical (a) The course is meant for officers of Army, Navy, Air
Modelling & Simulation For Modelling & Simulation ce, DRDO, other
Departments at Central, State Government/Public
Sector undertaking and nominees of University of Pune.
(b) A Master Degree in Physics or Mathematics,
Engineering/Technology. (Circular No. 22 of 1997 )
25. M.Tech. Bio Information Bachelor of Science with First class.
26. M.Sc. (Tech.) BA /Bachelor of Science with Mathematics at least upto
(Industrial Mathematics 2nd year level OR B.E./B.Tech./B.Sc. (Engineering)
with Computer applications)
27. M.Tech (Modeling & Simulation)(a) B.E. or equivalent in any branch of Engineering OR
Centre for Modeling and (b) Master Degree in Science / Arts / Commerce discipline.
Simulation (University Dept.) and Background in Mathematics equivalent to the
University of Pune. F.Y.B.Sc. Mathematics Syllabus.
28. M.Sc. (Biotechnology) H.Sc. (10+2) with English, Physics, Chem., Biology, Maths.
(five year Integrated course) with 60% marks.
29. M.Tech. (Biotechnology) H.Sc. (10+2) with English, Physics, Chem., Biology, Maths.
(six years course) with 60% marks.
30. Advanced Diploma in Masters Degree in Biotechnology, Physics, Mathematics,
Bio Informatics Chemistry, Microbiology, Botany, Zoology, Agriculture,
Veternary Sciences, MCA, M. Pharm. or Bachelor’s degree
in Engineering, Technology, or Medicine (MBBS), or
equivalent qualifications with 60 % aggregate marks in
Bio Informatics
20

No.
31. P.G. Diploma in Dietetics (a) Bachelor of Home Sciences or

(b) Bachelor of Science with specialization in Bio-
chemistry, Microbiology, Life Science.
(4) Faculty of Law
1. Three-Year Law Course :
(a) First LL.B. :
A student passing Batchelor’s degree examination with Minimum 45% Marks in any
faculty of this University or any other Recognised University shall be eligible for admission to First
year LL.B. Course (three-year degree course)
(b) Second LL.B. :
A student who has taken admission to II LL.B. course of this University, after passing
the First LL.B. examination from any other University recognised by AIU and Bar Council of
India will have to appear and pass in the subjects of First LL.B. course of this University in which
he has not already passed, in his parent University. Further, if he so desires, he will be exempted
in any
of the subjects of the Second LL.B. examination of this University in which he has already passed
in the partent University. However, in scuh case, he will not be awarded class at the II LL.B.
examination.
(c) Third LL.B. :
A student passing the Second Year LL.B. (LL.B. General) examination from a
Statutory Indian University recognised by AIU and Bar Council of India is allowed to seek
admission to the Third LL.B. Course in his University on the condition that he shall appear for
and pass in all papers prescibed for the First and Second Year LL.B. Course of this University
of which he has not passed in his parent university. Further if he so desires, he will be exempted
in any of the subject at the Third LL.B. examination of this University if he has already passed
in those subjects in the parent University. However, in such a case, he will be required to appear
and pass in the deficient papers according to syllabus of First LL.B./Second LL.B. of this
University. Further, in such a case he will not be awarded a class at the Third LL.B. examination.
2. LL.B. (Five Years) (a) Higher Secondary School Certificate Examination
Bachelor of Social Science & (10+2) or its equivalent with 45 % marks.
Legal Science (B.S.L.) (b) Three Years Diploma Examination of Board of Tech-
nical Education.(Subject to approval of Bar Council of
India) or
(c) Corporal Test 10th after (SSC) with English &
I.A.F. Educational Test for promotion to the rank of
Corporal.
Master’s Degree
3. Master of Law A Bachelor’s Degree in Law (LL.B.)
( LL.M.)
4. Master of Labour Law A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty
& Labour Welfare ( M.LL. & L.W.)
21

No.
1. Diploma Course in Human Rights
2. Diploma Course in Cyber Laws
3. Diploma Course in Consumer Protection Laws
4. Diploma Course in Intellectual Property Right Laws
5. Diploma in Taxation A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty

Law (D.T.L.)
6. Diploma in Labour A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty

Laws & Labour Welfare
7. Diploma in Co-operative A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty

Laws
8. Diploma in Criminology A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty
9. Diploma in Legislative A Bachelor of Law

Drafting
10. Certificate Course in Forensic Bachelor of Law OR

and Medical Jurisprudence Bachelor of Medicine
(5) Faculty of Medicine

Candidate applying for admission to Post-Graduate course in Maharashtra must have
registered himself/herself at least provisionally under the Maharashtra Medical Practitioners Act,
1961 as amended from time to time and must produce evidence of the same at the time of
submitting the application for admission. The candidate must renew the registration under the said
Act during the course of his/her studies, failing which, the Dean/Principal shall take such action
as he may deem fit, including advising the Univerisity to cancel the Registration of the Candidate.
“Candidate applying for admission to post-graduate course in Maharashtra must have
completed internship before or on the last date of submission of application and
will have to produce the completion certificate, Registration certificate with application”.
Degree Eligibility
1. M.D. (Doctor of Medicine) Degree of M.B.B.S. or equivalent degree.
(All Branches)
2. M.S. (Master of Surgery) Degree of M.B.B.S. or equivalent degree.
3. D.M. (Doctor of Medicine) Degree of M.D.(or its equivalent) from recognized
institute, in the subject as under :
Prior Requirement.
22

No.
1. Cardiology M.D. ( Medicine )

M.D. ( Pediatrics )
2. Nephrology M.D. ( Medicine )
M.D. ( Pediatrics )
3. Neurology M.D. ( Medicine )
M.D. ( Pediatrics )
4. M.Ch. (Master of Chirurgie) Degree of M.S. (or its equivalent degree) in the
subjects as under :
Prior Requirement.
1. Cardio Vascular & Thoracic M.S. (Genreral surgery)
Surgery
2. Urology M.S. (Genreral surgery)
3. Neuro Surgery M.S. (Genreral surgery)
M.S. (Orthopaedies)
4. Paediatric Surgery M.S. (Genreral surgery)
5. Plastic and M.S. (Genreral surgery)
Reconstructive Surgery
5. Master of Hospital Administration M.B.B.S. from statutory University.
Diplomas
1. Diploma courses in Degree of M.B.B.S. or its equivalent.
all Branches
M.Sc. Courses
1. M.Sc. (Anatomy) A Bachelor of Science with subjects Botany/ Zoology/
Bio- technology/ Microbiology or M.B.B.S. Bachelor of
Physiotherapy
2. M.Sc. (Physiology) A Bachelor of Science with subjects Botany/ Zoology/
Bio-technology/ Microbiology or M.B.B.S., Bachelor of
Physiotherapy
3. M.Sc. (Medical Biochemistry) A Bachelor of Science with subjects Botany/ Zoology/ Bio-
technology/ Microbiology/ Chemistry or M.B.B.S.
4. M.Sc.(Medical Microbiology) A Bachelor of Science with subjects Botany/ Zoology/ Bio-
technology/ Microbiology or M.B.B.S.
5. M.Sc. Pharmacology A Bachelor of Science with subjects Botany/ Zoology/ Bio-
technology/ Microbiology/ Chemistry, or B.Pharm. or
M.B.B.S.
6. M.Sc. Genetic Sciences A Bachelor of Science with subjects Botany/ Zoology/ Bio-
technology/ Microbiology or M.B.B.S.
23

No.
Dental Surgery :
1. Master in Dental Surgery A Bachelor’s degree in Dental Surgery i.e. B.D.S.
(M.D.S.)
Physiotherapy :
1. Master of Physiotherapy A Bachelor of Physioptherapy from recognised university.
(M.PhT.)
(6) Faculty of Engineering
Bachelor’s Degree
1. First Year Engineering Tech. (a) Candidate should have passed the HSC (Std. XII)
examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary
and Higher Secondary Education or its equivalent
examination with subjects English, Physics, Chemistry
and Mathematics and secured minimum 50% marks
i.e. 150 marks out of 300 marks (45% marks i.e. 135
marks out of 300 marks for backward class category
candidates from (Maharashtra) in the subjects Physics,
Chemistry and Mathematics added together.
Or
(b) Diploma holders who have passed the Diploma course
in Engineering / Technology with minimum of 50%
marks from the polytechnics affiliated to MSBTE Or
AICTE approved autonomous polytechnics in
Maharashtra State or equivalent.
(c) In other states, a candidate who has qualified national
level AIEEE exam.
(d) English Medium of Instruction of Diploma Level.
2. Second Year Engineering (a) The candidiate should have passed in First Class /
First Class with condonation, post SSC Or post HSC
diploma course in Engineering / Technology of the
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education
(MSBTE).
Or
(b) Of any other recognised Diploma equivalent to the
Diploma awarded by the Maharashtra State Board of
Technical Education (MSBTE) with English as a
medium of instruction at Diploma level.
(c) Out of State : Any other state / Territory Diploma
equivalent to MSBTE, approved by AICTE, English
as a medium of instruction out of state
Or
Of Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Technological University,
Lonere (BATU).
Or
Of any other AICTE approved institution which has
been granted academic autonomy by the Government
of Maharashtra Or University in the State of
Maharashtra.
24

No.
3. Part time Degree course Diploma course in Engineering/Technology with aggregate

in Engineering (Civil, 50% marks of Board of Technical Examination,Maharashtra
Mechanical, Electrical, and one year working experience in appropriate profession.
Electronics, and
Telecommunication )
4. Diploma in Print (a) Diploma / Degree in Printing Technology /
Administration Engineering.Or
(b) A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty with three years
experience in the printing Industry.
(c) Diploma in any other branch of Engineering Or
Technology with three years experience in the Printing
Industry.
5. Bachelor of Architecture Candidates having more than 50% marks in aggregate at
the new 10+2 standard of Higher Secondary School
Certificate; HSC having Mathematics and English as Special
subjects shall be eligible. The admission shall be subject to
an aptitude test conducted by the competent authority.
Migrated Students
(a) The migration of the student from one University to
another University is permitted up tothe Third Year of
the B.E. course. No objection of D.T.E. is necessary.
(b) Admission shall not be granted to the students, coming
from outside the state of Maharashtra, in the S.E.,
T.E. and Final year of the B.E. course except for
Physically transferred Govt. servant/military personnel.
(c) No provision for internal admission in Second year Or
at any other stage of the 5 years Course in
Architecture.
6. Master’s Degree Bachelor Degree in Engineering in the respective branches
M.E. of Pune University Or degree from any other University
recognised as equivalent thereto by this University. OR
Passing A.M.I.E. / A.M.I.E.T.E. after 3 year Diploma with
valid GATE score in respective branches. The
examination conducted by Institute of Mechanical
Engineering for Associate Membership is not equivalent
to B.E.
M.E., M.Tech. Courses Bachelor’s Degree in Engineering / Technology of Pune
University in the respective branch Or degree from any
other University, recognised as equivalent thereto by
this University.
M.E., M.Tech. Computer Engineering B.E. / B.Tech. in Computer
Engineering / Information Technology.
25

No.
M.E., M.Tech. (Computer B.E. /B.Tech.

Science & Engineering) - (i) Computer Engineering
Information Technology (ii) Electronics, Electronics &
Telecommunication
(iii) Electrical Engineering
(iv) Information Technology.
(v) Instrumentation Engineering
M.E., M.Tech. (vi) Computer balence Engineering.
M.Tech. Modeling & Simulation (vii) B.E. or equivalent in any branch of Engineering
OR M.Sc. equivalent in any branch of science
( Final year students may apply.)
M.E. (Metallurgy) / M.Tech. B.E./B.Tech. Metallurgy & equivalent
M.E. (Electrical) B.E./B.Tech. Electrical Engineering & equivalent
M.E. (Civil) B.E./B.Tech. Civil Engineering / Civil Construction &
equivalent
M.E. Electronics / E & TC / B.E./B.Tech. in Electronics, Electronics &
Telecommunication, Instrumentation & Control,
Industrial Electronics, Computer Engineering &
equivalent
M.E. (Instrumentation & Control B.E./B.Tech. Instrumentation & Control.
Course) Electronics & Telecommunication, Electronics
Instrumentation Engg. Bio-Medical, Industrial
Electronics.The engineering barnches like Electronic
Instrumentation, Electronics & Instrumentation,
Electronic Instrumentation & Control, Biomedical
Engineering, Biomedical Electronics, Biomedical
Instrumentaion.
M.E. (Mechanical) B.E./B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering, Mechanical
Sandwich & equivalent.
M.E. (Production) B.E./B.Tech. Production, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanical Sandwich / Prod. Sandwich & equivalent
M.E. (Industrial) B.E./B.Tech. in Industrial Engineering & equivalent.
MCA (Engineering) (a) Any Bachelor Degree with minimum 50%
marks (minimum 45% marks for backward
class category candidate)
(b) Studied Mathematics / Statistics at 10+2
level or studied Maths./Stats. at higher level
as one of the subjects.
M.Arch. (Architecture) 4.1 The candidate with a minimum of 50%
marks in aggregate in a Bachelor of
Architecture degree course or equivalent
courses recognized by the Council of
Architecture shall be admitted to the post
graduate course in architecture.
M.B.A. (Engineering) Any graduate with minimum 50% marks for Open
category students OR 45% marks for backward
class students.
26
(7) Faculty of Ayurved
Post-Graduate Degree Courses
( Ayurved Vachaspati )
Qualification required for Eligibility
These corses are transfered to Maharastra University Health seience (M.U.H.S.)
1 (a) The candidate possessing any of the qualification mentioned in the second schedule
appended to the Indian Medicine Central Council Act 48 of 1970 and are covered
under Parts “A”, “A-1”, “B”, “C” Schedule appended to Maharashtra Medical practioners
Act, 1961 and passed the qualifying examination from the state of Maharashtra are
only eligible, provided they fulfill the prescribed eligibility condition of the University and
rules framed by Government which are in force and as modified from time to time.
(b) (i) Candidate applying for admission to Post-Graduate course in Maharashtra must
have registered himself/herself at least provisionally under the Maharashtra Medical
practioners Act, 1961 as amended from time to time and must produce evidence
of the same at the time of submitting the application for admission. The candidate
must regularly renew the registration under the said Act during the course of his/
her studies, failing which, the Dean/Principal shall take such action as he may
deem fit, including advising the University to cancel the Registration of the
Candidate.
(ii) “Candidate applying for admission to post-graduate course in Maharashtra must
have completed internship before or on the last date of submission of application
and will have to produce the completion certificate with application”.
(c ) The candidate to be eligible for admission to the post-graduate course must have
secured a minimum of 55 percent of uncorrected marks in the subject of speciality for
which he/she is applying. However, this condition will not be applicable for the
candidates in service (i.e. teaching and non-teaching medical staff) and reserved category
candidates.
(d) Teachers in Ayurvedic Colleges shall register only in the same subject in which they
are appointed and approved by the University.
Note : This condition of University approval shall not be applicable for the teachers
in Government Ayurvedic colleges.
(e) For non-teaching medical person, the seat will be given in the subject(s) by rotation.
(f) The student from the Outside State shall have to produce the provisional “Eligibility
Cerfificate” within 15 days from the date of admission. He/She should submit
provisional registration certificate of Maharashtra Council of Indian Medicine or receipt
of application for the same.
(g) Every candidate will have to appered for the common Enterce Examination conducted
by state Goverment & or Association of Private colleges.
27

No.
(8) Faculty of Commerce

Bachelor’s Degree
1. First Year B.Com. (a) Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) or its
equivalent Examination with English.
(b) Three Years Diploma Course after S.S.C. i.e. 10th
standard, of Board of Technical Education conducted
(c) Two Years Diploma in Pharmacy after HSC, of Board
(d) Intermediate Commerce/Arts examination from the
Board of Secondary Education, M.P. Bhopal with
4 subjects including General English.
(e) MCVC
2. B.B.A. (a) A candidate for being eligible for admission to the
(Bachelor of Business Degree Course in Bachelor of Business Administration
Administration) shall have passed 12th Std. Examination (H.S.C. 10+2)
first year 45% from any stream with English as one of
the subjects.
(b) Two Years Diploma in Pharmacy after HSC, of Board
(c) Three Year Diploma Course (after S.S.C. i.e. 10th
standard), of Board of Technical Education conducted
(d) Every eligible candidate has to pass a common
Entrance Test to be conducted by the respective
Institute/College.
3. B.B.M. (International Business)(a) A candidate for being eligible for admission to the
(Bachelor of Business Management) degree course in B.B.M. International Business
first year Management shall have passed 12th Std. Examination
(H.S.C.10+2) from any stream with English as passing
subject. and minimum 45% marks in aggregate.
(b) Three Years Diploma Course after S.S.C. i.e. 10th
standard, of Board of Technical Education conducted
(d) Every eligible candidate has to pass a common
Entrance Test to be conducted by the respective
Institute/College.
(e) Two Years Diploma in Pharmacy after HSC, of Board
(e) M.C.V.C.
28

No.
4. B.C.A. (a) In order to be eligible for admission to bachelor of

Bachelor of Computer ComputerApplications a candidate must have passed
Application (a) H.S.C.(10+2) from any stream with English as
passing subject with minimum 45% marks in aggregate.
(b) Two Years Diploma in Pharmacy Course of Board of
Technical Education, conducted by Government of
(c) Three Year Diploma Course (after S.S.C. i.e. 10th
standard), of Board of Technical Education conducted
(d) MCVC.
(e) Every eligible candidate has to pass Common Entrance
Test to be conducted by the respective Institute/College.
Master’s Degree
5. Master of Commerce (a) Bachelor of Commerce.
(b) Bachelor of Business Administration. (BBA)
(c) Any Graduate from Foreign University with
minimum four Commerce subjects.
(d) B.F.T.
(e) BCA
Diploma/Certificate
6. Post-Graduate Diploma in A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Company Secretaryship
7. Post Graduate Diploma in A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Salesmenship and
Advertisement
Statistics
Taxation
Banking
Accountancy
12. Post Graduate Diploma in A Bachelor’s Degree in Commerce with IInd class (50 %
International Business agreegate marks), Business Administration, Social, Mental,
Moral Sciences, Physical Sciences, Engineering, Pharmacy
13. Diploma in Secretaryship A Bachelor’s Degree in any Faculty.
14. Diploma in Taxation A Bachelor’s Degree in any Faculty.
15. Certificate Course in H.S.C. (10+2) or its equivalent Examination with English.
E Commerce
29

No.
(9) Faculty of Education & Physical Education
Bachelor’s Degree
1. Bachelor of Education A Bachelor’s / Master’s degree in any faculty with minimum
(B.Ed.) 45% marks.
2. Bachelor of Education (a) A Bachelor’s degree in any subject with Physical
(Physical Education) Education as an elective subject. or
(b) A Bachelor’s degree in any faculty having subject of
Physical Education at the H.S.C. level and 45% marks.
or
(c) A Bachelor’s degree in any faculty and represented
State/University in Sports/ games/ athletics. or
(d) A Bachelor’s degree in any faculty and secured 1st,
2nd, or 3rd position in Inter-Collegiate sports/games/
tournament. or
(e) A Bachelor’s / Master degree in any faculty with
minimum 45% marks.
Students will be eligible for admission to English medium
divisions only if they have done their entire education
earlier with English as the medium of instruction. Note
for English Medium Courses.
3. Bachelor of Education A Bachelor of Arts or Science with 50 % marks and
(Hearing Impared) with the School teaching Subjects as the area of study at
(visual, blind) the graduate level.
4. Bachelor of Education A Bachelor’s / Master’s Degree with at least 45% Marks
(English Education) and with English as a Special Subject.
5. B.A.B.Ed. Integrated Course 4 Years H.S.C. or an equivalent examination from
any other Board or University with
English as a Compulsory Subject with
atleast 45% Marks or grade B.
6. Bachelor of Physical 3 Years Graduate
Education (BPE)
7. B.Ed. Education of Handicapped 1 Years Graduate
8. B.Ed. (Yoga) 1 Year Graduate
9. Bachelor's Degree (B.Sc.) in 3 Years H.S.C. Exam. from Statutory Board/
Physical Education, Health University in India or equivalence.
Education and Sports
30

No.
Master’s Degree & M.Phil., Ph.D.

1. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) – Master's Degree (with 55%)
2. Ph.D in Education – Master's Degree (with 55%)
(Interdisciplinary)
3. Master of Philosophy (M.Phil.) (1 Year) Master's Degree
4. M.Phil in Education (1 Year) Master's Degree
(Interdisciplinary)
5. M.Phil. (Physical Education) (1 Year Regular) M.Ed. (Phy.)/M.P.Ed.
6. Master of Education A Bachelor of Education.(Gen.,P.E.,Sp.Edn.)
7. Master of Physical Education A Bachelor of Physical Education with 50% Marks Or
GPE with 50% Marks.
8. Master of Physical Education A Master of Physical Education of University of Pune only
Supplementary
9. Master of Education (M.Ed.) 2 Years B.Ed. (for inservice Teachers, Educators
(Part Time) & Educational Professionals only)
10. M.Ed. Interdisciplinary 1 Years B.Ed.

11. M.A. (Edn.) Interdisciplinary 2 Years Graduate
1. Post-Graduate Diploma in 1 Year B.Ed. OR Any Bachelor Degree OR
Research Methodology of Teacher Education
Education
2. Diploma in Education for 1 Year Minimum 12th Standard Pass or its
Deaf equivalent from any Board or University.
3. Diploma in Education for 1 Year Graduate
Teachers of Mentally
Retarded Children
4. Diploma in Health Education 1 Year Phy. Education/B.P.Ed. or equivalent
degree course recognised by University.
5. Diploma in Sports Journalism 1 Year Phy. Education/B.P.Ed. or equivalent
degree course recognised by University.
31

No.
6. Spl. Diploma in Education Higher Secondary School Certificate Examination.

(Hearing Impaired)
7. Certificate Course for – H.S.C.
Training of Adult Education
Middle Level Functionaries
(Animators) and Supervisors
8. Spl. Dip. in Education 1 Year H.S.C.
(Hearing Impared)
Following courses are introduced from 2004-2005
9. Advance Certificate Course 180 Clock Hours Graduate

in Research Methodology &
Statistical Methods
10. Certificate Course in 90 Teaching Hrs. D.Ed. or B.Ed. degree with minimum
Communication in English (Conveniently 45% Marks.
spaced out over
period of 6
months)
11. Certificate Course in 130 Clock Hours Passed H.S.C. with 45% Marks.
Gymnasium Instructor
(10) Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences

Bachelor's Degree
1. First Year Bechelor of Phamacy :
(a) The candidate should be an Indian National and should have passed Higher Secondary
school certificate (10+2) Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher
Secondary Education or its equivalaent examination with subject English, Physics, Chemistry
and Biology or Mathematics and secured minimum 50% marks i.e. 150 marks out of 300
marks (45% marks i.e. 135 marks out of 300 marks for Backward class category candidates
belonging to Maharashtra state only) In the subjects Physics, Chemistry and Biology /
Mathematics (Maximum marks obtained in Biology or Mathematics shall be considered for
purpose of addition)
AND
Obtained Non-zero score at MHT-CET - of relevant year Enterance Examination conducted
by Government of Maharashtra OR Private Management Association of Pharmacy Colleges
which is authorised by PNS, D.T.E and Govt. of Maharashtra, India.
32
OR
(b) Diploma in Pharmacy with minimum 50% marks. (The candidate should be passed from the
PCI, (Delhi) approved Diploma in Pharmacy from the state of Maharshtra or other states
of India.)
OR
(c) Candidates of foreign National / PIO/Children ward of Indian workers in the Gulf Countries
should have passed an examination equivalent to HSC of Maharashtra state Board of
secondary and Higher Secondary education with subject English Physics, Chemistry and
Biology / Mathematics secured minimum 50% marks in the subject Physics, Chemistry and
Biology / Mathematics added together at one & the same seating (Maximum marks obtained
in the Biology or Mathematics shall be considered for purpose of addition)
OR
(d) Any other Eligibility criteria prescribed by Government of Maharashtra / Pravesh Niyantran
samittee, M.S. Mumbai
2. Second Year Bachelor of Pharmacy :

Candidate should have passed at Diploma Course in Pharmacy with minimum 60% marks.
(The candidate should be passed from PCI (Delhi) approved Diploma in Pharmacy from the
state of Maharashtra or other states of India)
OR
Any other eligibility criteria prescribed by Governement of Maharashtra / Pravesh Niyantran
samittee M.S., Mumbai.
3. Master of Pharmacy.
First Semester of Master of Pharmacy :
The candidate should have passed the Bachelor of Pharmacy with minimum 60% marks
from any recognized University or an Insitution affiliated to any University recognized by
University grants commission (UGC) and should have valid GATE score. Obtained non-zero
score at C.E.T. of the releavent year conducted by Goverment of Maharastra (or) D.T.E.
(or) private management Assocation of pharmacy courses which is outhorised by PNS/
Goverment of maharastra (D.T.E.).
OR
Any other eligibility criteria prescribed by Governement of Maharashtra / Pravesh Niyantran
samittee M.S., Mumbai.
(11) Faculty of Management

1. Master of Business A Bachelor's degree in any faculty as defined for
Administration Centralized Admission procedure (CAP) carried by the
competent authority of the State of Maharastra.
33
2. M.B.A. Biotechnology A Bachelor’s degree or Master’s degree in science ,

Bio-chemistry, Biology, Botany, Chemistry,
Environmental science, Genetics, Life sciences,
Microbiology, Zoology (etc.), Agriculture, Medical Sciences,
Pharmacy, Ayurved , Veterinary sciences, echnology,
Engineering with 45% marks.Appeared for National level
test approved by Department of management science
(PUMBA). Entrance Test, G.D. & P.I. conducted by
Department of Management Sciences. (PUMBA )
3. Master of Personnel A Bachelor’s degree in any faculty, The written test,
Management interview by the Director of the Institute concerned.
4. Master in Business Two Years’ Diploma in Business Management (D.B.M.)
Studies or Studies Two Years Post-Graduate Diploma in Business
Management (PGDBM) or Two Years’ Diploma in
Management Science (DMS) awarded by Statutory
University.
5. Master of Computer A Bachelor’s degree or Master’s degree in any faculty
Management I Year awarded by Statutory University. The written test,
interview by the Director of the Institute concerned.
Master of Computer A.D.C.A. course of Pune University in First Class.
Management II Year Such admission shall not exceed 5 % of overall sanctioned
intake of M.C.M. at the Institute.
6. Master of Marketing A Bachelor’s degree or Master’s degree in any faculty
Management awarded by Statutory University.Entrance Test, Group
(M.M.M.) Discussion, Personal Interview by the
7. Master of Computer Eligibility (Criteria for a dmission as per Centralized
Application Admission Application procedure (CAP) carried by the
compelent authority of the state of maharastra
Bachelor's Degree (B.Sc. Hospitality Services)

1. Bachelor of Hotel Management Higher Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination
Management or its equivalent Examination with 45%
marks.
2. Bachelor of Hotel Diploma Course in Hotel Management
Management and
Catering Technology I Year
3. Bachelor of Science - Hospitality
Studies w.e.f Academic (B.Sc.HS) The candidates should have passed the H.S.C.
Year 2006/07 (XIIth Std) Examination or its equivalent in any
(B.Sc. H.S.- First Year) stream or vocation with minimum aggregate of
45% marks.
34
10. A) Post-Graduate Diploma

1) Diploma in Business A Bachelor’s Degree univeristy in any faculty awarded by
Management Statutory
OR
Diploma awarded by the Board of Technical Education.
(State/Central Government )
(Post S.S.C. 3 years diploma with 2 year experience after
passing diploma
Post H.S.C. 2 years diploma with 1 year experience after
passing diploma)
2) P.G. Diploma in Computer ——— do ———

Management
3) P.G. Diploma in Marketing ——— do ———
Management
4) P.G. Diploma in Hospital ——— do ———
Management
5) P.G. Diploma in Capital ——— do ———
Marketing Management
6) P.G. Diploma in Financial ——— do ———
Services
7) P.G. Diploma in Environ- ——— do ———
mental Management
8) P.G. Diploma in Computer ——— do ———
Application
9) P.G. Diploma in Material ——— do ———
and logistics Management
10) P.G. Diploma Inport and ——— do ———

Export Management
B
1) Diploma in Office Management A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Management
2) Diploma in Co-operative A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Management
3) Diploma in Print A Bachelor’s Degree in any faculty.
Administration
35
I. ELIGIBILITY FOR PROGRAMME
1. M.Phil. : An applicant should have passed Master's Degree Examination of a recognized

statutory university with IInd Class in the concerned subject.
Ph.D. : For admission to the Ph.D. programme in a subject in any faculty, applicants fulfilling
the following criteria shall be treated as eligible.
(a) Persons having passed Post Graduate Degree Examination with at least 50% marks
or having grade equivalent thereto awarded by the concerned University.The cases of
persons having less than 50% marks at Post Graduate Degree Examination be referred
to R. & R. Commitee for consideration. The Registration of such persons shall be
confirmed on the recommendations of the R. & R. Commitee.
OR
(b) Persons working in National Laboratoris-Institute/Government/Private organization
nominated / sponsored by by the respective employer These persons should be holding
rank of the Asstt. Director or above.
Procedure for Submitting Eligibility Application Forms/Lists and Eligibility Fee :

(1) The students should submit the application form for the certificate of eligibility to the College/
Institute/University Department along with requisite documents and fee at the time of
admission.
(2) These lists along with demand drafts of total fees collected should be submitted to the
University or District Centres within four days as mentioned in this circular.
The office of the University or District Centres will retain two copies and Demand draft and
return one copy of such list by endorsing it with his signature and office stamp.
(3) All the application forms arranged course wise as per the list shall be kept in the College/
Institute/University Departments and should be made available to the University officials
at the time of verification scrutiny.
(4) The Principals/Heads of the University Departments/Directors of Instututes are requested

to deposits the fees by way of Demand Draft only. Kindly note that cheques will not be
accepted under any circumstances. Lists of students not accompanied by demand drafts
will not be accepted and Late fee will be charged as per rules.
The Principals/Directors/Heads of University Departments are earnestly requested
to ensure that admissions are given strictly in accordance with rules and regulations.
If the Colleges/Institutes/University Departments Directors of Instututes have any difficulty
while deciding eligibility of any candidate for admission to any course, they may approach
the University Office.
36
Please note that no irregular admissions will be regularised under any circumstances.
Notwithstanding anything contained above Rules made by Govt. of Maharashtra/
Central Councils for eligibility from time to time and approved by the University
Authorities shall prevail and will be binding on students.
Any other additional conditions of eligibility prescribed by University of Pune
from time to time shall also be binding.
Ganeshkhind, Pune-411007.
Ref. No. CLO/186

Date : 14-6-2008 1st Jly, 2002 Director
B.C.U.D.
Copy forwarded with compliments to :
1. The Principals of all the Affiliated Colleges.
2. The Heads of all the Recognised Institutions.
3. The Heads of all University Departments.
4. The Heads of the Sections in the University Office.
5. Section Officer, Pune University. Sub-centre, Ahmednagar.
6. Section Officer, Pune University, Sub-centre, Nasik.
Eligibility Staff Members :

Section Officer : Shri. S. H. More
Senior Assistant : Shri. A. N. Londhe
Senior Assistant : Shri. K. P. Gaikwad
Assistant : Shri. M. P. Belekar
37
(i) Professional Courses :

Courses conducted in all professional faculties, Engineering including Architecture,
Print Administration, Pharmacy, Management, Computer, Town Planning, Applied Arts, Law,
Education, Physical Education, Applied Courses in Science such as Bio-informatics, Bio-
Technology, Health Sciences, Environmental Sciences, Electronics, Computer Science, B.B.A.,
B.C.A., B.F.T. or such other courses in the faculty of Arts, mentalmoral & Commerce
designated by the University as or Professional Courses and courses conducted in the
faculty of Medicine including Dentistry, Nursing, Physiotherapy, Ayurved including Unani,
Homoeopathy and such other Course(s) designated by the University/Maharashtra University
of Health Sciences, State Govt. and such other courses as may be designated to be so by
the State Government, University Grants Commission or Statutory Council such as (AICTE,
M.C.I., B.C.I., Nursing Council, C.C.I.M., C.C.H.M. Pharmacy Council, Council of
Architecture) and any other Statutory Council/bodies as Professional Courses.
(ii) Non-Professional Courses :

1. Courses conducted in the faculties of Arts and Fine Arts (Excluding Applied Arts),
Mental, Moral and Social Sciences including Bachelor and Master Degree in
Social Work, Communication and Journalism, Commerce, Science (excluding
Applied and Computer Science Course) Course in Home Science as Non-Professional
Course.
(iii) (a) Maharashtra State Candidate :

Means a Candidate passing SSC or HSC (Std. XII) or both examination from recognized
Institution in Maharashtra.
(b) Maharashtra Domiciled candidates : Means a Candidate passing HSC (Std. XII)
examination from recognized Institution outside Maharashtra State but Father/Mother
of the candidate or the candidate is domiciled of the State of Maharashtra, subject to
production of domicile certificate from Competent Authority.
(iv) Candidate from Outside Maharashtra State :

Means a candidate whose Domicile Status is Outside Maharashtra and has passed his
qualifying examination from University outside Maharashtra. He will be eligible for admission
as candidate from outside Maharashtra.
A Candidate whose Domicile Status is outside Maharashtra State, but who has passed
his qualifying examination from a Statutory University in the State of Maharashtra, but has
passed his HSC or its equivalent examination from a recognized school outside the
State of Maharashtra will be eligible for admission to an institution which lies in the Jurisdiction
of the University. He will be considered as candidate from Outside Maharashtra State.
A Candidate whose Domicile Status is outside Maharashtra and who has passed
his/her qualifying examination from Pune University but has passed his/her H.S.C.
or equivalent examination from outside Maharashtra State, while filling in the
application form for admission he/she should indicate their Domicile status as ‘‘other than
Maharashtra.’’
Instruction for the Final List Of Eligibility & Chart-I, II, & III
1. College should submit Final list of eligible students as per the chart mentioned in part I, II, & III.
2. Part-I & Part-II Should prepare Examination/coursewise.
3. The Information Of all Examinations/courses include in Part-III.
4. True copy of Eligibility fee receipt with acknowledgement of University of Pune on the letter submitted by the college.
5. True copy& receipts of Eligibility fees given University of Pune to colleges.
6. True copy of Demand Draft deposited college to University of Pune.
7. True copies of letters pertaining to permission of Intake Capacity issued by Academic Section. Of University of Pune.
8. Permission letter of 10% about Intake capacity of Academic section of University of Pune.
9. Final List of Eligibility of eligible students attested with the signature of Principal and seal of college.
38
PART-I
Examination/Coursewise Chart
Information regarding admitted (Eligible) students for the academic year 2008-2009
Name of the College :
College Code :
Examination/Course :
Intake Capacity :
Sr. No. Name of the student Name Board/ % of Seat Passing Eligibility Fee Late Addi Total
of the Univers Marks Num Yea Non fee tional
Qualified ity & ber Proff. Proff. Late
Exam State Maha. Out. of Maha Our of fee
Maha. Maha.
Rs.60/- Rs.120/- Rs.120/- Rs.180/- Rs.50/-Rs.200/-
39
Total=
PART-II
Examination/Coursewise Chart
Summary of Students
Sr. No. Particular Within Out of Total

Maharashtra Maharashtra
1. Total No. Of Students admitted
2. Eligible Students
3. Not eligible Students
4. No. Of Students with discrepancy
40
5. Admission Cancelled
6. Total amount of eligible students
7. Total amount of late fee
8. Total amount of additional late fee
9. Total amount of eligibility fee+Late fee+additional late fee

PART-III
Consolidated Chart
All Examination/Coursewise Chart
University of Pune Eligibility Section Ganeshkhind, Pune-411007
Eligibility Of Affiliated Colleges For The Year 2008-2009
Name of the College :
College Code :
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Sr. No. D.D.No. Date & Amount Exam Intake No/s. of Eligibility Fee Late Addi- Total
Course Capaci- students Non Proff. Proff. fee tional
ty Maha. Out. of Maha. Our of Late
Maha. Maha. fee
41
Total Total Total Total
No. of No. of No. of No. of
students students students students
X X X X
Rs.60/- Rs.120/- Rs.120/- Rs.180/- Rs.50/- Rs.200/-
Total=
42
ANNEXURE ‘A’ELIGIBILITY FEE

1. Student passing qualifying examination and seeking admission First Time to First Year
of any Degree/Diploma/Certificate (U.G./P.G.) the Eligibility Fee will be as under :
Sr. Particulars Fees

No.
Non-professional Professional
Rs. Rs.
1. Within the State of Maharashtra 100 200
2. From outside the State of Maharashtra 200 300
3. From any foreign country (Out of India) and 500 1000
(NRI/Foreign Citizen-Foreign National, P.I.O.)
4. A Student passing qualifying examination from
Pune University and seeking admission to
second degree/diploma/certificate U.G./P.G.
of our University and is
a) Domiciled in Maharashtra 100 200
b) Domiciled outside Maharashtra State 200 300
c) NRI/Foreign Citizen/Foreign National, P.I.O. 500 1000
5. Eligibility fee for issue of provisional

eligibility certificate
For (1) 100 200
and for (2) & (3) 300 500
2. Admission charges for the submission of required documents will be Rs. 300 for non
professional cources & Rs. 500/- for professional courses up to 30 day's from late date
prescribed for submission of documents.
3. If an affiliated College admits students not eligible and who are migrating from other
University/Board and allowing to fill in Examination Form without obtaining
Eligibility certificate, a penalty of Rs.10,000/- per course would be imposed on the College
and the performance of Examination of such students will also be cancelled.
4. If any affiliated College admits any student not eligible for Under-graduate or Post-Graduate
Courses of this University and allows him/her to fill in the Examination Form, a penalty of
Rs.5,000/- per course shall be imposed on the College and
performance of the examination of such student shall be cancelled.
5. the same rule applies to the University Department, Centres/Schools. The Head of University
department/Director of Recognise Institute will have to pay penalty
as above in case not eligible candidate is allowed to fill in the University Examination form.
43
INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES FOR MIGRATION CERTIFICATE
Migration Certificate :
(1) The student migrating from the jurisdiction of the Pune University of the University Department
any other University shall apply for migration certificate to the University, through the
Principal/Head/Director in prescribed application form. The concerned Principal/Head/Director
shall forward the application along with the Transference Certificate, after careful verification
of the document so as to avoid unnecessary correspondence.
(2) The application form for Migration Certificate is available in the University on payment of
Rs. 10/. The student shall pay Rs. 150/- as fee Migration Certificate in the form of Crossed
Demand Draft payable to “The Registrar, University of Pune, Pune-411 007” along with the
application form.
(3) In the case of an external student, the Transference Certificate is issued by the Deputy
Registrar (Admission) of this University.
(4) In the case of Post-graduate students enrolled in the University Departments, The Transference
Certificate is issued by the Assistant Registrar (Admission) of this University.
(5) Students are advised to ensure that the Transference Certificate is enclosed to the application
for a Migration Certificate. For this purpose, they should request the Principal of the College
to forward the application for Migration Certificate alongwith original Transference Certificate.
The fee for such Transference Certificate is as prescribed by the University which must be
sent directly to the Principal of the College.
(6) In the case of external students and post-graduate students of this University, they should
simultaneously apply for the Transference Certificate alongwith a Migration Certificate. The
fee for such Transference Certificate is as per prescribed by the University, which must be
directly sent to the Registrar of this University.
(7) The original Transference Certificate received in this University office will not be returned
to the candidate. Similarly the fee paid for the Transference Certificate or the Migration
Certificate cannot be refunded under any circumstances.
(8) The candidate is requested to put his full name and address on the envelope alongwith
required necessary fee to office.
(9) Incomplete form will not be entertained.
(10) Migration Certificate will not be issued personally to the candidate. The same will be sent
by registered post on the address given in the application.
(11) If you are in need of duplicate copy of Transference Certificate, you may write to the
Principal of the College concerned for the same, or to the Asstt. Registrar (Admission and
(Registration) of this University, as the case may be.
A candidate is requested to enclosed self addressed envelope with postal stamps of Rs. 25/-
to his/her application form to this office.
44 ANNEXURE ‘B’
UNIVERSITY GRANTS COMMISSION

Bahadur Shaha Zafar Marg, New Delhi-110002
List of Recognised Universities

The Association of Indian Universities (AIU) is the apex co-ordinating body that has served
the Universities for over seven decades its membership embraces all types of Institutions viz traditional
universities, agricultural universities, Institutes of national importance, Institutes of technology,
information technology and those devoted to medical education and research. It has provided its
members with a forum for exchange of views and experience; discussion of their common problems:
and also act as a clearing house of information on higher education in the country Information
contained in this directory pertains to Indian universities and university level institutions established
by an Act of Parliament or State Legislature, The institutions classified as “Deemed to be University”
under Section 3 of the UGC Act, 1956, have also been included in the list, Also included is information
of two Associate Members from Nepal and Mauritius. State-wise and city-wise indices have also
been included.
.
† Institute of National Importance
1. Acharya N G Ranga Agricultural 8. University of Allahabad, Senate Hall,

University, Allahabad 211 002
Rajendranagar, Hyderabad 500 030 †9. All India Institute of Medical Sciences,
Ansari Nagar,
2. Acharya Nagarjuna University, New Delhi 110 029
Nagarjunanagar, (Andhra Pradesh) 522510
10. Amravati University, Amravati 444 602
3. University of Agricultural Sciences,
G K V K Campus, Bangalore (560065) 11. Andhra University, Waltair,
Visakhapatnam 530 003
4. University of Agricultural Sciences,
Krishinagar, 12. Anna University, Sardar Patel Road,
Dharwad 580 005 Chennal 600 025
5. Alagappa University, Alagappa Nagar, 13. Annamalal Tamilnadiu, University,

Karalkudi 630 003 Tamilnadu Annamalainagar 608 002
6. Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh 14. Arunachal University, Rono Hills,

202 002 Itanagar 791112 Aurnachal predes
7. Allahabad Agricultural Institute, 15. Assam Agricultural University,

Allahabad 211 007 Jorhat 785 013 Assam
45
16. Assam University, Silchar 788 011 Assam 30. Bharathidasan University, Palkalaiperur,
Tiruchirappalli 620 024 Tamilnadu
17. Avinashilingam Institute for Home
Science & Higher Education for Women, 31. Bharati Vidyapeeth, Lal Bahadur Shastri
Coimbatore, Tamilnadu 641 043 Marg. pune 411 030
18. Awadhesh Pratap Singh University, 32. Bhatkhande Music Institute, I.

Rewa 486 003 (MP) Kaiserbagh, Lucknow 226 001, U.P.
19. B N Mandal University, Laloo Nagar, 33. Bhavnagar University, Gaurishankar Lake
Madhepura 852 113 Bihar Road, Bhavnagar 364 002 Gujrat
20. Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar 34. Bidhan Chandra Krishi Vishwavidyalay,

University, Muzafarpur, (W. Bangal)
Bihar - 842001 PO Krishi Vishwavidyalaya, Mohanpu,
Distt Nadia 741 252
21. Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar
University, (UP) 35. Bihar Yoga Bharati, Ganga Darshan Fort,
Vidya Vihar, Rae Bareli Road, Munger 811 201 Bihar
Lucknow 226 025
36. Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra
22. Baba Farid University of Health Sciences, Ranchi 835 215, Jharkhand
Kotkapura Road, Faridkot 151 203
37. Birla Institute of Technology & Science,
23. Banaras Hindu University, Vidya Vihar,
Varanasi 221 005 Pilani 333 031, Rajsthan
24. Banasthali Vidyapith, Banasthali 304 022 38. Birsa Agricultural University, Kanke,
Rajasthan Ranchi 834 007 Jharkhand
25. Bangalore University, Jnana Bharathi 39. Bundelkhand University, Kanpur Road,
(Karnataka) Jhansi 284128 (MP)
Bangalore 560 056
40. University of Burdwan, Rajbati,
26. Barkatullah Vishwavidyalaya, Burdwan 713 104 W Bengal
Bhopal 462 026 (MP)
41. University of Calcutta,
27. Bengal Engineering College, PO Botanic 87/1, College Street, Kolkata 700 073
Garden Howrah 711 103 West Bengal
42. University of Calicut, Calicut University
28. Berhampur University, Bhanja P.O Kerla Thenhipalam, Malappuram
Dist. Ganjam, Berhampur 760 007, Orisa. Distt 673 635
29. Bharathiar University, 43. Central Agricultural University,

Coimbatore 641 046 Tamilnadu Iroisemba, Imphal 795 004 Mnipur
46
44. Central Institute of English & Foreign 58. Dev Sanskriti Vishwavidyalaya, Gayatri
Languages, O U Campus, Kunj, Shantikunj Haridwar 249 411
Hyderabad 500 007
59. Devi Ahilya Vishwavidyalaya, R N Tagore
45. Central Institute of Fisheries Education, Marg, MP Indore 452 001
Fisheries University Road, Seven
Bangalows, Andheri (W) Mumbai 400061 60. Dharmsinh Desai Institute of Technology,
Post Box No 35 College Road,
46. Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Nadiad 387 001
Studies, Sarnath, Varanasi 221 007, U.P.
61. Dibrugarh University, Dibrugarh 786 004
47. Chandra Shekhar Azad University of ASSAM
Agriculture U.P.
Technology, Kanpur 208 002 62. Dr. B R Ambedkar National Institute of
Technology, G T Road By Pass,
48. Ch. Charan Singh University, Jalandhar 144 004
Meerut 250 005 U.P.
63. Dr B R Ambedkar Open Univesity, Prof
49. Ch. Charan Singh Haryana Agricultural G Ram, Andrapredesh Reddy Marg. Road
Univeristy, Hariyana Hisar 125 004 No. 46 Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad 500 033
50. Ch. Sarwan Kumar Himachal Pradesh 64. Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada
Krishi Vishwavidyalaya, University Aurangabad 431 004 (MS)
Palampur (HP) 176 062
65. Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Open
51. Chhatrapati Shahu ji Maharaj University, University, Govt. Bunglow No.9, Near
Dafnala, Shahibag, Ahmedabad 380 003
Kalyanpur, Kanpur 208 024 U.P.
66. Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar Technological
52. Cochin University of Science &
University (MS) Vidyavihar, P. O.
Technology, Kerla Kochi 682 022
Goregaon, Lonere 402 103, Dist Raigad
53. Dakshina Bharat Hindi Prachar Sabha,
67. Dr. Bhim Rao Ambedkar University,
PB No 1419 Thyagaraya Nagar,
Agra 282 004 U.P
Chennai 600 017
68. Dr. Balasaheb Sawant Konkan Krishi
54. Dayalbagh Educational Institute,
Vidyapeeth, Dapoli 415 712 Dist.
Dayalbagh, Agra 282 005
Rantnagiri (MS)
55. Deccan College Post Graduate and 69. Dr. C V Raman University of Science,
Research Institute, Pune 411 006 Technology Commerce and Management,
C. 18, Sector 1, Avanti Vihar,
56. Deendayal Upadhyaya Gorakhpur Mahasdamund Rd, Raipur, Chhatisgarh
University, Gorakhpur 273 009 U.P.
70. Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya,
57. University of Delhi, Delhi 110 007 Sagar 470 003 (MP)
47
71. Dr. Panjabrao Deshmukh Krishi 84. Gujarat University, P B No. 4010,
Vidyapeeth, MS Krishi Nagar, Navrangpura, Gujrat Ahmedabad 380 009
Akola 444 104
85. Gujarat Vidyapith. P O Navjivan, Ashram
72. Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia Avadh Road, Ahmedabad 380 014 Gujrat
University, (U.P.) Faizabad 224 001
86. Gulbarga University, Jnana Ganga,
73. Dr. Y.S. Parmar University of Horticulture Gulbarga 585 106 Karnatak
& Forestry, Himachal Predesh
Nauni 173 230, Distt Solan 87. Guru Ghasidas University,
Bilaspur 495 009 (C.G.) Chhattisgad
74 Dravidian University, Kuppam 517 425,
District Chtoor (A.P) 88. Guru Govind Singh Indraprastha
University, Old Delhi College of
75. Fakir Mohan University, Vyasa Vihar, Engineering Building Kashmere Gate,
Balasore, 756 019 Orissa Delhi 110 006
76. Forest Research Institute, P.O. I.P.E. 89. Guru Jambheshwar University,
Kaulagarth Road, Dehradun 248 195 Hisar 125 001 Haryana
Uttaranchal
90. Guru Nanak Dev University,
77. Gandhigram Rural Institute, Gandhigram Amritsar 143 005 Panjab
PO 624 302 District Dindigul, Tamilnadu
91. Gurukula Kangri Vishwavidyalaya,
78. Gauhati University Gopinath Bardolol Haridwar 249 404 U. P.
Nagar, Guwahati 781 014 Assam
92. Hemwati Nandan Bahuguna Garhwal
79. Goa University Sub Post Office Goa University unttarnchal Srinagar 246 174,
University, Talwigao Plateau, Distt Garhwal
Goa, 403 206
93. Himachal Pradesh University, Summer
80. Gokhale Institute of Politics & Economics Hills, Shimla 171 005, Himachal Pradesh
846, Shivajinagar Deccan Gymkhana
Pune 411 004 94. University of Hyderabad (AP) Central
University P.O. Hyderabad 500 046
81. Govind Ballabh Pant University of
Agriculture & Technology, Pantnagar 263 95. Indian Agricultural Research Institute,
145 Distt Udham Singh Nagar, Urnttarnchal New Delhi 110 012
82. Gujarat Agricultural University, Sardar 96. ICFAI University, 15, Jalashay Marg,
Krushinagar, Gujrat Dantiwada Campus, Chowbey Colony, Raipur 492 001.
(Distt Banaskantha) 385 506
97. Indian Institute of Foreign Trade, IIFT
83. Gujarat Ayurved University, Jamnagar Bhavan, B. 21 Qutab Institutional Area,
361 008 Gujrat New Delhi 110 016
48
98. Indian Institute of Information 112. Indira Gandhi Institute of Development

Technology, Nehru Science Centre, Research,
Kamla Nehru Road, Allahabad 211 002 Gen A K Vaidya Marg, Santosh Nagar,
Goregaon (E) Mumbai 400 065
99. Indian Institute of Information Technology
& Management, Morena, Link Road, 113. Indira Gandhi Krishi Vishwavidyalaya
Gwalior 474 004 (MP) Krishak Nagar,
Raipur 492 006 Chhattisghar.
100. Indian Institute of Science,
Bangalore 560 012 114. Indira Gandhi National Open University,
Maidan Garhi
101. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, New Delhi 110 068
Powali Mumbai 400 076
115. Indira Kala Sangeet Vishwavidyalaya,
†102.Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, Khairagarh 491 881, Distt
Hauz Khas, New Delhi 110 016 Rajnandgaon, (C.G.)
†103.Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, 116. Institute of Advanced Studies in

Amingaon North Guwahati, Education, Gandhi Vidya Mandir
Guwahati 781 039 Sardarshahr, Rajasthan 331 401 District Churu
†104.Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, 117. Institute of Armament Technology,

Kanpur 208 016 Girinagar, Pune 411 025
†105.Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur, 118. International Institute for Population

Kharagpur 721 302 Sciences
Govandi Station Road, Deonar
†106.Indian Institute of Technology Madras, Mumbai 400088
Chennai 600 036
119. International Institute of Information
†107.Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee, Technology; Gachibowil
Roorkee 247 667 Hyderabad 500 019
108. Indian School of Mines, 120. Jadavpur University, Kolkata 700 032
Dhanbad 826 004 U.P.
121. Jagadguru Rambhadracharya Handicapped
†109.Indian Statistical Institute, 203 University, Chitrakootdham 210 204 (U.P)
Barrackpore Trunk Road, Kolkatta 700 108
122. Jai Narain Vyas University, Jodhpur 342 001
110. Indian University Raipur
123. Jai Prakash Vishwavidyalaya,
111. Indian Veterinary Research Institute, Chapra 841 301
Izatnagar 243122 Distt. Barelly U.P.
124. Jain Vishva Bharati Institute,
Post Box No. 6
Ladnun 341 306 Distt Nagaur
49
125. Jamia Hamdard, Hamdard Nagar, New 138. Kannur University, Mangattuparamba,
Delhi 110 062 Kalliassery PO, Kannur 670 562
126. Jamia Millia Islamia, Jamia Nagar, New 139. Karnataka State Open University,
Delhi 110 025 Manasagangotri,
Mysore 570 006
127. University of Jammu, Babasaheb
Ambedkar Road, 140. Karnatak University, Pavate Nagar,
New Campus, Jammu (Tawi) 180 006 Dharwad 580 003
128. Jaypee University of Information 141. University of Kashmir, Hazratbal,

Technology, Waknaghat Srinagar 190 006 (J&K)
P O Dumehar, Kandaghat 173 215,
Distt. Solan 142. Kavikulaguru Kalidas Sanskrit
Vishwavidyalaya, Baghele Bhawan,
129. Jawaharlal Nehru Centre Advanced Sitalwadi, Mauda Road, Ramtek 441 106
Scientific Research, Jakkur
Campus, Jakkur, Bangalore 560 064 143. University of Kerala,
Thiruvananthapuram 695 034
130. Jawaharlal Nehru Krishi
Vishwavidyalaya, Krishi Nagar, 144. Kerala Agricultural University,
Adhartal, Jabalpur 482 004 Vellanikkara,
Thrissur 680 656
131. Jawaharlal Nehru Technological
University, 145. Kumaun University, Nainital 263 001
Kukatpaliy, Hyderabad 500 072
146. Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra 136 119
132. Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Mehrauti Road, 147. Kuvempu University, Gnana Sahyadri,
New Delhi 110 067 Shankaraghatte 577 451, Shimoga Disst.
133. Jiwaji University, Gwalior 474 011 148. Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical
Education,
134. Kakatiya University, Vidyaranyapuri, Shaktinagar, Gwalior 474 002
Warangal 506 009
149. Lalit Narayan University, Kameshwaranagr,
135. University of Kalyani, Kalyani 741 235 Darbhanga 846 008, Mithila
136. Kameshwar Singh Darbhanga Sanskrit 150. University of Lucknow, Lucknow 226 007
University,
Kameshwar Nagar, Darbhanga 846 008 151. University of Madras, Chepauk,
Chennai 600 005
137. Kannada University, Hampi, Vidyaranya,
Hospet Taluk 583 276, 152. Madurai Kamaraj University, Palkalai
Dist. Bellary . Nagar,
Madurai 625 021
50
153. Magadh University, Bodh Gaya 824 234 165. Mahatma Gandhi Kashi Vidyapeeth,
Varanasi 221 002
154. Madhya Pradesh Bhoj (Open) University,
Red Cross Bhavan, 166. M J P Rohikhand University, Dori Lal
Shivaji Nagar, Bhopal 462 016 (M.P.) Agarwal Marg,
Bareilly 243 006
155. M S University of Baroda, Fatehganj,
Vadodara 390 002 167. Mahatma Phule Krishi Vidyapeeth,
Rahuri 413 722,
156. Maharana Pratap University of Dstt Ahmednagar
Agriculture &
Technology, P.O. Box No. 171, 168. Makhanlal Chaturvedi Rashtriya
New Campus, Udaipur 313 001 Patrakarita Vishwavidyalaya,
E-8, Trilochan Nagar. P.O. Box R S N 560,
157. Maharshi Dayanand University, Bhopal 462 039
Rohtak 124 001
169. Malviya National Institue of Technology,
158. Maharshi Dayanand Saraswati University, Jaipur 302 017
Pushkar Bye Pass, Ajmer 305 009
170. Mangalore University, New
159. Maharishi Mahesh Yogi Vedic Administrative Bldg,
Vishwavidyalaya, 871 Napier Town Mangalagangothri, Mangalore 574 199
Jabalpur 482 001
171. Manipal Academy of Higher Education,
160. Maharashtra Animal & Fishery Sciences Madhav Nagar,
University, Manipal 576 119 Distt Udupi,
High Land Drive Road, Seminary Hills,
Nagpur 440 006 172. Manipur University, Canchipur,
Imphal 795 003
161. Maharashtra University of Health
Sciences, 173. Manonmaniam Sundaranar University,
Gangapur Road, Anandvalli, Abishekapatti,
Nashik- 422 013 Tirunelveli 627 012
162. Mahatma Gandhi Antarrashtriya Hindi 174. Marathwada Agricultural University,

Vishwavidyalaya, Wardha, Camp: B.3/61, Parbhani 431 402 (MS)
Safdarjung Enclave,
New Delhi 110 029 175. Maulana Azad National Institute of
Technology,
163. Mahatma Gandhi Chitrakoot Gramoday Bhopal 462 007 (M.P.)
Vishwavidyalaya,
Chitrakoot 485 331, Distt Satna (MP) 176. Maulana Azad Natioanl University,
Gachiibowli,
164. Mahatma Gandhi University, Hyderabad 500 032 (A.P.)
Priyadarshini Hills, P.O.
Kottayam 686 560
51
177. Mizoram University, Mizoram Post Box 190. National Dairy Research Institute, Karnal
No. 190 132 001 Haryana
Aizawi 796 012
191. National Institute of Mental Health &
178. Mohanlal Sukhadia University, Neuro Sciences,
Pratapnagar, P B No. 2900, Hosur Road, Bangalore 560
Udaipur 313 001 029 Karnataka
179. Mother Teresa Women’s University, †192.National Institute of Pharmaceutical

Kodaikanal 624 102 Educational and Research,
Sector 67, SAS Nagar (Mohali) 160 062
180. Motilal Nehru National Institute of
Technology, Allahabad 193. National Institute of Technology,
Calicut 673 601
181. University of Mumbai, M G Road, Fort,
Mumbai 400 032 194. National Institute of Technology,
Hamirpur 177 005
182. University of Mysore, Crawford Hall,
Mysore 570 005
195. National Institute of Technology,
Kurukshetra 136 119
183. Nagaland University, P.B. 341, Lumami,
Kohima 797 001
Rourkela 769 008 (Orissa)
184. Nagpur University, Ravindranath Tagore
Marg.
Nagpur 440 001
Karnataka,
185. Nalanda Open University, Reshmi Surathkal, P.O.Srinivasnagar
Complex, Kidwaipuri 575 025 Karnataka
Patna 800 001
198. National Technological University, Raipur
186. N T R University of Health Sciences,
Vijayawada 520 008 199. National Institute of Technology,
Silchar 788 010
187. Narendra Deva University of Agriculture
& Technology, 200. National Institute of Technology,
Narendra Nagar, Kumarganj, Warangal, Andhra Pradesh
Faizabad 224 229
201. National Law Institute University, Bhopal
188. National Academy of Legal Studies and Bhahdbhada Road,
Research University, Barkheri Kalan, Post Box No. 369
3.4.761, Barkatpura, Bhopal 462 003
Hyderabad 500 027
202. National Law School of India University
189.National Brain Research Centre, SCO 5, Nagarbhavi, PB No. 7201,
6&7, Sector XV, Bangalore 560 072
Part II, Gurgaon 122 001
52
203. National Law university, Adminstrative 216. Panjab University, Chandigarh 160 014
Block, JNV university, New Campus Pali
Road Jodhpur 342 005 Rajasthan 217. Patna University, Patna 800 005
204. National Museum Institute of History of 218. Periyar University, Salem 636 011
Art, Conservation and Museology,
Janpath, New Delhi 110 011 219. Pondicherry University, R. V. Nagar,
Kalapet, Pondicharry 605 014
205. Netaji Subhas Open University, 1
Woodburn Park, Kolkata 700 020 †220. Postgraduate Institute of Medical
Education and Research,
206. Nizam’s Institute of Medical Sciences, Chandigarh 160 012
Panjagutta,Hyderabad 500 082
221. Potti Sreeramulu Telugu University,
207. University of North Bengal, P.O. North Public Gardens, Nampally,
Bengal University Raja Rammohunpur Hyderabad 500 004
734 430, District Darjeeling
222. University of Pune, Pune 411 007
208. North Eastern Hill University, P.O.
NEHU Campus Mawkynorth Umshing, 223. Punjab Agricultural University,
Shillong 793 022 Ludhiana 141 004
209. North Gujarat University, PB. No. 21, 224. Punjab Technical University, PO REC,
University Road, Patan 384 265 Dr. B. R. Ambedkar Regional
Engineering College Campus,
210. North Maharashtra University, Jalandhar 144 011
PB No. 80, Jalgaon 425 001
225. Punjabi University, Patiala, 147 002
211. North Orissa University, Shri. Ram
Chandra Vihar, Takatpur, Baripada, Distt. 226. Rabindra Bharati University, 56 A
Mayurbhanj 757 003 Barrackpur, Trunk Road, Kolkata 700 050
212. Orissa University of Agriculture and 227. University of Rajasthan, Jaipur 302 004
Technoligy, Bhabaneswar 751 003
228. Rajasthan Agricultural university,
213. Osmania University, Bikaner 334 006
Hyderabad 500 007 A. P.
229. Rajasthan Sanskrit Vishwavidyalaya,
214. Padmashree Dr. D. Y. Patil Vidyapeeth, Rajasthan State Text Book Board
Vidyanagar, Sector 7, Nerul Navi Building, 2-2A Jhalna Dungri,
Mumbai 400 706 Jaipur 302 017
215. Pandit Ravishankar Shukla University, 230. Rajasthan Vidyapeeth, Air Port Road,
Raipur 492 010 Pratapnagar, Udaipur 313 001
53
231. Rajendra Agricultural university, Pusa, 244. Saurashtra University, University Road,
Samastipur 848 125 Rajkot 360 005
232. Rajiv Gandhi Proudyogiki 245. School of Planning and Architecture,

Vishwavidyalaya, Airport Bypass, 4, Block-B, Indraprastha Estate,
Gandhi Nagar, New Delhi 110 002
Bhopal 462 036 (MP)
246. Shamugha Arts, Science, Technology and
233. Rajiv Gandhi University of Health Research Academy, Tirumalaisamudram,
Sciences, 4th ‘T’ Block, Jayanagar, Thanjavur 613 402
Bangalore 560 041
247. Sher-e-Kashmir University of
234. Ranchi University, Ranchi 834 008 Agricultural Sciences and
Technology Jammu, Railway Road,
235. Rani Durgavati Vishwavidyalaya, Jammu 180 004 (J&K)
Saraswati Vihar,Pachedi,
Jabalpur 482 001 248. Sher-e-Kashmir University of
Agricultural Science and Technology of
236. Rashtriya Sanskrit Sanstha, 56-57, Kashmir, Shalimar Campus P.B.No. 262.
Institutional Area Janakpuri, Shrinagar 191121 (JK)
New Delhi 110 058
249. Shivaji University, Vidyanagar,
237. Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha, Kolhapur 416 004
Tirupati 517 507
250. Shreemati Nathibai Damodar Thackersey
238. Sambalpur University, Jyoti Vihar, Burla Women’s University,
Dist. Sambalpur, 768 019 1 Nathibai Thackersey Road,
Mumbai 400 020
239. Sampurnanand Sanskrit
Vishwavidyalaya, Varanasi 221 002 251. Shri Jagannath Sanskrit Vishvavidyalaya,
Srivihar, Puri 752 003.
240. Sanjay Gandhi Postgraduate Institute of
Medical Sciences, PB No. 375 Raebareli 252 Shri Lal Bhadhur Shastri Rashtriya
Road, Lucknow 226 014 Sanskrit Vidyapeeth,
Katwaria Sarai, New Mehrauli Road,
241. Sardar Patel University, Vallabh New Delhi 110 016
Vidyanagar 388 120 Gujrath
253 Shri Mata Vaishno Deve University, 5A/
242. Sardar Vallabh Bahi Patel University of D Extension.II Gandhi Nagar,
Agriculture and Technology, Jammu Tawi- 180 004
Modipuram, Meerut 250 110
254 Shri Rawatpura Sarkar International
243. Sathyabama Institute of Science and University, Raipur, 492 001
Technology, Jeppiaar Nagar, Old
Mamallapuram Road, Chennai 600 119 255 Siddhu Kanhu University, Santal
Pargana, Dumka 814 101
54
256 Sikkim-Manipal University, of Health 268 Sri Venkateswara Institute of Medical

Medical & technological Science, Sceiences, Tirupati 517 507
5th Mile, Tadong-737 101, Sikkim
269 Sri Venkateswara Universituy,
257 Solapur University Tirupati 517 502
Kegaon Pune Highway,
Solapur-413255 (Maharashtra) 270 Symbiosis Internationa Education Centre,
Senapati Bapat Road, Pune 411 004
258 South Gujarat University, University
Campus, 271 Swami Ramanand Teerth Marathwada
Udhna Magdalla Road, Surat 395 007 University,
Dnyanteerth Gautami Nagar, P. Box No.
259 Sree Balaji Dental College and Hospital, 87, Vishnupuri, Nanaded 431 606
173 Agharam Road,
Selaiyur, Chennai 600 073. 272 Swami Vivekananda Yog Anusandhana
Samsthana,
†260 Sree Chitra Tirunal Institute for Medical No.9, Appajappa Agrahara,
Science and Chamarajpet, Bangalore 560 018.
Technology, Thriruvananthapiram 695 011
273 Tamil Nadu Agricultural University,
261 S R M Institute of Science & Technology,
Coimbatore 641 003
2 Veerasamy Road,
West Mambalam, Chennai 600 033
274 Tamil Nadu Dr Ambedkar Law
University, Poompozhil,
262 Sree Sankaracharaya University of
5 Greenways Road, Chennai 600 028
Sanskrit, P.B. No. 14,
Kalady 683 574 District Ernakulam.
275 Tamil Nadu Dr M G R Medical University,
263 Sri Chandrasekharendra Saraswathi P. B. No 1200, No.69, Anna Salai,
Viswa Mahavidyalaya, Enathur, Guindy, Chennai 600 032
Kanchipuram 631 561
276 Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal
264 Sri Krishnadevaraya University, Sciences University,
Anantapur 515 003 Madhavaram Milk Colony,
Chennai 600 051
265 Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam,
Tirupati 517 502 277 Tamil University, Thrichy Road,
Thanjavur 613 005
266 Sri Ramachandra Medical College and
Research Institute, 278 Tata Institute of Fundamental Research,
1, Ramachandra Nagar, Porur, Homi Bhaba Road,
Chennai 600 116 Mumbai 400 005
267 Sri Sathya Sai Intitute of Higher Learning, 279 Tata Institute of Social Science, Sion.
Prasanthinilayam, 515 134 district Trombay Road,
Anantapur Deonar, Mumbai 400 088
55
280 TERI School of Advanced Studies, 293 V B S Purvanchal University,

Darbari Seth Block, Jaunpur 222 002
Habitat Place, Lodhi Road,
New Delhi 110 003. 294 Veer Kunwar Singh University,
Arrah 802 301 Bihar
281 Tezpur University, Napaam,
Tezpur 784 025, Distt Sonitpur. 295 Vidyasagar University, West
Midnapore 721 102
282 Thapar Institute of Engineering and
Technology, 296 Vikarm University, University Road,
P.B. No. 32, Patiala 147 004 Ujjain 456 010
283 Tilak Maharashtra Vidyapeeth, 297 Vinayaka Mission’s Research
Vidyapeeth Bhavan,
Foundation, Sankari Main Road, NH 47,
Gultekdi, Pune 411 037
Ariyanoor, Salem 636 308
284 Tilka Manhji Bhagalpur University,
298 Vinoba Bhave University, P.B. No. 31
Bhagalpur 812 007
Hazaribag 825 301
285 Tripura University, Suryamaninagar 799
130, Tripura West 299 Visva Bharati, Santiniketan 731 235
286 U P Rajarshi Tandon Open University, 300 Visvesvaraya National Institute of

17 Maharshi Dayanand Marg, Technology, Nagpur 440 011
(Thornhill Road) Allahabad 211 001.
301 Visvesiwaraiah Technological University,
287 Uttar Banga Krishi Vishwavidyalaya, K L E Hospital Campus, Nehrunagar,
P.O. Pundibari, Dist. Cooch Belgaum 590 010
Behar 736 165 West Bengal
302 West Bengal National University of
288 Uttar Pradesh Technical University, Juridical Science, Aranya Bhavan
Institute of Engineering and Technology, 10 A L A Block Sector III, Salt Lake,
Campus Sitapur Road, Lucknow 226 021 Kolkata 700 098
289 Utkal University, Vani Vihar, 303 West Bengal University of Animal &
Bhubaneswar 751 004 Fishery Sciences. 68, Kshudiram Bose
Sarani, Belgachia, Kolkata 700 037
290 Utkal University of Culture, Sardar Patel
Hall Complex,Unit II, Bhuabaneswar-751 009 304 West Bengal University of Technology,
BF-142, Salt Lake, Sector 1,
291 Vardhaman Mahaveer Open University, Kolkata 700 064
Rawat Bhata Road,
Akhelgarh, Kota 324 010 305 Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open
University,
292 Vellore Intitute of Technology, Ranipet Dnyangangotri, Near Gangapur Dam,
Katpadi Rd Vellore 632 014 Nashik 422 222
56
ASSOCIATE MEMBERS 314 Chhattisgarh Board of Secondary

Education,
306 Katmandu Univerity, Dhulikhel, Kavre Raipur
P O Box 6250,
Kathmandu, Nepal 315 Indian Institute of Technology,
Chennai-600 036.
307 University of Mauritius, Reduit,
Maruitius 316 Indian Institute of Technology,
Institution of Engineers Building,
308 All India Institute of Medical Sciences Pan Bazar,
Ansarinagar, Guwahati-781 001.
New Delhi-110 029.
317 Indian Statistical Institute,
309 Dakshina Bharati 203, Barrackpore, Trunk Road,
Hindi Prachar Sabha, Calcutta-700 035.
Thyagarayanagar,
Chennai-600 017. 318 Victoria Jubilee Technical Institute
Mumbai.
310 Indian Institute of Technology,
Powai, Mumbai-400 076. 319 Post-Graduate Institute of Medical
Education & Research,
311 Indian Institute of Technology, Chandigarh-160 012.
Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110 016.
320 Sree Chitra Tirunal Institute for
312 Indian Institute of Technology Medical Sciences & Technology,
Kanpur-208 016. Thiruvananthpuram-695 011.
313 Indian Institute of Technology 321 Lakshmibai Natinal Institute of Physical

Kharagpur-721 302. Education
Shaktinagar, Gwalior-474 002
57
BOARDS OF HIGHER SECONDARY/INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION IN INDIA
1. Board of Intermediate Education, 11. Board of Pre-University Education,

Andhra Pradesh, Vidya Bhawan, Technical Edn. Building, Palace Road,
Nampally, Hyderabad 500001. Bangalore 560001 Karnataka
2. Assam Higher Secondary Education 12. Maharashtra State Board of Secondary

Council, Bamunimaidan & Higher Secondary Education,
Guwahati 781021. Shivajinagar, Pune 411 005.
3. Bihar Intermediate Education Council,
13. Madhyamik Shiksha Mandal,
Budha Marg, Patna 800001 Bhihar.
Madhya Pradesh, Bhopal 462 011
4. Central Board of Secondary Education
(Shiksha Kendra), 14. Kerala Board of Higher Secondary
2, Community Centre, Street Vihar, Education
Delhi 110092. Housing Board Building, Shantinagar,
Thiruvananthapuram 695001.
5. Council for the Indian School Certificate
Examinations, 15. Manipur Council of Higher Secondary
Pragati House, 3rd Floor, 47-48, Education,
Nehru Place, New Delhi 110019. Hafiz Hatta, Minuthong,
Imphal 795 001.
6. Goa Board of Secondary & Higher
Secondary Education, 16. Orisa Council of Higher Secondary
Alto Betim Bardez, Goa 403521. Education,
C-2 Pragynapith, Samantapur,
7. Gujarat Secondary Education Board,
Bhubaneswar 751 013 Orisa.
Sector 10-6, Near Old Sachivalaya,
Gandhinagar 382010 Gujrat.
17. Rajasthan Madhyamik Shiksha Board,
8. Haryana Board of School Education Ajmer 305 001.
Hansi Road, Bhiwani 125021 Haryana.
18. Punjab School Education Board,
9. Himachal Pradesh Board of School Vidya Bhavan, SAS Nagar, Phase No.8,
Education, Mohali 160059
Gayana Lok Parisara, Civil Line
Dist. Kangda, Dharamsala 176215. 19. Tamilnadu Board of Higher Secondary
Education
10. The Jammu & Kashmir State D.P.I. Compound, College Road,
Board of School Education, Chennai 600006 (Tamilnadu)
Lal Mandi, Srinagar 190008 (Summer),
Rehari Colony, Jammu 180005 (Winter) 20. Tripura Board of Secondary Education,
C/O Council of Board of Secondary Edu
Nehru Complex (Gurkha Basti),
cation in India (EOBSE)
PO Kunjaban Agartala
23, Ashiana Apartments,
Tripura (W) 799006.
Pitampura, Delhi 110034.
58
21. Board of High School & Intermediate 24. National Open School
Education, 39, Community Centre,
Allahabad 211 001 W.I.A. Ashok Vihar Road,
Uttar Pradesh, Delhi-110052.
22. West Bengal Council of Higher 25. Jharkhand Intermediate Education Council
Secondary Education, Rameshwaram Barayatu Road,
Vidya Sagar Bhavan, 9/2, Ranchi, Jharkhand 834 009.
D.J. Block, Sector No. 2,
Salt Lake, Kolkata 700091
23. National Institute Open School,

B-31-B, Kailash Colony,
New Delhi-110048.
59
LIST OF FAKE UNIVERSITIES

(IDENTIFIED BY U.G.C.)
On the basis of Degree examination of following University student will NOT be eligible for
admission to any course in any faculty :
1. Maithili University/Vishwavidyala, Darbhanga, Bihar
2. Mahila Gram Vidyapith/Vishwavidyalaya, (Women’s University) Prayag, Allahabad (UP)
3. Varanaseya Sanskrit Vishwavidyalaya, Varanasi (UP)/Jagatpuri, Delhi
4. Commercial University Ltd., Daryaganj, Delhi
5. Indian Education Council of U.P., Lucknow (UP)
6. Gandhi Hindi Vidyapith, Prayag, Allahabad (UP)
7. National University of Electro Complex Homeopathy, Kanpur
8. Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose University (Open University), Achaltal, Aligarh (UP)
9. D.D.B. Sanskrit University, Putur, Trichi, Tamil Nadu
10. St. John's University, Kishanattam, Kerala
11. United Nations University, Delhi
12. Vocational University, Delhi
13. Uttar Pradesh Vishwavidyalaya, Kosi Kalan, Mathura (UP)
14. Maharana Pratap Shiksha Niketan Vishwavidyalaya, Pratapgarh (UP)
15. Raja Arabic University, Nagpur
16. Bhartiya Shiksha Parishad (U.P.) Open Vishwavidyalaya, Lucknow (U.P.)
17. Dnyaneshwar Vidyapeeth, Pune (M.S.)
18. Shrimati Mahadevi Varma Open University, Mughal Sarai (U.P.)
19. Arya University Shrinagar, (J. & K.)
20 National University, Nagpur.
—————
P.U.P.—1000-6-2008 (2960) [PC-1\ eligibi, eligi-a]

Published by : Registrar, University of Pune, Ganeshkhind, Pune-411007.
Printed at : Pune University Press, Ganeshkhind, Pune-411007
P.U.P.—1000-6-2008 (2960) [1/eligi,eligi-a]

Diploma Course Catalogue

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Diploma Course Catalogue

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

w.e.

f Academic Year 2009-10 ‘E’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 1

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering / Technology.

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Enable to understand principles, laws, and concepts of Physics from

Principles Properties of Characteristics

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 3 12001

CHAPTER CONTENT HOURS MARKS

2.2 Surface Tension.

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 4 12001

CHAPTER CONTENT HOURS MARKS

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 5 12001

CHAPTER CONTENT HOURS MARKS

(Numericals on minimum wavelength of x-rays)

6. To determine coefficient of viscosity of given fluid (Glycerin) using Stoke’s Method.

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 7 12001

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

OBJECTIVES: The student will be able to:

1. Draw the orbital configuration of different elements.

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 8 12002

Application Apply the Knowledge in Selecting Metals, Alloys, Non Metals in

Application of Metals, Alloys & Measure the Level of

Concepts Properties of Properties of Effect of Pollutants

Metals & Alloys Non Metallic Materials Environmental

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 9 12002

Non Metallic Materials

Intellectual Skills: 1. Analyse given solution

Motor Skills : 1. Observe Chemical Reactions

Cl–, Br–, I–, CO3–2, SO4–2, NO3–.

08 To Determine E.C.E. of Cu by Using CuSO4 Solution & Copper Electrode

09 To Determine the % of Fe in the Given Ferrous Alloy by KMnO4 Method.

11 To Prepare Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (Backelite)

12 To Determine Carbon Monoxide Content in Emission from Petrol Vehicle.

13 To Determine Dissolved Oxygen in a Water Sample.

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 12 12002

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 13 12003

To understand the techniques and methods for solving Engg.

To explain use of To explain To explain formulae To explain

Cramer’s Rule, Algebra Trigonometric Distance Laws of

Definitions of Angle, positive and Co-ordinate Definition

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 14 12003

Chapter Hours Marks

1.3 Determinant and matrices

1.4 Binomial Theorem

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 15 12003

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 16 12003

Sr. No. Title Authors Publications

Tutorial Topic on which tutorial is to be conducted

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 17 12003

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 18 12004

Technique of Technique of Procedure for Technique of

Concept of Concept of Concept of

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 25/05/2009 19 12004

Name of Topic Hours Marks

PART II - Application of grammar

PART III - Paragraph writing